-ocr page 1-
NAKRATIVE OF A JOURNEY
TO THE SHOB.ES OP THE
POLAR SEA,
THE YEARS 1819-20-21-22.
JOHN FRANKLIN, CAPT. R.N., F.R.S., M.W.S.,
AND COMMANDER Of THE EXPEntTfON.
PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF THE RIGHT HONOURABLE
THE EARL BATHURST.

SECOND EDITION.
TWO VOLS,—VOL. II.
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE-STREET.

MDCCCXXIV.
-ocr page 2-
LONDON:
l'KINTEl) BV WlI.MAM Cr.OWi:s,
Nortliiintbei-laud-CüHit.

-ocr page 3-
CONTENTS
o v
THE SECOND VOLUME.
CHAPTER VIII.
Page
Transactions at Port Enterprise—Mr. Back's Narrative of his
Journey to Chipewyan, and Return
- - l
CHAPTER IX.
Continuation of Procecdings at Fort Enterprise—Some Account
of the Copper Indians—Preparations for the Journey to the
Northward.........76

CHAPTER X.
Departure from Fort Enterprise—Navigation of the Copper-
Mine River—Visit to the Copper Mountain—Interview with
the Esquimaux—Departure of the Indian Hunters—Ar-
rangements made with them for our return ... 122

CHAPTER XI.
Navigation of the Polar Sea, in two Canoes, as far as Cape
Turnagain, to the Eastward, a distance exceeding Five
Hundred and Fifty Miles—Observations on the probability
of a North-West Passage......193

-ocr page 4-
iv CONTENTS.
CHAPTER XII.
Page
Journey across the barren grounds—Difficulty and delay in
crossing Copper-Mine River—Melancholy and fatal Results
thereof—Extreme Misery of the whole Party—Murder of
Mr. Hood—Death of several of the Canadians—Desolate
State of Fort Enterprise—Distress suffered at that Place—
Dr. Richardson's Narrative—Mr. Back's Narrative—Con-
clusion
.....-- 237
-ocr page 5-
Three CHARTS to be placed at the end of Volume II. in the follovv-
ing order:—

I. Route from York Factory to Isle a la Grosse.
II. From Isle a la Grosse to Slave Lake.
III. From Slave Lake to the Arctic Sea.

-ocr page 6-
JOUKNJEY TO THE SHORES
OF
THE POLAR SEA.
CHAPTER VIII.
Transactions at Port Enterprise—Mr. Back's Narrative of his
Journey to Chipewyan and Return.

1820. DURING our little expedition to the
September. Copper-Mine River, Mr. Wentzel had
made great progress in the erection of our winter-
house, having nearly roofed it in. But before
proceeding to give an account of a ten months'
residence at this place, henceforth designated
Fort Enterprise, I may premise, that I shall omit
many of the ordinary occurrences of a North-
American winter, as they have been already de-
tailed in so able and interesting a manner by
Ellis*, and confine myself principally to the cir-

* Voyage to Hudson's Bay in the Dobbs and California.
Vot. II.
B
-ocr page 7-
2 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
cumstances which had an influence on our pro-
gress on the ensuing summer. The observations
on the magnetic needie, the temperature of the
atmosphere, the Aurora Borealis, and other
meteorological phenomena, together with the
mineralogical and botanical notices, being less
interesting to the genera! reader, are omitted in
this edition.

The men continued to work diligently at the
house, and by the 30th of September had nearly
completed it for our reception, when a heavy fall
of rain washed the greater part of the mud off
the roof. This rain was remarked by the Indians
as unusual, after what they had deemed so de-
cided a commencement of winter in the early
part of the month. The mean temperature for
the month was 33f °,but the thermometer had sunk
as low as 16°, and on one occasion risen to 53°.

Besides the party constantly employed at the
house, two men were appointed to fish, and others
were occasionally sent for meat, as the hunters
procured it. This latter employment, although
extremely laborious, was always relished by the
Canadians, as they never failed to use a prescrip-
tive right of helping themselves to the fattest and
most delicate parts of the deer. Towards the
end of the month, the rein-deer began to quit the
barren grounds, and came into the vicinity of the

-ocr page 8-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 3
house, on their way to the woods; and the success
of the hunters being consequently great, the ne-
cessity of sending for the meat considerably re-
tarded the building of the house. In the mean
time we resided in our canvass tents, which
proved very cold habitations, although we main-
tained a fire in front of them, and also endea-
voured to protect ourselves from the piercing
winds by a barricade of pine branches.

On the 6th of October, the house being com-
pleted, we struck our tents, and removed into it.
It was merely a log-building, fifty leet long, and
twenty-four wide, divided into a hall, three bed-
rooms, and a kitchen. The walls and roof were
plastered with clay, the floors laid with planks
rudely squared with the hatchet, and the windows
closed with parchment of deer-skin. The clay,
which, from the coldness of the weather, required
to be tempered before the fire with hot water,
froze as it was daubed on, and afterwards cracked
in such a manner as to admit the wind from every
quarter; yet, compared with the tents, our new
habitation appeared comfprtable; and having
filled our capacious clay-built chimney with fagots,
we spent a cheerful evening before the invigo-
rating blaze. The change was peculiarly bene-
ficial to Dr. Richardson, who, having, in one of
his excursions, incautiously laid down on the

B 2
-ocr page 9-
4 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
frozen side of a hill when heated with walking,
had caught a severe inflammatory sore throat,
which became daily worse whilst we remained in
the tents, but began to mend soon after hè was
enabled to confine himself to the more equable
warmth of the house. We took up our abode at
first on the floor, but our working party, who had
shewn such skill as house-carpenters, soon proved
themselves to be, with the same tools, (the hatchet
and crooked knife,) excellent cabinet-makers, and
daily added a table, chair, or bedstead, to the
comforts of our establishment. The crooked
knife, generally made of an old file, bent and
tempered by heat, serves an Indian or Canadian
voyager for plane, chisel, and auger. With it
the snow-shoe and canoe-timbers are fashioned,
the deals of their sledges reduced to the requisite
thinness and polish, and their wooden bowls and
spoons hollowed out. Indeed, though not quite so
requisite for existence as the hatchet, yet without
its aid there would be little comfort in these wilds.
On the 7th we were gratified by a sight of the
sun, after it had been obscured for twelve days.
On this and several following days the meridian
sun melted the light covering of snow or hoar
frost on the lichens, which clothe the barren
grounds, and rendered them so tender as to at-
tract great herds of rein-deer to our neighbour-

-ocr page 10-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 5
hood. On the morning of the l Oth I estimated the
numbers I saw during a short walk, at upwards of
two thousand. They form into herds of different
sizes, from ten to a hundred, according as their
fears or accident induce them to unite or separate.
The females being at this time more lean and
active, usually lead the van. The haunches of
the males are how covered to the depth of two
inches or more with fat which is beginning to
get red and high flavoured, and is considered a
sure indication of the commencement of the
rutting season. Their horns, which in the middle
of August were yet tender, have now attained
their proper size, and are beginning to lose their
hairy covering which hangs from them in ragged
filaments. The horns of the rein-deer vary, not
only with its sex and age, but are otherwise so
uncertain in their growth, that they are never
alike in any two individuals. The old males
shed their's about the end of December; the fe-
males retain them until the disappearance of the
snow enables them to frequent the barren grounds,
which may be stated to be about the middle or
end of May, soon after which period they proceed
towards the sea-coast and drop their young.
The young males lose their horns about the same
time with the females or a little earlier, some of
them as early as April. The hair of the rein-

-ocr page 11-
6 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
deer falls in July, and is succeeded by a short
thick coat of mingled clove, deep reddish, and
yellowish, browns; the belly and under parts of
the neck, $*c., remaining white. As the winter
approaches the hair becomes longer, and lighter
in its colours, and it begins to loosen in May,
being then much worn on the sides, from the
animal rubbing itself against trees and stones.
It becomes grayish and almost white, before it is
completely shed. The Indians form their robes
of the skins procured in autumn, when the hair is
short. Towards the spring the larvee of the
restrus attaining a large size, produce so many
perforations in the skins, that they are good for
nothing. The cicatrices only of these holes are
to be seen in August, but a fresh set of ova have
in the mean time been deposited*.

The rein-deer retire from the sea-coast in July
and August, rut in October on the verge of the
barren grounds, and shelter themselves in the
woods during the winter. They are often in-
duced by a few fine days in winter, to pay atran-

* "It is worthy of remark, that in the month of May a very
great number of large larvse exist under the mucous inembrane at
the root of the tongue, and posterior part of the nares and pharynx.
The Indians consider them to belong to the saine species with the
cestrus, that deposits its ova under the skin ; to us the larvse of the
former appeared more flattened than those of the latter. Specimens
of both kinds, preserved in spirits, were destroyed by the frequent
falls they received on the portages."—DR. RICHARDSON'S Journal.

-ocr page 12-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 7
sitory visit to their favourite pastures in the
barren country, but their principal movement to
the northward commences generally in the end
of April, when the snow first begins to melt on
the sides of the huls, and early in May, when
large patches of the ground are visible, they are
on the banks of the Copper-Mine River. The
females take the lead in this spring migration,
and bring forth their young on the sea-coast about
the end of May or beginning of June. There are
certain spots or passes well knownto the Indians,
through which the deer invariably pass in their
migrations to and from the coast, and it has been
observed that they always travel against the wind.
The principal food of the rein-deer in the barren
grounds, consists of the cetraria nivalis and cu-
cullata, cenomyce rangiferina, cornicularia ochri-
leuca,
and other lichens, and they also eat the
hay or dry grass which is found in the swamps in
autumn. In the woods they feed on the different
lichens which hang from the trees. They are
accustomed to gnaw their fallen antlers, and are
said also to devour mice.

The weight of a full grown barren-ground deer,
exclusive of the oflal, varies from ninety to one
hundred and thirty pounds. There is, however,
a much larger kind found in the woody parts of
the country, whose carcass weighs from two hun-

-ocr page 13-
8 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
dred to two hundred and forty pounds. This
kind never leaves the woods, but its skin is as
much perforated by the gad-fly as that of the
others; a presumptive proof that the smaller
species are not driven to the sea-coast solely by
the attacks of that insect. There are a few rein-
deer occasionally killed in the spring, whose
skins are entire, and these are always fat, whereas
the others are lean at that season. This insect
likewise infests the red-deer (wawasJceesh,) but
its ova are not found in the skin of the moose,
or buffalo, nor, as we have been informed, of the
sheep and goat that inhabit the Rocky Mountains,
although the rein-deer found inthose parts,(which,
by the way, are of an unusually large kind,) are
as much tormented by them as the barren-ground
variety.

The herds of rein-deer are attended in their
migrations by bands of wolves, which destroy a
great many of them. The Copper Indians kill
the rein-deer in the summer with the gun, or
taking advantage of a favourable disposition of
the ground, they enclose a herd upon a neck of
land, and drive them into a lake, where they fall
an easy prey ; but in the rutting season and in
the spring, when they are numerous on the skirts
of the woods, they catch them in snares. The
snares are simple nooses, formed in a rope made

-ocr page 14-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 9
of twisted sinew, which are placed in the aper-
ture of a slight hedge, constructed of the branches
of trees. This hedge is disposed so as to form
several winding compartments, aud although it is
by no means strong, yet the deer seldom attempt
to break through it. The herd is led into the
labyrinth by two converging rows of poles, and
one is generally caught at each of the openings
by the noose placed there. The hunter, too,
lying in ambush, stabs some of them with his
bayonet as they pass by, and the whole herd fre-
quently becomes his prey. Where wood is scarce,
a piece of turf turned up answers the purpose of
a pole to conduct them towards the snares.

The rein-deer has a quick eye, but the hunter
by keeping to leeward and using a little caution,
may approach very near; their apprehensions
being much more easily roused by the smell than
the sight of any unusual object. Indeed their
curiosity often causes them to come close up to
and wheel around the hunter; thus affording him
a good opportunity of singling out the fattest of
the herd, and upon these occasions they often
become so confused by the shouts and gestures
of their enemy, that they run backwards and for-
wards with great rapidity, but without the power
of making their escape.

-ocr page 15-
10 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
The Copper Indians find by experience that a
white dress attracts them most readily, and they
often succeed in bringing them within shot, by
kneeling and vibrating the gun from side to side,
in imitation of the motion of a deer's horns when
hè is in the act of rubbing his head against a stone.

The Dog-Rib Indians have a mode of killing
these animals, which though simple, is very suc-
cessful. It was thus described by Mr. Wentzel,
who resided long amongst that people. The
hunters go in pairs, the foremost man carrying in
one hand the horns and part of the skin of the
head of a deer, and in the other a small bundie of
twigs, against which hè, from time to time, rubs
the horns, imitating the gestures peculiar to the
animal. His comrade follows treading exactly
in his footsteps, and holding the guns of both in
a horizontal position, so that the muzzles project
under the arms of him who carries the head.
Both hunters have a fillet of white skin round
their foreheads, and the foremost has a strip of
the same kind round his wrists. They approach
the herd by degrees, raising their legs very
slowly, but setting them down somewhat sud-
denly, after the marmer of a deer, and always
taking care to lift their right or left feet simultane-
ously. If any of the herd leave off feeding to

-ocr page 16-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 11
gaze upon this extraordinary phenomenon, it
instantly stops, and the head begins to play its
part by licking its shoulders, and performing
other necessary movements. In this way the
hunters attain the very centre of the herd without
exciting suspicion, and have leisure to single out
the fattest. The hindmost man then pushes for-
ward his comrade's gun, the head is dropt, and
they both fire nearly at the same instant. The
herd scampers off, the hunters trot after them ;
in a short time the poor animals halt to ascertain
the cause of their terror, their foes stop at the
same instant, and having loaded as they ran,
greet the gazers with a second fatal discharge.
The consternation of the deer increases, they run
to and fro in the utmost confusion, and sometimes
a great part of the herd is destroyed within the
space of a few hundred yards.

A party who had been sent to Akaitcho return-
ed, bringing three hundred and seventy pounds
of dried meat, and two hundred and twenty
pounds of suet, together with the unpleasant in-
formation, that a still larger quantity of the latter
article had been found and carried off, as hè sup-
posed,bysomeDog-ribs, who had passed that way.

The weather becoming daily colder, all the
lakes in the neighbourhood of the house were
completely, and the river partially, frozen over

-ocr page 17-
12 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
by the middle of the month. The rein-deer now
began to quit us for more southerly and better-
sheltered pastures. Indeed, their longer resi-
dence in our neighbourhood would have been of
little service to us, for our ammunition was al-
most completely expended, although we had
dealt it of late with a very sparing hand to the
Indians. We had, however, already secured in
the store-house the carcasses of one hundred
deer, together with one thousand pounds of suet,
and some dried meat; and had, moreover, eighty
deer stowed up at various distances from the
house. The necessity of employing the men to
build a house for themselves, before the weather
became too severe, obliged us to put the latter en
cache,
as the voyagers term it, instead of adopting
the more safe plan of bringing them to the house.
Putting a deer en cache, means merely protect-
ing it against the wolves, and still more destruc-
tive wolverenes, by heavy loads of wood or stones;
the latter animal, however, sometimes digs under-
neath the pile,and renders the precaution abortive.
On the 18th, Mr. Back and Mr. Wentzel set
out for Fort Providence, accompanied by Beau-
parlant, Belanger, and two Indians, Akaiyazza
and Thoolezzeh, with their wives, the Little Fore-
head, and the Smiling Marten. Mr. Back had
volunteered to go and make the necessary ar-

-ocr page 18-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 13
rangements for transporting the stores we ex-
pected from Cumberland House, and to endea-
vour to obtain some additional supplies from the
establishments at Slave Lake. If any accident
should have prevented the arrival of our stores,
and the establishments at Moose-Deer Island
should be unable to supply the deficiency, hè
was, if hè found himself equal to the task, to pro-
ceed to Chipewyan. Ammunition was essential
to our existence, and a considerable supply of
tobacco was also requisite, not only for the com-
fort of the Canadians, who use it largely, and had
stipulated for it in their engagements, but also as
a means of preserving the friendship of the In-
dians. Blankets, cloth, and iron-work, were
scarcely less indispensable to equip our men for
the advance next season.

Mr. Wentzel accompanied Mr. Back, to assist
him in obtaining from the traders, on the score of
old friendship, that which they might be inclined
to deny to our necessities. I forwarded by them
letters to the Colonial Office and Admiralty, de-
tailing the proceedings of the Expedition up to
this period.

On the 22d we were surprised by a visit from
a dog; the poor animal was in low condition,
and much fatigued. Our Indians discovered, by
marks on his ears, that hè belonged to the Dog-

-ocr page 19-
14 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
ribs. This tribe, unlike the Chipewyans and
Copper Indians, had preserved that usefül as-
sociate of man, although from their frequent in-
tercourse with the latter people, they were not
ignorant of the prediction alluded to in a former
page. One of our interpreters was immediately
despatched, with an Indian, to endeavour to tracé
out the Dog-ribs, whom hè supposed might be
concealed in the neighbourhood from their dread
of the Copper Indians ; although we had no doubt
of their coming to us, were they aware of our
being her e. The interpreter, however, returned
without having discovered any traces of strange
Indians; a circumstance which led us to con-
clude, that the dog had strayed from his masters
a considerable time since.

Towards the end of the month the men com-
pleted their house, and took up their abode in it.
It was thirty-four feet long and eighteen feet wide;
was divided into two apartments, and was placed
at right angles to the officers' dwelling, and facing
the store-house: the three buildings formingthree
sides of a quadrangle.

On the 26th Akaitcho and his party arrived,
the hunting in this neighbourhood being termi-
nated forthe season, by the deer having retired to
the southward to shelter themselves in the woods.
The arrival of this large party was a serieus
-ocr page 20-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 15
inconvenience to us, from our being compelled tö
issue them daily rations of provision from the
store. The want of ammunition prevented us
from equipping and sending them to the woods to
hunt; and although they are accustomed to sub-
sist themselves for a considerable part of the
year by fishing, or snaring the deer, without hav-
ing recours e to fire-arms, yet, on the present
occasion, they feit little inclined to do so, and
gave scope to their natural love of ease, as long
as our store-house seemed to be well stocked.
Nevertheless, as they were conscious of impair-
ing our future resources, they did not fail, oc-
casionally, to remind us that it was not their
fault, to express an ardent desire to go a hunting,
and to request a supply of ammunition, although
they knew that it was not in our power to give it.

The summer hink by this time had entirely
deserted us, leaving, for our winter companions,
the raven, cinereous crow, ptarmigan, and snow-
bird. The last of the water-fowl that quitted us
was a species of diver, of the same size with the
colymbus arcticus, but differing from it in the ar-
rangement of the white spots on its plumage,
and in having a yellowish white bul. This bird
was occasionally caught in our fishing nets.

The thermometer during the month of October,
at Fort Enterprise, never rose above 37°, or feil

-ocr page 21-
16 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
below5°; the^mean temperature for the month
was 23°.

In the beginning of October a party had been
sent to the westward to search for birch to make
snow-shoe frames, and the Indian women were
afterwards employed in netting the shoes and
preparing leather for winter-clothing to the men.
Robes of rein-deer skins were also obtained from
the Indians, and issued to the men who were to
travel, as they are not only a great deal lighter
than blankets, but also much warmer, and alto-
gether better adapted for a winter in this climate.
They are, however, unfit for summer use, as the
least moisture causes the skin to spoil, and lose
its hair. It requires the skins of seven deer to
make one robe. The finest are made of the skins
of young fawns.

The fishing, having failed as the weather be-
came more severe, was given up on the Sth. It
had procured us about one thousand two hundred
white fish, from two to three pounds each. There
are two other species of Coregoni in Winter
Lake, Back's grayling and the roundfish ; and a
few trout, pike, methye, and red carp, were also
occasionally obtained from the nets. It may be
worthy of notice here, that the fish froze as they
were taken out of "the nets, in a short time be-
came a solid mass of ice, and by a blow or two

-ocr page 22-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 17
of the hatchet were easily split open, when the
intestines might be removed in one lump. If in
this completely frozen state they were thawed
before the ure, they recovered their animation.
This was particularly the case with the carp,
and we had occasion to observe it repeatedly, as
Dr. Richardson occupied himself in examining
the structure of the different species of fish, and
was always, in the winter, under the necessity of
thawing them before hè could cut them. We
have seen a carp recover so far as to leap about
with much vigour, after it had been frozen for
thirty-six hours.

From the 12th to the 16th we had fine, and for
the season, warm weather; and the deer, which
had not been seen since the 26th of October, re-
appeared in the neighbourhood of the house, to
the surprise of the Indians, who attributed their
return to the barren grounds, to the unusual mild-
ness of the season. On this occasion, by melting
some of our pewter cups, we managed to furnish
five balls to each of the hunters, but they were
all expended unsuccessfully, except by Akaitcho,
who killed two deer.

By the middle of the month Winter River was
firmly frozen over, except the small rapid at its
commencement, which remained open all the
winter. The ice on the lake was now nearly two

VOL. II. C
-ocr page 23-
18 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
feet thick. After the 16th we had a succession
of cold, snowy, and windy weather. We had
become anxious to hear of the arrival of Mr.
Back and his party at Fort Providence. The
Indians, who had calculated the period at which
a messenger ought to have returned from thence
to be already passed, became impatient when it
had elapsed, and with their usual love of evil
augury tormented us by their melancholy fore-
bodings. At one time they conjectured that the
whole party had fallen through the ice; at another,
that they had been way-laid and cut off by the
Dog-ribs, In vain did we urge the improbability
of the former accident, or the peaceable character
of the Dog-ribs, so little in conformity with the
latter. " The ice at this season was deceitful,"
they said, " and the Dog-ribs, though unwarlike,
were treacherous." These assertions, so ofteri
repeated, had some effect upon the spirits of our
Canadian voyagers, who seldom weigh any
opinion they adopt; but we persisted in treating
their fears as chimerical, for had we seemed to
listen to them for a moment, it is more than pro-
bable that the whole of our Indians would have
gone to Fort Providence in search of supplies,
frorn whence we should have found it extremely
difficult to have recovered them.
The matter was put to rest by the appearance

-ocr page 24-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 19
of Belanger on the morning of the 23d, and the
Indians, now running into the opposite extreme,
were disposed to give us more credit for our
judgment than we deserved. They had had a
tedious and fatiguing journey to Fort Providence,
and for some days were destitute of provisions.

Belanger arrived alone; hè had walked con-
stantly for the last six-and-thirty hours, leaving
his Indian companions encamped at the last
woods, they being unwilling to accompany him
across the barren grounds during the storm that
had prevailed for several days, and blew with
unusual violence on the morning of his arrival.
His locks were matted with snow, and hè was
incrusted with ice from head to foot, so that we
scarcely recognised him when hè burst in upon
us. We welcomed him with the usual shake of
the hand, but were unable to give him the glass
of rum which every voyager receives on his
arrival at a trading post.

As soon as his packet was thawed, we eagerly
opened it to obtain our English letters. The
latest were dated on the preceding April, They
came by way of Canada, and were brought up
in September to Slave Lake by the North-West
Company's canoes.

We were not so fortunate with regard to our
stores ; of ten pieces, or bales of 901bs. weight,

C2
-ocr page 25-
SO JOURNEY TÖ THE SHORES
which had been sent from York Factory by
Governor Williams, five of the most essential
had been left at the Grand Rapid on the Saskat-
chawan, owing, as far as we could judge from.
the accounts that reached us, to the misconduct
of the officer to whom they were intrusted, and
who was ordered to convey them to Cumberland-
House. Being overtaken by some of the North-
West Company's canoes, hè had insisted on their
taking half of his charge as it was intended for
the service of Government. The North-West gen-
tlemen objected, that their canoes had already got
a cargo in, and that they had been requested to
convey our stores from Cumberland-House only,
where they had a canoe waiting for the purpose.
The Hudson's-Bay officer upon this deposited
our ammunition and tobacco upon the beach,
and departed without any regard .to the serious
consequences that might result to us from the
want of them. The Indians, who assembled at
the opening of the packet, and sat in silence
watching our countenances, were necessarily
made acquainted with the non-arrival of our
stores, and bore the intelligence with unex-
pected tranquillity. We took care, however, in
our Communications with them to dweil upon the
more agreeable parts of our intelligence, and they
seemed to receive particular pleasure on being

-ocr page 26-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 21
infbrmed of the arrival of two Esquimaux inter-
preters at Slave Lake on their way to join the
party. The circumstance not only quieted their
fears of opposition from the Esquimaux on our
descent to the sea next season, but also afforded
a substantial proof of our influence in being able
to bring two people of that nation from such a
distance.

Akaitcho, who is a man of great penetration
and shrewdness, duly appreciated these circum-
stances; indeed hè has often surprised us by his
correct judgment of the character of individuals
amongst the traders or of our own party, although
his knowledge of their opinions was, in most
instances, obtained through the imperfect medium
of interpretation. He was an attentive observer,
however, of every action, and steadily compared
their conduct with their pretensions.

By the newspapers we learned the demise of
our revered and lamented sovereign George III.,
and the proclamation of George IV. We con
cealed this intelligence from the Indians, lest the
death of their great Father might lead them to
suppose that we should be unable to fulfil our
promises to them.

The Indians who had left Fort Providence with
Belanger arrived the day after him, and, amongst
other intelligence, informed Akaitcho of some

-ocr page 27-
23 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
reports they had heard tö our disadvantage.
They stated that Mr. Weeks, the gentleman in
charge of Fort Providence, had told them, that
so far from our being what we represënted our-
selves to be, the officers of a great King, we were
merely a set of dependant wretches, whose oiily
aim was to obtain subsistence for a season in the
plentiful country of the Copper Indians; that, out
of charity, we had been supplied with a portion
of goods by the trading Companies, but that
there was not the smallest probability of our
being able to reward the Indians when their
term of service was completed. Akaitcho, With
great good sense, instantly came to have the
matter explained, stating at the same time, that
hè could not credit it. I then poihted out to him
that Mr. Wentzel, with whom they had long been
accustomed to trade, had pledged the credit of
his Company for the stipulated rewards to the
party that aecompanied us, and that the trading
debts due by Akaitcho and his party had already
been remitted, which was of itself a sufficient
proof of our influence with the North-West Com-
pany. I also reminded Akaitcho, that our having
caused the Esquimaux to be brought up at a
great expense, was evidence of our future inten-
tions, and informed him that I should write to
Mr. Smith, the senior trader in the department,

-ocr page 28-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 23
on the subject, when I had no doubt that a satis-
factory explanation would be given. The Indians
retired from the conference apparently satisfied,
but this business was in the end productive of
much inconvenience to us, and proved very de-
trimental to the progress of the Expedition. In
conjunction also with other intelligence conveyed
in Mr. Back's letters respecting the disposition
of the traders towards us, particularly a state-
ment of Mr. Weeks, that hè had been desired
not to assist us with supplies from his post, it
was productive of much present uneasiness to
me.

On the 28th St..Germain, the interprater, set
out with eight Canadian voyagers and four In-
dian hunters to bring up our stores from Fort
Providence. I wrote by him to Mr. Smith, at
Moose-Deer Island, and Mr. Keith, at Chipe-
wyan, both of the North-West Company, urging
them in the strongest manner to comply with the
requisition for stores, which Mr. Back would pre-
sent. I also informed Mr. Simpson, principal
agent in the Athabasca for the Hudson's Bay
Company, who had proflèred every assistance in
his power, that we should gladly avail ourselves
of the kind intentions expressed in a letter which
I had received from him.

We also sent a number of broken axes to
-ocr page 29-
24 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Slave Lake to be repaired. The dog that came
to us on the 22d of October, and had become
very familiar, followed the party. We were in
hopes that it might prove of some use in drag-
ging their loads, but we afterwards learned, that
on the evening after their departure from the
house, they had the cruelty to kill and eat it,
although they had no reason to apprehend a
scarcity of provision. A dog is considered to be
delicate eating by the voyagers.

Themean temperature of the air for November
was — 0°.7. The greatest heat observed was
25° above, and the least 31° below, zero.

On the Ist of December the sky was clear, a
slight appearance of stratus only being visible
near the horizon ; but a kind of snow feil at in-
tervals in the forenoon, its particles so minute as
to be observed only in the sunshine. Towards
noon the snow became more apparent, and the
two limbs of a prismatic arch were visible, one
on each side of the sun near its place in the
heavens, the centre being deficiënt. We have
frequently observed this descent of minute icy
spiculse when the sky appears perfectly clear,
and could even perceive that its silent but con-
tinued action, added to the snowy covering of
the ground.

Having received one hundred balls from Fort
-ocr page 30-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 25
Providence by Belanger, we distributed them
amongst the Indians, iuforming the leader at the
same time, that the residence of so large a party
as his at the house, amounting, with women and
children, to forty souls, was producing a serious
reduction in our stock of provision. He acknow-
ledged the justice of the statement, and promised
to remove as soon as his party had prepared
snow-shoes and sledges for themselves. Under
one pretext or other, however, their departure was
delayed until the lOth of the month, when they
left us, having previously recezved one of our fish-
ing-nets, and all the. ammunition we possessed.
The leader left his aged mother and two female
attendants to our care, requesting that if she died
during his absence, she might be buried at a dis-
tance from the fort, that hè might not be reminded
of his loss when hè visited us.

Keskarrah, the guide, also remained behind,
with his wife and daughter. The old man has
become too feeble to hunt, and his time is almost
entirely occupied in attendance upon his wife,
who has been long affected with an ulcer on the
face, which has nearly destroyed her nose.

Lately hè made an offering to the water spirits,
whose wrath hè apprehended to be the cause of her
malady. It consisted of a knife, a piece of tobacco,
and some other trifling articles, which were tied

-ocr page 31-
SR JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
up in a small bundie, and committed to the rapid
with a long prayer. He does not trust entirely,
however, to the relenting of the spirits for his
wife's cüre, but comes daily to Dr. Richardson
for medicine.

Upon one occasion hè received the medicine
from the Doctor with such formality, and wrapped
it up in his rein-deer robe with such extraordinary
carefulness, that it excited the involuntary laugh-
ter of Mr. Hood and myself. The old man smiled
in his turn, and as hè always seemed proud of the
familiar way in which we were accustomed to
joke with him, we thought no more upon the sub-
ject. But hè unfortunately mentioned the cir-
cümstance to his wife, who imagined in conse-
quence, that the drug was not productive of its
usual good effects, and they immediately came to
the conclusion that some bad medicine had been
intentionally given to them. The distress pro-
duced by this idea, was in proportion to their
former faith in the potency of the remedy, and the
night was spent in singing and groaning. Next
morning the whole family were crying in concert,
and it was not until the evening of the second
day that we succeeded in pacifying them. The
old woman began to feel better, and her faith in
the medicine was renewed.

While speaking of this family, I may remark
-ocr page 32-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 2?
that the daughter, whoffl we designated Green-
stockings from her dress, is considered by her
tribe to be a great beauty. Mr. Hood drew an
accurate portrait of her, although her mother Was
averse to her sitting for it. She was afraid, she
said, that her daughter's likeness would induce
the great Chief who resided in England to send
for the origihal. The young lady, however, was
undeterred by any such fear. She has already
been an object of contëst between her country-
men, and although under sixteen years of age,
has belonged successively to two husbands, and
would probably have been the wife of many more,
if her mother had not required her services as a
nurse.

The weather during this month, was the coldest
we experienced during our residence in America.
The thermometer sunk on one occasion to 57°
below zero, and nevef rose beyond 6° above it;
the mean for the month was — 29°. 7. During
these intense colds, however, the atmosphere was
generally calm, and the wood-cutters and others
went about their ordinary occupations without
using any extraördinary precautions, yet without
feeling any bad effects. They had their rein-deer
shirts on, leathern mittens lined with blarikets,
and furred caps ; but none of them used any de-
fence for the face, nor did they need to do so.

-ocr page 33-
28 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Indeed we have already mentioned that the heat
is abstracted most rapidly from the body during
strong breezes, and most of those who have pe-
rished from cold in this country, have fallen a
sacrifice to their being overtaken on a lake or
other unsheltered place, by a storm of wind. The
intense colds, were, however, detrimental to us in
another way. The trees froze to their very een-
tres, and became as hard as stones, and more dif-
cult to cut. Some of the axes were broken daily,
and by the end of the month we had only one left
that was fit for felling trees. By intrusting it orüy
to one of the party who had been bred a carpen-
ter, and who could use it with dexterity, it was
fortunately preserved untü the arrival of our men
with others from Fort Providence.

A thermometer, hung in our bed-room at the
distance of sixteen feet from the fire, but ex-
posed to its direct radiation, stood even in the
day-time occasionally at 15° below zero, and was
observed more than once previous to the kindling
of the fire in the morning, to be as low as 40°
below zero. On two of these occasions the chro-
nometers 2149 and 2151, which during the night
lay under Mr. Hood's and Dr. Richardson's
pillows, stopped whüe they were dressing them-
selves.
The rapid at the commencement of the river

-ocr page 34-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 29
remained open in the severest weather, although
it was somewhat contracted in width. lts tem-
perature was 32°, as was the surface of the river
opposite the house, about a quarter of a mile
lower down, tried at a hole in the ice, through
which water was drawn for domestic purposes.
The river here was two fathoms and a half deep,
and the temperature at its bottom was at least
42° above zero. This fact was ascertained by a
spirit thermometer; in which, probably, from
some irregularity in the tube, a small portion of
the coloured liquor usually remained at 42° when
the column was made to descend rapidly. In the
present instance the thermometer standing at 47°
below zero, with no portion of the fluid in the
upper part of the tube, was let down slowly into
the water, but drawn cautiously and rapidly up
again, when a red drop at + 42° indicated that
the fluid had risen to that point or above it. At
this period the daily visits of the sun were very
short, and owing to the obliquity of his rays,
afforded us little warmth or light. It is half past
eleven before hè peeps over a small ridge of hills
opposite to the house, and hè sinks in the horizon
at half past two. On the 28th Mr. Hood, in
order to attain an approximation to the quantity
of terrestrial refraction, observed the sun's meri-

-ocr page 35-
30 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
dional altitude when the thermometer stood at 46°
below zero, at the imminent hazard of having his
fingers frozen.

He found the sextant had changed its error
considerably, and that the glasses had lost their
parallelism from the contraction of the brass. In
measuring the error hè perceived that the di-
ameter of the sun's image was considerably short
of twice the semi-diameter ; a proof of the uncer-
tainty of celestial observations made during these
intense frosts. The results of this and another
similar observation are given at the bottom of
the page*.

* " The observed meridian altitude of © upper limb was 2° &%
51". Temperature of the air — 45° 5'. By comparing1 this altitude,
corrected by the mean refraction and parallax, with that deduced
from the latitude which was observed in autumn, the increase of re-
fraction is found to be 6' 50", the whole refraction, therefore, for the
altitude 2° 52' 51" is 21' 49". Admitting that the refraction in-
creases in the same ratio as that of the atmosphere at a mean state
of temperature, the horizontal refraction will be 47' 22". But the
diameter of the sun measured iminediately after the obseryation, was
only 27' 7", which shews an increase of refraction at the lower limb
of 3' 29". The horizontal refraction calculated with this diflference,
and the above-mentioned ratio, is 56' S', at the temperature — 45°
5'. So that in the parallel 68° 42', where if there was no refraction,
the sun would be invisible for thirty-four days, his upper limb, with
the refraction 56' 3", is, in fact, above the horizon at every noon.

The wind was from the westward a moderate breeze, and the air
perfectly clear. January Ist, 1821. Observed meridian altitude of
O lower limb 2° 35' 2O". Q apparent diameter 29° 20'. For ap-
parent altitude 2° 35' 20", the mean refraction is 16' 5" (Mackay's
Tables), and the true, found as detailed above, is 29 8": which in-

-ocr page 36-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 31
The aurora appeared with more or less bril-
liancy on twenty-eight nights in this month, and
we were also gratified by the resplendent beauty
of the moon, which for many days together per-
formed its circle round the heavens, shining with
undiminished lustre, and scarcely disappearing
below the horizon during the twenty-four hours.

During many nights there was a halo round
the moon, although the stars shone brightly, and
the atmosphere appeared otherwise clear. The
same phenemenon was observed round the ean-
dles, even in our bed-rooms; the diameter of the
halo increasing as the observer receded from the

creasing' in the same ratio as that of the atmosphere, at a mean state
of temperature, is 4)' 19" at the horizon. But the difference of re-
fraction at the upper and lower limhs, increasing also in that ratio,
gives 55' 16" forthe horizontal refraction. Temperature of the air —
41°. Wind north, a %ht breeze, a large halo visible about the sun.
January 15th, 1821.—Observed an apparent meridian altitude O
lower limb 4° 24' 57". O apparent diameter 31' 5". Por apparent
altitude 4° 24' 57', the mean refraction is Itf 58" (Mackay's Tables),
and the true, found as detailed above, is 14' 39'', which, increasingin
the same ratio as that of the atmosphere at a mean state of tempera-
ture, is 43' 57'' at the horizon. But the difference of refraction be-
tween the upper and lower limbs increasing also in that ratio, gives
48' 30'' for the horizontal refraction.

Temperature of the air — 35°, a light air from the westward, very
clear.

The extreme coldness of the weather rendered these operations
difficult and dangerous ; yet I think the observations may be de-
pended upon within 30", as will appear by their approximate results
in calculating the horizontal refraction ; for it must be considered
that an error of 30", in the refraction in altitude, would make a dif-
ference of several minutes in the horizontal refraction."—MR.
HOOD'S Journal,

-ocr page 37-
32 JOURNBY TO THE SHORES
light. These halos, both round the moon and
candles, occasionally exhibited faintly some of
the prismatic colours.

As it may be interesting to the reader to know
how we passed our time at this season of the
year, I shall mention briefly, that a considerable
portion of it was occupied in writing up our
journals. Some newspapers and magazines,
that we had received from England with our
letters, were read again and again, and com-
mented upon, at our meals; and we often exer-
cised ourselves with conjecturing the changes that
might take place in the world before we could
hear from it again. The probability of our re-
ceiving letters, and the period of their arrival,
were calculated to a nicety. We occasionally
paid the woodmen a visit, or took a walk for a
mile or two on the river.

In the evenings we joined the men in the hall,
and took a part in their games, which generally
continued to a late hour; in short, we never found
the time to hang heavy upon our hands; and the
peculiar occupations of each of the officers afforded
them more employment than might at first be
supposed. I re-calculated the observations made
on our route; Mr. Hood protracted the charts,
and made those drawings of birds, plants, and
fishes, which cannot appear in this work, but

-ocr page 38-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 33
which have been the admiration of every one
who has seen them. Each of the party sedu-
lously and separately recorded their observations
on the aurora; and Dr. Richardson contrived to
obtain from under the snow, specimens of most of
the lichens in the neighbourhood, and to make
himself acquainted with the mineralogy of the
surrounding country-.

The Sabbath was always a day of rest with
us; the woodmen were required to provide for the
exigences of that day on Saturday, and the party
were dressed in their best attire. Divine service
was regularly performed, and the Canadians
attended, and behaved with great decorum, al-
though they were all Roman Catholics, and but
little acquainted with the language in which the
prayers were read. I regretted much that we
had not a French Prayer-Book, but the Lord's
Prayer and Creed were always read to them in
their own language.

Our diet consisted almost entirely of rein-deer
meat, varied twice a week by fish, and occa-
sionally by a little flour, but we had no vegetables
of any description. On the Sunday mornings we
drank a cup of chocolate, but our greatest luxury
was tea (without sugar), of which we regularly
partook twice a-day. With rein-deer's fat, and
strips of cotton shirts, we formed candles; and

VOL. H. D
-ocr page 39-
.34 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Hepburn acquired considerable skill in the manu-
facture of soap, from the wood-ashes, fat, and salt.
The fbrmation of soap was considered as rather
a mysterieus operation by our Canadians, and,
in their hands, was always supposed to fail if a
woman approached the kettle in which the ley
was boiling. Such are our simple domestic
details.

On the 30th, two hunters came from the leader,
to convey ammunition to him, as soon as OUT men
should bring it from Fort Providence.

The men, at this time, coated the walls of the
house on the outside, with a thin mixture of clay
and water, which formed a crust of ice, that, for
some days, proved impervious to the air; the
dryness of the atmosphere, however, was such,
that the ice in a short time evaporated, and gave
admission to the wind as before. It is a genera!
custom at the forts to give this sort of coating to
the walls at Christmas time. When it was gone,
we attempted to remedy its defect, by heaping
up snow against the walls.

i82i, This morning our men assembled, and
January i. greeted us with the customary salutation
on the commencement of the new year. That
they might enjoy a holiday, they had yesterday
collected doublé the usual quantity of fire-wood,
and we anxiously expected the return of the men

-ocr page 40-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 35
trom Fort Providence, with some additions to
their comforts. We were led the more readily to
hope for their arrival before the evening, as we
knew that every voyager uses his utmost endea-
vour to reach a post upon, or previous to, the
jour de l'an, that hè may partake of the wonted
festivities. It forms the theme of their coriver-
sation for months before and after the period of
its arrival. On the present occasion we could
only treat them with a little flour and fat; these
were both considered as great luxuries, but still
the feast was defective from the want of rum,
although we promised them a little when it should
arrive.

The early part of January proved mild, the
thermometer ros e to 20° above zero, and we were
surprised by the appearance of a kind of damp
fog approaching very nearly to rain. The Indians
expressed their astonishment at this circumstance,
and declared the present to be one of the warmest
winters they had ever experienced. Some of
them reported that it had actually rained in the
woody parts of the country. In the latter part of
the month, however, the thermometer again de-
scended to —• 49°, and the mean temperature for
the month proved to be — 15°.6. Owing to the
fogs that obscured the sky the aurora was visible
only upon eighteen nights in the month.

D 2
-ocr page 41-
38 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
On the 15th seven of our men arrived from
Fort Providence with two kegs of rum, one barrel
of powder, sixty pounds of ball, two rolls of
tobacco, and some clothing. They had been
twenty-one days on their march from Slave Lake,
and the labour they underwent was sufficiently
evinced by their sledge-collars having worn out
the shoulders of their,coats. Their loads weighed
from sixty to ninety pounds each, exclusive of
their bedding and provisions, which at starting
must have been at least as much more. We were
much rejoiced at their arrival, and proceeded
forthwith to pierce the spirit cask, and issue to
each of the household the portion of rum which
had been promised to them on the first day of the
year. The spirits, which were proof, were frozen,
but after standing at the fire for some time they
flowed out of the consistency of honey. The
temperature of the liquid, even in this state, was
so low as instantly to convert into ice the mois-
ture which condensed on the surface of the dram-
glass. The fingers also adhered to the glass,
and would, doubtless, have been speedily frozen
had they been kept in contact with it; yet each of
the voyagers swallowed his dram without expe-
riencing the slightest inconvenience, or complain-
ing even of the tooth-ach.

After the men had retired, an Indian, who had
-ocr page 42-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 37
accompanied them from Fort Providence, informed
me that they had broached the cask on their way
up and spent two days in drinking. This instance
of breach of trust was excessively distressing to
me; I feit for their privations and fatigues, and
was disposed to seize upon every opportunity of
alleviating them, but this, combined with many
instances of petty dishonesty with regard to meat,
shewed how little confidence could be put in a
Canadian voyager when food or spirits were in
question. We had been indeed made acquainted
with their character on these points by the traders;
but we thought that when they saw their officers
living under equal if not greater privations than
themselves, they would have been prompted by
some degree of generous feeling to abstain from
those depredations which, under ordinary circum-
stances, they would scarcely have blushed to be
detected in.

As they were pretty well aware that such a
circumstance could not long be concealed from us,
one of them came the next morning with an artful
apology for their conduct. He stated, that as
they knew it was my intention to treat them with
a dram on the commencement of the new year,
they had helped themselves to a small quantity
on that day, trusting to my goodness for forgive-
ness ; and being unwilling to act harshly at this

-ocr page 43-
88 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
period, I did forgive them, after admonishing thero
to be very circumspect in their future conduct.

The ammunition, and a small present of rum,
were sent to Akaitcho.

On the 18th Vaillant, the woodman, had the
misfortune to break his axe. This would have
been a serious evil had it occurred a few weeks
sooner, but we had just received some others from
Slave Lake.

On the 27th Mr. Wentzel and St. Germain ar-
rived with the two Esquimaux, Tattannoeuck and
Hoeootoerock, (the belly and the ear.) The Eng-
lish names, which were bestowed upon them at
Fort Churchill, are Augustus and Junius. The
former speaks English.

We now learned that Mr. Back proceededwith
Beauparlant to Fort Chipewyan, on the 24th of
December, to procure stores, having previously
discharged J. Belleau from our service at his own
request, and according to my directions. I was
the more induced to comply with this man's de-
sire of leaving us, as hè proved to be too weak
to perform the duty of bowman which hè had
undertaken.

Four dogs were brought up by this party, and
proved a great relief to our wood-haulers during
the remainder of the season.

By the arrival of Mr. Wentzel, who is an ex-
-ocr page 44-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 39
cellent musician, and assisted us (con amore) in
our attempts to amuse the men, we were enabled
to gratify the whole establishment with an occa-
sional dance. Of this amusement the voyagers
were very fond, and not the less so, as it was
now and then accompanied by a dram as long as
our rum lasted.

On the 5th of February, two Canadians came
from Akaitcho for further supplies of ammunition.
We were mortified to learn that hè had received
some further unpleasant reports concerning us
from Fort Providence, and that his faith in our
good intentions was somewhat shaken. He ex-
pressed himself dissatisfied with the quantity of
ammunition we had sent him, accused us of an
intention of endeavouring to degrade him in the
eyes of his tribe, and informed us that Mr. Weeks
had refused to pay some notes for trifling quanti-
ties of goods and ammunition that had been giveh
to the hunters who accompanied our men to Slave
Lake.

Some powder and shot, and a keg of diluted
spirits were sent to him with the strongest assu-
rances of our regard.

On the 12th, another party of six men was sent
to Fort Providence, to bring up the remaining
stores. St. Germain went to Akaitcho for the

-ocr page 45-
40 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
purpose of sending two of his hunters to join this
party on its route.

On comparing the language of our two Esqui-
maux with a copy of St. John's Gospel, printed
for the use of the Moravian Missionary Settle-
ments on the Labrador coast, it appeared that the
Esquimaux who resort to Churchill speak a lan-
guage essentially the same with those who fre-
quent the Labrador coast. The Red Knives, too,
recognise the expression Teyma, used by the
Esquimaux when they accost strangers in a friend-
ly manner, as similarly pronounced by Augustus,
and those of his race who frequent the mouth of
the Copper-Mine River.

The tribe to which Augustus belongs resides
generally a little to the northward of Churchill.
In the spring, before the ice quits the shores, they
kill seal, but during winter they frequent the bor-
ders of the large lakes near the coast, where they
obtain fish, rein-deer, and musk-oxen.

There are eighty-four grown men in the tribe,
only seven of whom are aged. Six Chiefs have
each two wives ; the rest of the men have only
one, so that the number of married people may
amount to one hundred and seventy, He could
give me no certain data whereby I might estimate
the number of children.

-ocr page 46-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 41
Two great Chiefs, or Ac/chaiyoot, have complete
authority in directing the movements of the party,
and in distributing provisions. The Attoogaiv-
nceuck,
or lesser Chiefs, are respected principally
as senior men. The tribe seldom suffers from
want of food, if the Chief moves to the different
stations at the proper season. They seem to fol-
low the eastern custom respecting marriage. As
soon as a girl is born, the young lad who wishes
to have her for a wife goes to her father's tent,
and proffers himself. If accepted, a promise is
given which is considered binding, and the girl is
delivered to her betrothed husband at the proper
age.

They consider their progenitors to have come
from the moon. Augustus has no other idea of
a Deity than some confused notions which hè has
obtained at Churchill.

When any of the tribe are dangerously ill, acon-
jurer is sent for, and the bearer of the message
carries a suitable present to induce his attend-
ance. Upon his arrival hè encloses himself in
the tent with the sick man, and sings over him
for days together without tasting food; but Au-
gustus, as well as the rest of the uninitiated, are
ignorant of the purport of his songs, and of the
nature of the Being to whom they are addressed.
The conjurers practise a good deal of jugglery in

-ocr page 47-
42 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
swallowing knives, firing bullets through their
bodies, $c., but they are at these times generally
secluded from view, and the bystanders believe
their assertions, without requiring to be eye-wit-
nesses of the fact. Sixteen men and three women
amongst Augustus' tribe are acquainted with the
mysteries of the art. The skill of the latter is
exerted onïy on their own sex.

Upon the map being spread before Augustus,
hè soon comprehended it, and recognised Ches-
terfield Inlet to be " the opening into which salt
water enters at spring tides, and which receives
a river at its upper end." He termed it Kan-
nceucJc Kkenceuck.
He has never been farther
north himself than Marble Mand, which hè dis-
tinguishes as being the spot where the large ships
were wrecked, alluding to the disastrous termina-
tionof Barlow and Knight'g Voyage of Discovery*.
He says, however, that Esquimaux of three dif-
ferent tribes have traded with his countrymen,
and that they described themselves as having
come acroBs land from a northern sea. One tribe,
who named themselves Ahwhacknanhelett, hè sup-
poses may come from Repulse Bay; another,
designated Ootkooseek-kalingmcsoot, or Stone-Ket-
Üe Esquimaux, reside more to the westward;

* See Introduction to HBARNE'S Journey, page xxiv.
-ocr page 48-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 48
and the third, the Kang-orr-mceoot, or White Goose
Esquimaux, describe themselves as coming from
a great distance, and mentioned that a party of
Indians had killed several of their tribe on the
summer preceding their visit. Upon comparing
the dates of this murder with that of the last mas-
sacre which the Copper Indians have perpetrated
on these harmless and defenceless people, they
appear to differ two years ; but the lapse of time
is so inaccurately recorded, that this difièrence in
their accounts is not sufficient to destroy their
identity ; besides, the Chipewyans, the only other
Indians who could possibly have committed the
deed, have long since ceased to go to war. If
this massacre should be the one mentioned by the
Copper Indians, the Kang-orr-moeoOt must reside
near the mouth of the Anatessy, or River of
Strangers.

The winter habitations of the Esquimaux, who
visit Churchill, are built of snow, andjudging
from one constructed by Augustus to-day, they
are very comfortable dwellings. Having selected
a spot on the river, where the snow was about
two feet deep, and sufficiently compact, hè com-
menced by tracing out a circle twelve feet in dia-
meter. The snow in the interior of the circle was
next divided with a broad knife, having a long

-ocr page 49-
44 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
handle, into slabs three feet long, six inches thick,
and two feet deep, being the thickness of the layer
of snow. These slabs were tenacious enough
to admit of being moved about without breaking,
or even losing the sharpness of their angles, and
they had a slight degree of curvature, correspond-
ing with that of the circle from which they were
cut. They were piled upon each other exactly
like courses of hewn stone around the circle which
was traced out, and care was taken to smooth the
beds of the different courses with the knife, and
to cut them so as to give the wall a slight inclina-
tion inwards, by which contrivance the building
acquired the properties of a dome. The dome
was closed somewhat suddenly and flatly by
cutting the upper slabs in a wedge-form, instead
of the more rectangular shape of those below.
The roof was about eight feet high, and the last
aperture was shut up by a small conical piece.
The whole was built from within, and each slab
was cut so that it retained its position without re-
quiring support until another was placed. beside
it, the lightness of the slabs greatly facilitating
the operation. When the building was covered
in, a little loose snow was thrown over it, to close
up every chink, and a low door was cut through
the walls with the knife. A bed-place was next

-ocr page 50-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 45
formed, and neatly faced up with slabs of snow,
which was then covered with a thin layer of pine
branches, to prevent them frotn melting by the
heat of the body. At each end of the bed a pillar
of snow was erected to place a lamp upon, and
lastly, a porch was built before the door, and a
piece of clear ice was placed in an aperture cut
in the wall for a window.

The purity of the material of which the house
was framed, the elegance of its construction, and
the translucency of its walls, which transmitted a
very pleasant light, gave it an appearance far su-
perior to a marble building, and one might sur-
vey it with feelings somewhat akin to those pro-
duced by the contemplation of a Grecian temple,
reared by Phidias ; both are triumphs of art, in-
imitable in their kinds.

Annexed there is a plan of a complete Esqui-
maux snow-house, and kitchen and other apart-
ments, copied from a sketch made by Augustus,
with the names of the different places affixed.
The only fire-place is in the kitchen, the heat of
the lamps sufficing to keep the other apartments
warm:—

-ocr page 51-
JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
A

46
-ocr page 52-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 47
REFERENCES TO THE PLAN.
A. Ablokeyt, steps.
B* PahkEuk, porch.

C. Wadl leek, passage.
D. Haddruvweek, for the reception of the sweepings of the house,
E. G. Tokheuook, ante-chamber, or passage.
F. Annarraartoweek.
H. Eegah, cooking-house.
J. Eegah-natkah, passage.
K. Keidgewack, for piling wood «pon.
M. Keekloot, fire-place built ofstone.
li. Keek kloweyt, cooking side.
N. Eegloo, house.
O. Kattack, door.
P. NattfEuck, clear space in the apartment.
a. d. Eekput, a kind of shelf, where the candle stands; and
b. c. a pit, where they throw their bones, and other offal of their
provision:

Q. Eegl-luck, bed-place.
S. bed-place, as on the other side.
R. Eegleetetet, bed-side, or sitting-place.
T. Kietgn-nok, small pantry.
U. Hargkack, store-house for provisiona.
-ocr page 53-
48 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Several deer were killed near the house, and
we received some supplies frora Akaitcho. Parties
were also employed in bringing in the meat that
was placed en cache in the early part of the winter.
More than one half of these caches, however, had
been'destroyed by the wolves and wolverenes ; a
circumstance which, in conjunction with the empty
state of our store-house, led us to fear that we
should be much straitened for provisions before
the arrival of any considerable number of rein-
deer in this neighbourhood.

A good many ptarmigan were seen at this time,
and the women caught some in snares, but not in
sufficient quantity to make any further alteration
in the rations of deers' meat that were daily
issued. They had already been reduced from
eight, to the short allowance of five pounds.

Many wolves prowled nightly about the house,
and even ventured upon the roof of the kitchen,
which is a low building, in search of food; Keskar-
rah shot a very large white one, of which a beauti-
ful and correct drawing was made by Mr. Hood.

The temperature in February was considerably
lower than in the preceding month, although not
so low as in December, the mean being — 25°.3
The greatest temperature was 1° above zero, and
the lowest 51° below.

On the 5th of March the people returned from
Slave Lake, bringing the remainder of our stores,

-ocr page 54-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 40
consisting of a cask of flour, thirty-six pounds of
sugar, a roll of tobacco, and forty pounds of
tobacco. I received a letter from Mr. Weeks,
wherein hè denied that hè had ever circulated
any reports to our disadvantage ; and stated that
hè had done every thing in his power to assist
us, and even discouraged Akaitcho from leaving
us, when hè had sent him a message, saying,
that hè wished to do so, if hè was sure of being
well received at Fort Providence.

We mentioned the contents of the letter to the
Indians, who were at the house at the time, when
one of the hunters, who had attent1 ed the men on
their journey, stated, that hè had heard many of
the reports against us from Mr. Weeks himself,
and expressing his surprise that hè should ven-
ture to deny them. St. Germain soon afterwards
arrived from Akaitcho, and informed us, that hè
left him in good humour, and, apparently, not
harbouring the slightest idea of quitting us.

On the 12th, we sent four men to Fort Provi.
dence ; and, on the 17th, Mr. Back arrived from
Fort Chipewyan, having performed, since hè left
us, a journey of more than one thousand miles on
foot. I had every reason to be much pleased with
his conduct on this arduous undertaking ; but his
exertions may be best estimated by the perusal
of the following narrative of his proceedings:—

VOL, II. E
-ocr page 55-
50 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
" On quitting Fort Enterprise, with Mr. Wentzel
and two Canadians, accompanied by two hunters
and their wives, our route lay across the barren
hills. We saw, during the day, a number of
deer, and, occasionally, a solitary white wolf;
and in the evening halted near a small knot of
pines. Owing to the slow progress made by the
wives of the hunters, we only travelled the first
day a distance of seven miles and a half. During
the night we had a glimpse of the fantastic beau-
ties of the Aurora Borealis, and were somewhat
annoyed by the wolves, whose nightly howling in-
terrupted our repose. Early the next morning
we continued our march, sometimes crossing
small lakes (which were just frozen enough to
bear us,) and at other times going large circuits,
in order to avoid those which were open. The
walking was extremely bad throughout the day ;
for independent of the general unevenness of the
ground, and the numberless large stones which
lay scattered in every direction, the unusual
warmth of the weather had dissolved the snow,
which not only kept us constantly wet, but de-
prived us of a firm footing, so that the men, with
their heavy burdens, were in momentary appre-
hension of falling. In the afternoon a fine herd
of deer was descried, and the Indians, who are
always anxious for the chase, and can hardly be

-ocr page 56-
OP THE POLAR SEA? 61
restrained from pursuing every animal which they
see, set out immediately. It was late when they
returned, having had good success, and bringing
with them five tongues, and the shoulder of a
deer. We made about twelve miles this day.
The night was fine, and the Aurora Borealis so
vivid, that we imagined, more than once, that we
heard a rustling noise like that of autumnal leaves
stirred by the wind; but after two hours of atten-
tive listening, we were not entirely convinced of
the fact. The coruscations were not so bright,
nor the transition from one shape and colour to
another so rapid, as they sometimes are ; other-
wise, I have no doubt, from the midnight silence
which prevailed, that we should have ascertained
this yet undecided point.

" The morning of the 20th was so extremely
hazy that we could not see ten yards before us;
it was, therefore, late when we started, and dur-
ing our journey the hunters complained of the
weather, and feared they should lose the track of
our route. Towards the evening it became so
thick that we could not proceed ; consequently, we
halted in a small wood, situated in a valley, after
having only completed a distance of six miles.

" The scenery consisted of high hills, which were
almost destitute of trees, and lakes appeared in
the valleys, The cracking of the ice was so loud

E a
-ocr page 57-
6* JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
during the night as to resemble thunder, and the
wolves howled round us. We were now at the
commencement of the woods, and at an early
hour, on the Sist, continued our journey over high
huls for three miles, when the appearance of
some deer caused us to halt, and nearly the re-
mainder of the day was passed in hunting them.
In the evening we stopped within sight of Pros-
pect Hill, after having killed and concealed six
deer. A considerable quantity of snow feil during
the night.

" The surrounding country was extremely rug-
ged; the hills divided by deep ravines, and the val-
leys covered with broken masses of rocks and
stones ; yet the deer fly (as it were,) over these im-
pediments with apparent ease, seldom making a
false step, and springing from crag to crag with all
the safety of the mountain goat. After passing
Rein-Deer Lake, (where the ice was so thin as to
bend at every step for nine miles,) we halted, per-
fectly satisfied with our escape from sinkirig into
the water. While some of the party were forming
the encampment one of the hunters killed a deer,
a part of which was concealed to be ready for
use on our return. This evening we halted in a
woed near the canoe track, after having travelled a
distance of nine miles. The wind was S.E. and
the night cloudy, with wind and rain,

-ocr page 58-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 53
" On the 24th and 25th weunderwent somefa-
tigue from being obliged to go rourid the lakes,
which lay across our route, and were not suffi-
ciently frozen to bear us. Several rivulets ap-
peared to ernpty themselves into the lakes, no
animals were killed, and few tracks seen. The
scenery consisted of barren rocks and high hills,
covered with lofty pine, birch, and larch trees.

" October 26.—We continued our journey, some-
times on frozen lakes, and at other times on high
craggy rocks. When we were on the lakes we
were much impeded in our journey by different
parts which were unfrozen. There was a visible
increase of wood, consisting of birch and larch,
as we inclined to the southward. About ten
A.M. we passed Icy Portage, where we saw va-
rious tracks of the moose, bear, and otter; and
after a most harassing march through thick
woods and over fallen trees, we halted a mile to
the westward of Fishing Lake; our provisions
were now almost expended; the weather -was
cloudy with snow.

" On the 27th we crossed two lakes, and per-
formed a circuitous route, frequently crossing
high hills to avoid those lakes which were not
frozen; during the day one of the women made
a hole through the ice, and caught a fine pike>
which she gave to us ; the Indians would not
partake of it, from the idea (as we afterwards

-ocr page 59-
54 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
learnt,) that we should not have sufficientfor our-
selves : " We are accustomed to starvation," said
they, " but you are not." In the evening, we
halted near Rocky Lake. I accompanied one of
the Indians to the summit of a hul, where hè
shewed me a dark horizontal cloud, extending to
a considerable distance along the mountains in
the perspective, which hè said was occasioned by
the Great Slave Lake, and was considered as a
good guide to all the hunters in the vicinity. On
our return we saw two untenanted bears' dens.

" The night was cloudy with heavy snow; yet
the following morning we continued our tedious
march, many of the lakes remained still open, the
rocks high and covered with snow, which con-
tinued to fall all day, consequently we effected but
a trifling distance, and that too with much difficulty.
In the evening we halted; having only performed
about seven miles. One of the Indians gave us
a fish which hè had caught, though hè had nothing
for himself; and it was with much trouble that hè
could be prevailed upon to partake of it. The
night was cloudy with snow. On the 29th we
set out through deep snow and thick woods ; and
after crossing two small lakes stopped to break-
fast, sending the women on before, as they had
already complained of lameness, and could not
keep pace with the party. It was not long before
we overtook them on the banks of a small lake,

-ocr page 60-
OF THE POLAR SEA. ,55
which though infinitely les s in magnitude than
many we had passed, yet had not a partiële of
ice on its surface. It was shoal, had no visible
current, and was surrounded by huls. We had
nothing to eat, and were not very near an establish-
ment where food could be procured; however, as
we proceeded, the lakes were frozen, and we
quickened our pace, stopping but twice for the
hunters to smoke. Nevertheless the distance we
completed was but trifiing, and at nightwe halted
near a lake, the men being tired, and much bruised
from constantly falling amongstthick broken woods
and loose stones concealed under the snow. The
night was blowing and hazy with snow.

" On the 30th we set out with the expectation of
gaining the _Slave Lake in the evening; but our
progress was again impeded by the same causes
as before, so that the whole day was spent in
forcing our way through thick woods and over
swamps covered with snow. We had to walk
over pointed and loose rocks, which sliding from
under our feet, made our path dangerous, and
often threw us down several feet on sharp-edged
stones lying beneath the snow. Once we had to
climb a towering, and almost perpendicular, rock,
which not only detained us, but was the cause
of great anxiety for the safety of the women,
who being heavily laden with furs, and one of
them with a child on .her back, could not exert

-ocr page 61-
50 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
themselves with the activity which such a task re-
quired. Fortunately nothing serious occurred,
though one of them once feil with considerable
violence. During the day one of the hunters broke
through the ice, but was soon extricated; when it
became dark we halted near the Bow String Port-
age, greatly disappointed at not having reached
the lake. The weather was cloudy, accompanied
with thick mist and snow. The Indians expected
to have found here a bear in its den, and to have
made a hearty meal of its flesh; indeed it had
been the subject of conversation all day, and they
had even gone so far as to divide it, frequently
asking me what part I preferred; but when we
came to the spot—oh! lamentable ! it had already
fallen a prey to the devouring appetites of some
more fortunate hunters, who had only left suffi-
cient evidence that such a thing ha J once existed.
One of our men, however, caught a fish, which
with the assistance of some weed scraped from
the rocks, (tripe de roche,} which forms a glutinous
substance, made us a tolerable supper; it was not
of the most choice kind, but yet good enough for
hungry men. While we were eating it I perceived
one of the women busily employed scraping an
old skin, the contents of which her husband pre-
sented us with. They consisted of pounded meat,
fat, and a greater proportion of Indians' and deers-
hair than either; and though such a mixture may

-ocr page 62-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 57
not appear very alluring to an English stomach,
it was thought a great luxury after three days'
privation in these cheerless regions of America.
Indeed had it not been for the precaution and
generosity of the Indians, we must have gone
without sustenance until we had reached the fort.

" On the Ist of November our men began to
make a raft to enable us to cross a river which
was not even frozen at the edges. It was soon
finished, and three of us embarked, being seated
up to the ancles in water. We each took a pine
branch for a paddie, and made an effort to gain
the opposite shore, in which, after some time,
(and not without strong apprehensions of drifting
into the Slave Lake,) we succeeded. In two
hours' time the whole party was over, with a
comfortable addition to it in the shape of some
fine fish, which the Indians had caught: of course
we did not forget to take these friends with us,
and after passing several lakes, to one of which
we saw no termination, we halted within eight
miles of the fort. The Great Slave Lake was
not frozen.

" In crossing a narrow branch of the lake I feil
through the ice, but received no injury; and at
noon we arrived at Fort Providence, and were
received by Mr. Weeks, a clerk of the North-
West Company, and in charge of the establish-

-ocr page 63-
SS JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
ment. I found several packets of letters for the
officers, which I was desirous of sending to them
immediately ; but as the Indians and their wives
complained of illness and inability to return be-
fore they had rested, a flagon of mixed spirits
was given them, and their sorrows were soon for-
gotten, and in a quarter of an hour, they pro-
nounced themselves excellent hunters, and capa-
ble of going any where ; however, their boasting
eeased with the last drop of the bottle, when a
crying scène took place, which would have con-
tinued half the night, had not the magie of an ad-
ditional quantity of spirits dried their tears, and
once more turned their mourning into joy. It was
a satisfaction to me to behold these poor creatures
enjoying themselves, for they had behaved in the
most exemplary and active marnier towards the
party, and with a generosity and sympathy sel-
dom found even in the more civilized parts of the
world ; and the attention and affection which they
manifested towards their wives, evinced a bene-
volence of disposition and goodness of nature
which could not fail to secure the approbation of
the most indifferent observer.

" The accounts I here received of ourgoods were
of so unsatisfactory a nature, that I determined to
proceed, as soon as the lake was frozen, to Moose-
Deer Island, or if necessary to the Athabasca

-ocr page 64-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 59
Lake ; both to inform myself of the grounds of
the unceremonious and negligent manner in which
the Expedition had been treated, and to obtain
a sufficient supply of ammunition and other
stores, to enable it to leave its present situa-
tion, and proceed for the attainment of its ulti-
mate object.

" NovemberQ.—I despatched to Fort Enterprise
one of the men, with the letters and a hundred
musquet-balls, which Mr. Weeks lent me on the
condition that they should be returned the first
opportunity. An Indian and his wife accompanied
the messenger. Lieutenant Franklin was made
acquainted with the exact state of things ; and I
awaited with much impatience the freezing of the
lake.

" November 16.—A band of Slave Indians came
to the fort with a few furs and some bears' grease.
Though we had not seen any of them, it appeared
that they had received information of our being
in the country, and knew the precise situation of
our house, which they would have visited long
ago, but from the fear they had of being pillaged
by the Copper Indians. I questioned the chief
about the Great Bear and Marten Lakes, their
distance from Fort Enterprise, óf c. ; but his an-
swers were so vague and unsatisfactory that they
were not worth attention ; his description of Bou-

-ocr page 65-
60 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
leau's Route, (which hè said was the shortest and
best, and abundant in animals,) was very defec-
tive, though the relative points were sufficiently
characteristic, had we not possessed a better
route. He had never been at the sea; and knew
nothing about the mouth of the Copper-Mine
River. In the evening hè made his young men
dance, and sometimes accompanied them himself.
They had four feathers in each hand. When one
commenced moving in a circular form, lifting both
feet at the same time, similar to jumping side-
ways. After a short time a second and a third
joined, and afterwards the whole band was
dancing, some in a state of nudity, others half
dressed, singing an unmusical wild air with (I
suppose,) appropriate words; the particular
sounds of which were, ha ! ha ! ha! uttered voci-
ferously, and with great distortion of countenance,
and peculiar attitude of body, the feathers being
always kept in a tremulous motion. The ensuing
day I made the chief acquainted with the object
of our mission, and recommended him to keep at
peace with his neighbouring tribes, and to con-
duct himself with attention and friendship towards
the whites. I then gave him a medal, telling him
it was the picture of the King, whom they em-
phatically term " their Great Father."
" November 18.—Weobservedtwomockmoons

-ocr page 66-
OP THE POLAR SEA. fll
at equal distances from the central one ; and the
whole were encircled by a halo: the colour of
the inner edge of the large circle was a light red,
inclining to a faint purple.

" November 20.—Two parhelia were observable
with a halo ; the colours of the inner edge of the
circle were a bright carmine and red lake, inter-
mingled with a rich yellow, forming a purplish
orange ; the outer edge was pale gamboge.

" December 5,—A man was sent some distance
on the lake, to see if it was sufficiently frozen for
us to cross. I need scarcely mention my satisfac-
tion, when hè returned with the pleasing infor-
mation that it was.

" December 7.—I quitted Fort Providence, be-
ing accompanied by Mr. Wentzel, Beauparlant,
and two other Canadians, provided with dogs and
sledges. We proceeded along the borders of the
lake, occasionally crossing deep bays ; and at
dusk encamped at the Gros Cap, having proceed-
ed a distance of twenty-five miles.

" December 8.—We set out on the lake with an
excessively cold north-west wind, and were fre-
quently interrupted by large pieces of ice which
had been thrown up by the violence of the waves
during the progress of congelation, and at dusk
we encamped on the Rein-Deer Islands.

" The night was fine, with a faint Aurora Borealis.
-ocr page 67-
62 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Next day the wind was so keen, that the men pro-
posed conveying me in a sledge that I might be
the less exposed, to which, after some hesitation,
I consented. Accordingly a rein-deer skin and
a blanket were laid along the sledge, and in these
I was wrapped tight up to the chin, and lashed to
the vehicle, with just leaving sufficient play for
my head to perceive when I was about to be
upset on some rough projecting piece of ice.
Thus equipped, we set off before the wind (a
favourable circumstance on a lake), and went on
very well until noon ; when the ice being driven
up in ridges, in such a manner as to obstruct us
very much, I was released ; and I confess not un-
willingly, though I had to walk the remainder of
the day.

" There are large openings in many parts where
the ice had separated ; and in attempting to cross
one of them, the dogs feil into the water, and
were saved with difficulty. The poor animals
suffered dreadfully from the cold, and narrowly
escaped being frozen to death. We had quick-
ened our pace towards the close of the day, but
could not get sight of the land ; and it was not
till the sun had set that we perceived it about
four miles to our left, which obliged us to turn
back, and head the wind. It was then so cold,
that two of the party were frozen almost immedi-

-ocr page 68-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 68
ately about the face and ears. I escaped, from
having the good fortune to possess a pair of gloves
made of rabbits'-skin, with which ï kept constantly
chafing the places which began to be affected.
At six P.M. we arrived at the fishing-huts near
Stony Island, and remained there the night.
The Canadians were not a little surprised at
seeing us whom they had already given up for
lost—nor less so at the manner by which we
had come—for they all affirmed, that the lake
near them was quite free from ice the day
before.
»
" December 10.—At an earlyhour we quitted the
huts, lashed on sledges as before, with some little
addition to our party ; and at three hours thirty
minutes P.M. arrived at the North-West Fort on
Moose-Deer Island, where I was received by Mr.
Smith, with whom I had been acquainted at the
Athabasca. He said hè partly expected me.
The same evening I visited Messrs. M'Vicar and
M'Aulay at Hudson's Bay Fort, when I found
the reports concerning our goods were but too
true, there being in reality but five packages for
us. I also was informed that two Esquimaux,
Augustus the chief, and Junius his servant, who
had been sent from Fort Churchill by Governor
Williams, to serve in the capacity of interpreters
to the Expedition, were at the Fort. The men

-ocr page 69-
64 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
were short of stature but muscular, apparently
good-natured, and perfectly acquainted with the
purpose for which they were intended. They
had built themselves a snow-houseon an adjacent
island, where they used frequently to sleep. The
following day I examined the pieces, and to my
great disappointment found them to consist of
three kegs of spirits, already adulterated by the
voyagers who had brought them; a keg of flour,
and thirty-five pounds of sugar, instead of sixty.
The ammunition and tobacco, the two most essen-
tial requisites, were left behind.

" I lost no time in making a demand from both
parties ; and though their united list did not
furnish the half of what was required, yet it is pos-
sible that every thing was given by them which
could be spared consistent with their separate
interests, particularly by Mr. M'Vicar, who, in
many articles, gave me the whole hè had in his
possession. These things were sent away im-
mediately for Fort Enterprise, when an interpreter
arrived with letters from Li eutenant Franklin,
which referred to a series of injurious reports said
to have been propagated against us by some one
at Fort Providence.

" Finding a sufficiency of goods could not be
provided at Moose-Deer Island, I determined to
proceed to the Athabasca Lake, and ascertain the

-ocr page 70-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 65
inclinations of the gentlemen there. With this
view I communicated my intentions to both
parties; but could only get dogs enough from
the North-West Company to carry the necessary
provisions for the journey. Indeed Mr. Smith
informed me plainly hè was of opinion that
nothing could be spared at Fort Chipewyan;
that goods had never been transported so long a
journey in the winter season, and that the same
dogs could not possibly go and return; besides,
it was very doubtful if I could be provided with
dogs there ; and finally, that the distance was
great, and would take sixteen days to perform it.
He added that the provisions would be mouldy
and bad, and that from having to walk constantly
on snow-shoes, I should suffer a great deal of
misery and fatigue. Notwithstanding these as-
sertions, on the 23d of December I left the fort,
with Beauparlant and a Bois-brulé, each having
a sledge drawn by dogs, laden with pemmican.
We crossed an arm of the lake, and entered the
Little Buffalo River, which is connected with the
Salt River, and is about fifty yards wide at its
junction with the lake—the water is brackish.
This route is usually taken in the winter, as it
cuts off a large angle in going to the Great Slave
River. In the afternoon we passed two empty
fishing-huts, and in the evening encamped amongst

VOL. H. p
-ocr page 71-
«6 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
some high pines on the banks of the river, having
had several snow showers during the day, which
considerably impeded the dogs, so that we had
not proceeded more than fifteen miles.

"December 24 and 25.—We continued along the
river, frequently making small portages to avoid
going round the points, and passed some small
canoes, which the Indians had left for the winter.
The snow was so deep that the dogs were obliged
to stop every ten minutes to rest themselves;
and the cold so excessive, that both the men were
badly frozen on both sides of the face and chin.
At length, having come to a long meadow, which
the dogs could not cross that night, we halted in
an adjoining wood, and were presently joined by
a Canadian, who was on his return to the fort,
and who treated us with some fresh meat in ex-
change for some pemmican. During the latter
part of the day we had seen numerous tracks of
the moose, buffalo, and marten,

" December 26.—The weather was so cold that
we were compelled to run to prevent ourselves
from freezing; our route lay across some large
meadows which appeared to abound in animals,
though the Indians around Slave Lake are in a
state of great want. About noon we passed a
sulphur-stream, which ran into the river; it ap-
peared to come from a plain about fifty yards dis-

-ocr page 72-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 67
tant. There were no rocks near it, and the soil
through which it took its course was composed
of a reddish clay. I was much galled by the
strings of the snow-shoes during the day, and
once got a severe fall, occasioned by the dogs
running over one of my feet, and dragging me
some distance, my snow-shoe having become en-
tangled with the sledge. In the evening we lost
our way, from the great similarity of appearance
in the country, and it was dark before we found
it again, when we halted in a thick wood, after
having come about sixteen miles from the last
encampment. Much snow feil during the night.

" At an early hour on the 27th of December, we
continued our journey along the surfacè of a long
but narrow lake, and then through a wood, which
brought us to the grand detour on the Slave River.
The weather was extremely cloudy, with occa-
sional falls of snow, which tended greatly to im-
pede our progress, from its gathering in lumps be-
tween the dogs' toes; and though they did notgo
very fast, yet my left knee pained me so much, that
I found it difficult to keep up with them. At three
P.M. we halted within nine miles of the SaltRiver,
and made a hearty meal of mouldy pemmican.

" December 28 and 29.—We had much difficulty
in proceeding, owing to the poor dogs being quite

worn out, and their feet perfectly raw. We én-
F 2
-ocr page 73-
68 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
deavoured to tie shoes on them, to afFord them
some little relief, but they continually came off
\vhen amongst deep snow, so that it occupied one
person entirely to look after them. In this state
they were hardly of any use among the steep
ascents of the portages, when we were obliged to
drag the sledges ourselves. We found a few of
the rapids entirely frozen. Those that were not
had holes and large spaces about them, from
whence issued a thick vapour, and in passing this
we found it particularly cold; but what appeared
anost curious was the number of small fountains
which rose through the ice, and often rendered it
doubtful which way we should take. I was much
disappointed at finding several falls (which I had
intended to sketch) frozen almost even with the
upper and lower parts of the stream; the ice was
connected by a thin arch, and the rushing of the
water underneath might be heard at a consider-
able distance from the place. On the banks of
these rapids there was a constant overflowing of
the water, but in such small quantities as to
freeze before it had reached the surface of the
central ice, so that we passed between two ridges
of icicles, the transparency of which was beauti-
fully contrasted by the flakes of snow and the
dark green branches of the over-hanging pine.
" Beauparlant complained bitterly of the cold

-ocr page 74-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 69
whilst among the rapids, but no sooner had hè
reached the upper part of the river than hè found
the change of the temperature so great. that hè
vented his indignation against the heat.—" Mais
c'est terrible/' said hè, to be frozen and sun-burnt
in the same day. The poor fellow, who had been
a long time in the country, regarded it as the most
severe punishment that could have been inflicted
on him, and would willingly have given a part of
his wages rather than this clisgrace had happen-
ed; for there is a pride amongst " Old Voyagers,"
which makes them consider the state of being
frost-bitten as effeminate, and only excusable in
a " Pork-eater,'' or one newly come into the coun-
try. I was greatly fatigued, and sufFered acute
pains in the knees and legs, both of which were
much swollen when we halted a little above the
Dog River.

" December 30 and 31.—Our journey these days
was by far the most annoying we had yet ex-
perienced ; but, independent of the vast masses
of ice that were piled on one another, as well as
the numerous open places about the rapids (and
they did not a little impede us,) there was a
strong gale from the north-west, and so dreadfully
keen, that our time was occupied in rubbing the
frozen parts of the face, and in attempting to
warm the hands, in order to be prepared for the

-ocr page 75-
70 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
next operation. Scarcely was one place cured
by constant friction than another was frozen ; and
though there was nothing pleasant about it, yet
it was laughable enough to observe the dexterity
which was used in changing the position of the
hand from the face to the mitten, and vice versd.
One of the men was severely affected, the whole
side of his face being almost raw. Towards sun-
set I suffered so much in my knee and ankle, from
a recent sprain, that it was with difBculty I could
proceed with snow-shoes to the encampment on
the Stony Islands. But in this point I was not
singular ; for Beauparlant was almost as bad, and
without the same cause.

1821. " We.set out with a quick step, the wind
January l. g^ blowing fresh from the north-west,
which seemed in some measure to invigorate the
dogs ; for towards sunset they left me a consider-
able distance behind. Indeed my legs and ankles
were now so swelled, that it was excessive pain
to drag the snow-shoes after me. At night we
halted on the banks of Stony River, when I gave
the men a glass of grog, to commemorate the new
year ; and the next day, January 2, we arrived
at Fort Chipey wan, after a journey of ten days
and four hours—the shortest time in which the
distance had been done at the same season of the
year. I found Messrs. G. Keith and S. M'Gilli-

-ocr page 76-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 71
vray in charge of the fort, who were not a little
surprised to see me. The commencement of
the new year is the rejoicing season of the Ca-
nadians, when they are generally intoxicated a
few days. I postponed making any demand till
this time of festivity should cease ; but on the
same day I went over to the Hudson's Bay Fort,
and delivered Lieuteoant Franklin's letters to Mr.
Simpson. If they were astonished at one side to
see me, the amazement was still greater on the
other ; for reports were so far in advance, that we
were said to have already fallen by the spears of
the Esquimaux.

" January 3.—I made a demand from both par-
ties for supplies ; such as ammunition, gun-flints,
axes, files, clothing, tobacco, and spirits. I stated
to them our extreme necessity, and that without
their assistance the Expedition must be arrested
in its progress. The answer from the North-
West gentleman was satisfactory enough; but on
the Hudson Bay side I was told, " that any far-
ther assistance this season entirely depends on
the arrival of supplies, expected in a few weeks
hence from a distant establishment." I remained
at Fort Chipewyan five weeks, during which time
some laden sledges did arrive, but I could not
obtain any addition to the few articles I had pro-
cured at first. A packet of letters for us, from

-ocr page 77-
72 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
England, having arrived, I made preparations for
my return, but not before I had requested both
Companies to send, next year, from the depots a
quantity of goods for our use, specified in lists
furnished to them.

" The weather, during my abode at Chipewyan,
was generally mild, with occasional heavy stonns,
most of which were anticipated by the activity of
the Aurora Borealis ; and this I observed had
been the case between Fort Providence and the
Athabasca in December and January, though not
invariably so in other parts of the country. One of
the partners of the North-West Company related
to me the following singular story:—' He was
travelling in a canoe in the English River, and
had landed near the Kettle Fall, when the corus-
cations of the Aurora Borealis were so vivid and
low, that the Canadians feil on their faces, and
began praying and crying, fearing they should
be killed; hè himself threw away his gun and
knife, that they might not attract the flashes, for
they were within two feet from the earth, flitting
along with incredible swiftness, and moving
parallel to its surface. They continu ed for up-
wards of five minutes, as near as hè could judge,
and made a loud rustling noise, like the waving of
a flag in a strong breeze. After they had ceased,
the sky became clear, with little wind.'

-ocr page 78-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 73
" Februari/ 9.—Having got every thing arranged,
and having had a hearty breakfast with a coup
de l'eau de me,
(a custom amongst the traders,) I
took my departure, or rather attempted to do so,
for on going to the gate there was a long range of
women, who came to bid me farewell. They
were all dressed.(afterthe manner of the country)
in blue or green cloth, with their hair fresh greased,
separated before, and falling down behind, not in
careless tresses, but in a good sound tail, fastened
with black tape or riband. This was considered
a great compliment, and the ceremony consisted
in embracing the whole party.

" I had with me four sledges, laden with goods
for the Expedition, and a fifth one belonging to
the Hudson's Bay Company. We returned ex-
actly by the same route, suffering no other incon-
venience but that arising from the chaffing of the
snow-shoe, and bad weather. Some Indians,
whom we met on the banks of the Little Buffalo
River, were rather surprised at seeing us, for
they had heard that we were on an island, which
was surrounded by Esquimaux. The dogs were
almost worn out, and their feet raw, when, on
February the 20th, we arrived at Moose-Deer
Island with our goods all in good order. Towards
the end of the month two of our men arrived with
letters from Lieutenant Franklin, containing some

-ocr page 79-
74 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
fresh demands, the major part of which I was
fortunate enough to procure without the least
trouble. Having arranged the accounts and re-
ceipts between the Companies and the Expedi-
tion, and sent every thing before me to Fort Pro-
vidence, I prepared for my departure ; and it is
but justice to the gentlemen of both parties at
Moose-Deer Island to remark, that they afForded
the means of forwarding our stores in the most
cheerful and pleasant manner.

" March 5.—I took leave of the gentlemen at the
forts, and, in the afternoon, got to the fisheries
near Stony Island, where I found Mr. M'Vicar,
who was kind enough to have a house ready for
my reception; and I was not a little gratified at
perceiving a pleasant looking girl employed in
roasting a fine joint, and afterwards arranging the
table with all the dexterity of an accomplished
servant.

" March 6.—We set out at day-light, and break-
fasted at the Hein-Deer Islands. As the day
advanced the heat became so oppressive, that
each pulled ofF his coat and ran tul sunset, when
we halted with two men, who were on their return
to Moose-Deer Island. There was a beautiful
Aurora Borealis in the night; it rose about
N.b.W., and divided into three bars, diverging at
equal distances as far as the zenith, and then

-ocr page 80-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 75
converging until they met in the opposite horizon;
there were some flashes at right angles to the
bars.

" March 7.—We arrived at Fort Providence, and
found our stores safe and in good order. There be-
ing no certainty when the Indian, who was to accom-
pany me to our house, would arrive, and my impa-
tience to join my companions increasing as I
approached it, after making the necessary arrange-
ments with Mr. Weeks respectirig our stores, on
March the lOth I quitted the fort, with two of our
men, who had each a couple of dogs and a sledge
laden with provision. On the 13th we met the
Indian, near Icy Portage, who was sent to guide me
back. On the 14th we killed a deer, and gave the
dogs a good feed; and, on the 17th, at anearly hour,
we arrived at Fort Enterprise, having travelled
about eighteen miles a-day. I had the pleasure
of meeting my friends all in good health, after an
absence of nearly five months, during which time
I had travelled one thousand one hundred and
four miles, on snow shoes, and had no other
covering at night, in the woods, than a blanket
and deer-skin, with the thermometer frequently
at — 40°, and once at — 57°; and sometimes
passing two or three days without tasting food."

-ocr page 81-
76 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
CHAPTER IX.
Continuation of Proceedings at Fort Enterprise—Some Account of the
Copper Indians—Preparations for the Journey to the Northvvard.

I SHALL now give a brief account of the
. Copper Indians, termed by the Chipe-
wyans, Tantsawhot-dinneh, or Birch-rind Indians.
They were originally a tribe of the Chipewyans,
and, according to their own account, inhabited
the south side of Great Slave Lake, at no very
distant period. Their language, traditions, and
customs, are essentially the same with those of
the Chipewyans, but in personal character they
have greatly the advantage of that people ; a cir-
cumstance which is to be attributed, probably, to
local causes, perhaps to their procuring their food
more easily and in greater abundance. They hold
women in the same low estimation as the Chipe-
wyans do, looking upon them as a kind of pro-
perty, which the stronger may take from the
weaker, whenever there is just reason for quar-
relling, if the parties are of their own nation, or
whenever they meet, if the weaker party are
Dog-ribs or other strangers. They suffer, how-

-ocr page 82-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 77
ever, the kinder affections to shew themselves
occasionally; they, in general, live happily with
their wives, the women are contented with their
lot, and we witnessed several instances of strong
attachment. Of their kindness to strangers we
are fully qualified to speak; their love of pro-
perty, attention to their interests, and fears for
the future, made them occasionally clamorous and
unsteady; but their delicate and humane attention
to us, in a season of great distress, at a future
period, are indelibly engraven on our memories.
Of their notions of a Deity, or future state, we
never could obtain any satisfactory account; they
were unwilling, perhaps, to exposé their opinions
to the chance of ridicule. Akaitcho generally
evaded our questions on these points, but ex-
pressed a desire to learn from us, and regularly
attended Divine Service during his residence at
the fort, behaving with the utmost decorum.

This leader, indeed, and many ethers of his
tribe, possess a laudable curiosity, which might
easily be directed to the most important ends;
and I believe, that a well-conducted Christian
mission to this quarter would not fail of producing
the happiest effect. Old Keskarrah alone used
boldly to express his disbelief of a Supreme
Deity, and state that hè could not credit the ex-
istence of a Being, whose power was said to

-ocr page 83-
78 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
extend every where, but whom hè had not yet
seen, although hè was now an old man. The old
sceptic is not a little conceited, as the following
exordium to one of his speeches evinces: "It is
very strange that I never meet with any one who
is equal in sense to myself." The same old man,
in one of his communicative moods, related to us
the following tradition: The earth had been
formed, but continued enveloped in total dark-
ness, when a bear and a squirrel met on the
shores of a lake; a dispute arose as to their
respective powers, which they agreed to settle by
running in opposite directions round the lake,
and which ever arrived first at the starting point,
was to evince his superiority by some signal act
of power. The squirrel beat, ran up a tree, and
loudly demanded light, which instantly beaming
forth, discovered a bird dispelling the gloom with
its wings; the bird was afterwards recognised to
be a crow. The squirrel next broke a piece of
bark from the tree, endowed it with the power of
floating, and said, Behold the material which
shall afford the future inhabitants of the earth the
means of traversing the waters.

The Indians are not the first people who have
ascribed the origin of nautics to the ingenuity of
the squirrel. The Copper Indians consider the
bear, otter, and other animals of prey, or rather

-ocr page 84-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 79
some kind of spirits which assume the forms of
these creatures, as their constant enemies, and
the cause of every misfortune which happens to
them; and in seasons of difficulty or sickness they
alternately deprecate and abuse them.

Few of this nation have more than one wife at
a time, and none but the leaders have more than
two. Akaitcho has three, and the mother of his
only son is the favourite. They frequently marry
two sisters, and there is no prohibition to the in-
termarriage of cousins, but a man is restricted
from marrying his niece.

The last war excursion they made against the
Esquimaux was about ten years ago, when they
destroyed about thirty persons, at the mouth of
what they term Stony-Point E-iver, not far from
the mouth of the Copper-Mine River. They now
seem desirous of being on friendly terms with
that persecuted nation, and hope, through pur
means, to establish a lucrative commerce with
them. Indeed, the Copper Indians are sensible
of the advantages that would accrue to them, were
they made the carriers of goods between the
traders and Esquimaux.

At the time of Hearne's visit, the Copper In-
dians being unsupplied with fire-arms, were
oppressed by the Chipewyans; but even that
traveller had occasion to praise their kindness of

-ocr page 85-
80 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
heart. Since they have received arms from the
traders, the Chipewyans are fearful of venturing
upon their lands ; and all of that nation, who
frequent the shores of Great Slave Lake, hold
the name of Akaitcho in great respect. The
Chipewyans have no leader of equal authority
amongst themselves.

The number of the Copper Indians may be
one hundred and ninety souls, viz., eighty men
and boys, and one hundred and ten women and
young children. There are forty-five hunters in
the tribe. The adherents of Akaitcho amount to
about forty men and boys ; the rest follow a
number of minor chiefs.

For the following notices of the nations on
Mackenzie's River, we are principally indebted
to Mr. Wentzel, who resided for many years in
that quarter.

The Thlingcha-dinneh, or Dog-ribs, or, as they
are sometimes termed after the Crees, who for-
merly warred against them, Slaves, inhabit the
country to the westward of the Copper Indians,
as far as Mackenzie's River. They are of a
mild, hospitable, but rather indolent, disposition.
They spend much of their time in amusements,
and are fond of singing and dancing. In this
respect, and in another, they differ very widely
from most of the other Aborigines of North Ame-

-ocr page 86-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 81
rica. I allude to their kind treatment of the
women. The men do the laborious work, whilst
their wives employ themselves in ornamenting
their dresses with quill work, and in other occu-
pations suited to their sex. Mr. Wentzel has
often knovvn the young married men to bring
specimens of their wives' needle-work to the
forts, and exhibit them with much pride. Kind
treatment of the fair sex being usually consi-
dered as an indication of considerable progress
in civilization, it might be worth while to inquire
how it happens, that these people have stept so
far beyond their neighbours. They have had,
undoubtedly, the same common origin with the
Chipewyans, for their languages differ only in
accent, and their mode of life is essentially the
same. We have not sufficient data to prosecute
the inquiry with any hope of success, but we
may recall to the reader's memory what was
formerly mentioned, that the Dog-ribs say they
came from the westward, whilst the Chipewyans
say that they migrated from the eastward.

When bands of Dog-ribs meet each other after
a long absence, they perform a kind of dance.
A piece of ground is cleared for the purpose, if
it is winter of the snow, or if summer of the
bushes; and the dance frequently lasts for two
or three days, the parties relieving each other as

VOL. II. G
-ocr page 87-
62 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
they get tired. The two bands commence the
dance with their backs turned to each other, the
individuals following oae another in Indian file,
and holding the bow in the left hand and an
arrow in the right. They approach obliquely,
after mariy turns, and when the two bands are
closely back to back, they feign to see each other
for the first time, and the bow is instantly trans-
ferred to the right hand, and the arrow to the
left, signifying that it is not their iritention to use
them against their friends. At a fort they use
feathers instead of bows. The dance is accom-
panied with a song. These people are the
dancing-masters of the country. The Copper
Indians have neither dance nor music but what
they borrow from them. On our first interview
with Akaitcho, at Fort Providence, hè treated us,
as has already been mentioned, with a representa-
tion of the Dog-rib dance ; and Mr. Back, during
his winter journey, had an opportunity of observ-
ing it performed by the Dog-rib s themselves.

The chief tribe of the Dog-rib nation, termed
Horn Mountain Indians, inhabit the country be-
twixt Great Bear Lake, and the west end of
Great Slave Lake. They muster about two
hundred men and boys capable of pursuing the
chase, Small detachments of the nation frequent
Marten Lake, and during the summer hunt in

-ocr page 88-
OF THE POLAR SEA. «3
the neighbourhood of Fort Enterprise. Indeed
this part of the country was formerly exclusively
their's, and most of the lakes and remarkable
hills bear the names which they imposed upon
them. As the Copper Indians generally pillage
them of their women and furs when they meet,
they endeavour to avoid them, and visit their
ancient quarters on the barren grounds only by
stealth.

Immediately to the northward of the Dog-ribs,
on the north side of Bear Lake River, are the
Kawcho-dinneh, or Hare Indians, who also speak
a dialect of the Chipewyan language, and have
much of the same manners with the Dog-ribs,
but are considered both by them and by the
Copper Indians, to be great conjurers. These
people report that in their hunting excursions to
the northward of Great Bear Lake they meet
small parties of Esquimaux.

Immediately to the northward of the Hare In-
dians, on both banks of Mackenzie's River, are
the Tykothee-dinneh, Loucheux, Squint-Eyes, or
Quarrellers. They speak a language distinct
from the Chipewyan. They war often with the
Esquimaux at the mouth of Mackenzie's River,
but have occasionally some peaceable intercourse
with them, and it would appear that they find no
difficulty in understanding each other, there being

G*
-ocr page 89-
84 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
consideratie similarity in their languages. Their
dress also resembles the Esquimaux, and differs
from that of the other inhabitants of Mackenzie's
River. The Tykothee-dinneh trade with Fort
Good-Hope, situated a considerable distance
below the confluence of Bear Lake River with
Mackenzie's River, and as the traders suppose,
within three days' march of the Arctic Sea. It
is the most northern establishment of the North-
West Company, and some small pieces of Rus-
sian copper coin once made their way thither
across the continent from the westward. Blue
or white beads are almost the orily articles of
European manufacture coveted by the Loucheux.
They perforate the septum of the nose, and
insert in the opening three small shells which
they procure at a high price from the Esquimaux.
On the west bank of Mackenzie's River there
are several tribes who speak dialects of the
Chipewyan language, that have not hitherto been
•mentioned. The first you come to, on tracing
the river to the southward from Fort Good-Hope,
are the Ambawtawhoot-dinneh, or Sheep Indians.
They inhabit the Rocky Mountains near the
sources of the Dawhoot-dinneh River which
flows into Mackenzie's, and are but little known
to the traders. Some of them have visited Fort
Good-Hope. A report of their being cannibals

-ocr page 90-
OF THE POLAR SBA. 85
may have originated in an imperfect knowledge
of them.

Some distance to the southward of this people
are the Rocky Mountain Indians, a small tribe
which musters about forty men and boys capable
of pursuing the chase. They differ but little
from the next we are about to mention, the
Edchawlawhoot-dinneh, Strong-bow, Beaver, or
Thick-wood Indians, who frequent the Rivière
aux Liards,
or south branch of Mackenzie's River.
The Strong-bows resemble the Dog-ribs some-
what in their disposition ; but when they meet
they assume a considerable degree of superiority
over the latter, who meekly submit to the haugh-
tiness of their neighbours. Until the year 1813,
when a small party of them from some unfortu-
nate provocation, destroyed Fort Nelson on the
Rivière aux Liards, and murdered its inmates,
the Strong-bows were considered to be a friendly
and quiet tribe, and esteemed as excellent hun-
ters. These people take their names, in the first
instance, from their dogs. A young man is the
father of a certain dog, but when hè is married,
and has a son, hè styles himself the father of the
boy. The women have a habit of reproving the
dogs very tenderly when they observe them
fighting,—" Are you not ashamed," say they,

-ocr page 91-
85 JOURNEY TO THE 5HORES
" are you not ashamed to quarrel with your little
brother?" The dogs appear to understand the
reproof and sneak off.

The Strong-bows, and Rocky-Mountain In-
dians, have a tradition in common with the Dog-
ribs, that they came originally from the westward,
from a level country, where there was no winter,
which produced trees, and large fruits, now un-
known to them. It was inhabited also by many
strange animals, amongst which there was a small
one whose visage bore a striking resemblance to
the human countenance. During their residence
in this land, their ancestors were visited by a
man who healed the sick, raised the dead, and
performed many other miracles, enjoining them
at the same time to lead good lives, and not to eat
of the entrails of animals, nor to use the brains
for dressing skins until after the third day ; and
never to leave the skull of deer upon the ground
within the reach of dogs and wolves, but to hang
them carefully upon trees. No one knew from
whence this good man came, or whither hè went.
They were driven from that land by the rising of
the waters, andfollowing the tracks of animals on
the sea-shore, they directed their course to the
northward. At length they came to a strait,
which they crossed upon a raft, but the sea has

-ocr page 92-
OP THE POLAR SEA.
since frozen, and they have never been able to
return. These traditions are unknown to the
Chipewyans.

The number of men and boys of the Strong-
bow nation, who are capable of hunting, may
amount to seventy.

There are some other tribes who also speak
dialects of the Chipewyan, upon the upper
branches of the Rivière aux Liards, such as the
Nohhannies and the Tsïllawdawhoot-dinneh, or
Brushwood Indians. They are but little known,
but the latter are supposed occasionally to visit
some of the establishments on Peace River.

Having now communicated as briefly as I could
the principal facts that came to our knowledge re-
garding the Indians in this quarter, I shall resumé
the narrative of events at Fort Enterprise.—The
month of March proved fine. The thermometer
rose once to 24° above zero, and feil upon
another day 49° below zero, but the mean was
- 11!°.

On the 23d the last of our winter's stock of
deer's meat was expended, and we were com-
pelled to issue a little pounded meat which we
had reserved for making pemmican for summer
use. Our nets, which wére set under the ice on
the 15th, produced only two or three small fish
daily. Amongst these was the round fish, a

-ocr page 93-
88 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
species of Coregonus, which we had not seen
previously.

On the following day two Indians came with a
message frora the Hook, the chief next to Akaitcho
in authority amongst the Copper Indians. His
band was between West Marten and Great Bear
Lakes, and hè offered to provide a quantity of
dried meat for us on the banks of the Copper-
Mine River in the beginning of summer, provided
we sent him some goods and ammunition. It
was in his power to do this without inconvenience,
as hè generally spends the summer months on.
the banks of the river near the Copper Moun-
tain; but we had no goods to spare, and I could
not venture to send any part of our small stock of
ammunition until I saw what the necessities of
our own party required, I told them, however,
that I would gladly receive either provisions or
leather when we met, and would pay for them by
notes on the North-West Company's post; but to
prevent any misunderstanding with Mr. Weeks,
I requested them to take their winter's collection
of furs to Fort Providence before they went to the
Copper-Mine River. They assured me that the
Hook would watch anxiously for our passing, as
hè was unwell, and wished to consult the doctor.

Several circumstances having come lately to
my knowledge that led me to suspect the fidelity

-ocr page 94-
OF THE POLAK SEA. 89
of our interpreters, they were examineduponthis
subject. It appeared that in their intercourse
with the Indians they have contracted very fearful
ideas of the danger of our enterprise, which aug-
ment as the time of our departure draws near,
and have not hesitated to express their dislike to
the journey in strong terras amongst the Cana-
dians, who are accustomed to pay much deference
to the opinions of an interpreter. But this is not
all; I had more than sufficient reason for suspect-
ing that they had endeavoured to damp the exer-
tions of the Indians, with the hope that the want
of provision in the spring would put an end to our
progress at once. St. Germain, in particular,
had behaved in a very equivocal way, since his
journey to Slave Lake. He denied the principal
parts of the charge in a very dogged manner, but
acknowledged that hè had told the leader that we
had not paid him the attention that a chief like
him ought to have received ; and that we had put
a great affront on him in sending him only a small
quantity of rum. An artfulman like St. Germain,
possessing as hè did such a flow of language, and
capable of saying even what hè confessed to, had
the means of poisoning the minds of the Indians
without committing himself by any direct asser-
tion that they could communicate ; and it is to be
remarked, that unless Mr. Wentzel had possessed

-ocr page 95-
«O JOUENEY TO THE SHORES
a Competent knowledge of the Copper Indian
language, we should not have learned what we
did.

Although perfectly satisfied of his baseness,
I could not dispense with his services ; and I had
no other resource but to give him a serious ad-
monition, and desire him to return to his duty,
after endeavouring to work upon his fears by an
assurance, that I would certainly convey him to
England for trial if the Expedition should be
stopped through his fault. He replied, " It is
immaterial to me where I lose my life, whether in
England, or accompanying you to the sea, for
the whole party will perish." After this discus-
sion, however, hè was more circumspect in his
conduct.

On the 28th we received a small supply of meat
from the Indian lodges. They had now moved
into a lake, about twelve miles distant from us,
in expectation of the deer coming soon to the
northward.

On the 29th Akaitcho arrived at the house,
having been sent for to make some arrangements
respecting the procuring of provision, and that
we might learn from him what his sentiments were
with regard to accompanying us on our future
journey. Next morning we had a conference,
which I commenced by shewing him the charts

-ocr page 96-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 91
and drawings that were prepared to be sent to
England, and explaining fully our future inten-
tions. He appeared much pleased at this mark
of attention, and, when his curiosity was satisfied,
began his speech by saying, that " although a
vast number of idle rumours had been floating
about the barren grounds during the winter," yet
hè was convinced that the representations that
had been made to him at Fort Providence regard-
ing the purport of the Expedition were perfectly
correct. I next pointed out to him the necessity
of our proceeding with as little delay as possible
during the short period of the year that was fit
for our operations, and that to do so it was requi-
site we should have a large supply of provisions
at starting. He instantly admitted the force of
these observations, and promised that hè and his
young men should do their utmost to comply with
our desires; and afterwards, in answer to my
questions, informed us that hè would accompany
the Expedition to the mouth of the Copper-Mine
River, or, if we did not meet with Esquimaux
there for some distance along the coast, hè was
anxious, hè said, to have an amicable interview
with that people ; and hè further requested, that,
in the event of our meeting with Dog-ribs on the
Copper-Mine River, we should use our influence
to persuade them to live on friendly terms with

-ocr page 97-
92 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
his tribe. We were highly pleased to find his
sentiments so favourable to our views, and, after
making some minor arrangements, we parted,
mutually content with each other.

Akaitcho left us on the morning of the 3lst,
accompanied by Augustus, who, at his request,
went to reside for a few days at his lodge.

On the 4th of April our men arrived with the
last supply of goods from Fort Providence, the
fruits of Mr. Back's arduous journey to the Atha-
basca Lake ; and on the 17th Belanger Ie gros
and Belanger Ie rouge, for so our men discrimi-
nated them, set out for Slave Lake, with a box
containing the journals of the officers, charts,
drawings, observations, and letters addressed to
the Secretary of State for Colonial Affairs. They
also conveyed a letter for Governor Williams, in
which I requested that hè would, if possible, send
a schoener to Wager Bay with provisions and
clothing, to meet the exigencies of the party,
should they succeed in reaching that part of the
coast.

Connoyer, who was much tormented with bi-
liary calculi, and had done little or no duty all the
winter, was discharged at the same time, and
sent down in company with an Indian named the
Belly.
The commencement of April was fine, and for

-ocr page 98-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 93
several days a considerable thaw took place in
the heat of the sun, which laying bare some of
the lichens on the sides of the huls, produced a
consequent movement of the rein-deer to the north-
ward, and induced the Indians to believe that the
spring was already commencing. Many of them,
therefore, quitted the woods, and set their snares
on the barren grounds near Fort Enterprise.
Two or three days of cold weather, however, to-
wards the middle of the month, damped their
hopes, and they began to say that another moon
must elapse before the arrival of the wished-for
season. In the mean time their premature de-
parture from the woods, caused them to suffer
from the want of food, and we were in some de-
gree involved in their distress. We received no
supplies from the hunters, our nets produced but
very few fish, and the pounded meat which we
had intended to keep for summer use was nearly
expended. Our meals at this period were always
scanty, and we were occasionally restricted to
one in the day.

The Indian families about the house, consisting
principally of Vomen and children, suffered most.
I had often requested them to move to Akaitcho's
lodge, where they were more certain of receiving
supplies ; but as most of them were sick or in-

-ocr page 99-
94 JOURNEF TO THE SHORES
firm, they did not liketo quit the house, where they
daily received medicines from Dr. Richardson,
to encounter the fatigue of following the move-
ments of a hunting camp. They cleared away the
snow on the site of the autumn encampments to
look for bones, deers' feet, bits of hide, and other
offal. When we beheld them gnawing the pieces
,of hide, and pounding the bones, for the purpose
of extracting some nourishment from them by boil-
ing, we regretted our inability to relieve them,
but little thought that we should ourselves be
afterwards driven to the necessity of eagerly col-
lecting these same bones a second time from the
dunghill.

At this time, to divert the attention of the men
from their wants, we encouraged the practice of
sliding down the steep bank of the river upon
.sledges. These vehicles descended the snowy
bank with much velocity, and ran a great distance
upon the ice. The officers joined in the sport,
and the numerous overturns we experienced
seemed to form no small share of the amusement
of the party; but on one occasion, when I had
been thrown from my seat and almost buried in
the snow, a fat Indian woman drove her sledge
over me, and sprained my knee severely.

On the 18th at eight in the evening a beautiful
-ocr page 100-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 9,3
halo appeared round the sun when it was about
8° high. The colours were prismatic, and very
bright, the red next the sun,

On the 21 st the ice in the river was measured,
and found to be five feet thick, and on the same
day in setting the nets in Round Rock Lake, the
ice there was ascertained to be six feet and a half
thick, the water being six fathoms deep. The
stomachs of some fish were at this time opened
by Dr. Richardson, and found filled with insects
which appear to exist in abundance under the
ice during the winter.

On the 22nd a moose-deer was killed at the
distance of forty-five miles, and St. Germain
went for it with a dog sledge, and returned with
unusual expedition on the morning of the third
day. This supply was soon exhausted, and we
passed the 27th without eating, and had a prospect
of fasting a day or two longer, when old Kes-
karrah entered with the unexpected intelligence of
his having killed a deer. It was divided betwixt
our own family and the Indians, and during the
night a seasonable supply arrived from Akaitcho.
Augustus returned with the men who brought it,
much pleased with the attention hè had received
frora the Indians during his visit to Akaitcho.

Next day Mr. Wentzel set out with every man
that we could spare from the fort, for the purpose

-ocr page 101-
95 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
of bringing meat from the Indians as fast as it
could be procured. Dr. Richardson followed
them two days afterwards to collect specimens of
the rocks in that part of the country. On the
same day the two Belangers arrived from Fort
Providence, having been only five days on the
march from thence.

The highest temperature in April was + 40°,
the lowest — 39°, the mean + 4°.6. The tem-
perature of the rapid, examined on the 30th by
Messrs. Back and Hood, was 32° at the surface,
33° at the bottom.

On the 7th of May, Dr. Richardson returned
from his excursion. He informed me that the
rein-deer were again advancing to the riorthward,
but that the leader had been joined by several
families of old people, and that the daily con-
sumption of provision at the Indian tents was con-
sequently great. This information excited some
painful apprehensions of being very scantily pro-
vided when the period for our departure should
arrive.

The weather in the beginning of May was fine
and warm. On the 2nd some patches of sandy
-ground near the house were cleared of snow. On
the 7th the sides of the hills began to appear
bare, and on the 8th a large house-fly was seen.
This interesting event spread cheerfulness through

-ocr page 102-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 97
our residence and formed a topic of conversation
for the rest of the day.

On the 9th the approach of spring was still
more agreeably confirmed by the appearance of
a merganser and two gulls, and some loons, or
arctic divers, at the rapid. This day, to reduce
the labour of dragging meat to the house, the
vvomen and children and all the men, except four,
were sent to live at the Indian tents.

The blue-berries, crow-berries, eye-berries, and
cran-berries, which had been covered, and pro-
tected by the snow during the winter, might at
this time be gatherecl in abundance, and proved
indeed a valuable resource. The ground con-
tinued frozen, but the heat of the sun had a visible
effect on the vegetation; the sap thawed in the
pine-trees, and Dr. Richardson informed me that
the mosses were beginning to shoot, and that the
calyptree of some of the jungermanniee were al-
ready visible.

On the llth Mr. Wentzel returned from the
Indian lodges, having made the necessary ar-
rangements with Akaitcho for the drying of meat
for summer use, the bringing of fresh meat to the
fort, and the procuring a sufficient quantity of
the resin of the spruce-fir, or as it is termed by
the voyagers gum, for repairing the canoes pre-
vious to starting, and during the voyage. By my

VOL. II. H
-ocr page 103-
98 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
desire, hè had promised payment to the Indian
women who should bring in any of the Jatter
article, and had sent several of our own men to
the woods to search for it. At this time I com-
municated to Mr. Wentzel the mode in which I
meant to conduct the journey of the approaching
summer. Upon our arrival at the sea, I proposed
to reduce the party to what would be sufficient to
man two canoes, in order to lessen the consump-
tion of provisions during our voyage, or journey
along the coast; and as Mr. Wentzel had ex-
pressed a desire of proceeding no further than
the mouth of the Copper-Mine River, which was
seconded by the Indians, who wished him to re-
turn with them, I readily relieved his anxiety on
this subject; the more so as I thought hè might
render greater service to us by making deposits
of provision at certain points, than by accompany-
ing us through a country which was unknown to
him, and amongst a people with whom hè was
totally unacquainted. My intentions were ex-
plained to him in detail, but they were of course
to be modified by the circumstances that might
occur.

On the 14th a robin (turdus migratoriusj ap-
peared; this bird is considered by the natives
as the infallible precursor of warm weather.
Ducks and geese were also seen in numbers,

-ocr page 104-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 99
and the rein-deer advanced to the northward.
The merganser, (inergus serrator,) which preys
upon small fish, was the first of the duck tribe
that appeared ; next came the teal, (anas crecca,}
which lives upon small insects that abound in the
waters at this season ; and lastly the goose, which
feeds upon berries and herbage. Geese appear
at Cumberland House, in latitude 54°, usually
about the 12th of April; at Fort Chipewyan, in
latitude 59°, on the 25th of April; at Slave Lake,
in latitude 61°, on the Ist of May ; and at Fort
Enterprise, in latitude 64° 28', on the 12th or
14th of the same month.

On the 16th a minor chief ampngst the Copper
Indians, attended by his son, arrived from Fort
Providence to consult Dr. Richardson. He was
affected with snow-blindness, which soon yielded
to the dropping of a little laudanum into his eyes
twice a day. Most of our own men have been
affected with the same complaint of late, but it
has always yielded in twenty or thirty hours to
the same remedy.

On the 21 st all our men returned from the In-
dians, and Akaitcho was on his way to the fort.
In the afternoon two of his young men arrived to
announce his visit, and to request that hè might
be received with a salute and other marks of re-
spect that hè had been accustomed to on visiting

H 2
-ocr page 105-
100 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Fort Providence in the spring. I complied with
his desire although I regretted the expenditure
of ammunition, and sent the young men away
with the customary present of powder to enable
him to return the salute, some tobacco, vermilion
to paint their faces, a comb, and a looking-glass.
At eleven Akaitcho arrived; upon the first no-
tice of his appearance the flag was hoisted at
the fort, and upon his nearer approach, a number
of musquets were fired by a party of our people,
and returned by his young men. Akaitcho, pre-
ceded by his standard-bearer, led the party, and
advanced with a slow and solemn step to the
door where Mr. Wentzel and I received him.
The faces of the party were daubed with vermi-
lion, the old men having a spot on the right cheek,
the young ones on the left. Akaitcho himself was
not painted. On entering hè sat down on a chest,
the rest placed themselves in a circle on the floor.
The pipe was passed once or twice round, and in
the mean time a bowl of spirits and water, and a
present considerablefor our circumstances of cloth,
blankets, capots, shirts, &c., was placed on the
floor for the chief s acceptance, and distribution
amongst his people. Akaitcho then commenced
his speech, but I regret to say, that it was very
discouraging, and indicated that hè had parted
with his good humeur, at least since his March

-ocr page 106-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 101
visit. He first inquired, whether, in the event of
a passage by sea being discovered, we should
come to his lands in any ship that might be sent ?
And being answered, that it was probable but not
quite certain, that some oné amongst us might
come; hè expressed a hope that some suitable
present should be forwarded to himself and
nation; " for," said hè, " the great Cliief who
commands where all the goods come from, must
see from the drawings and descriptions of us and
our country that we are a miserable people." I
assured him that hè would be remembered,
provided hè faithfully fulfilled his engagement
with us.

He next complained of the non-payment of my
notes by Mr. Weeks, from whence hè appre-
hended that his own reward would be withheld.
" If," said hè, " your notes to such a trifling
amount are not accepted, whilst you are within
such a short distance, and can hold communica-
tion with the fort, it is not probable that the large
reward which has been promised to myself and
party, will be paid when you are far distant; on
your way to your own country. It really appears
to me," hè continued, " as if both of the Com-
panies consider your party as a third company,
hostile to their interests, and that neither of them
will pay the notes you give to the Indians."

-ocr page 107-
103 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Afterwards, in the course of a long conference,
hè enumerated many other grounds of dissatis-
faction ; the principal of which were our want of
attention to hun as chief, the weakness of the
rum formerly sent to him, the smallness of the
present now offered to him, and the want of the
chief's clothing, which hè had been accustomed
to receive at Fort Providence every spring. He
concluded, by refusing to receive the goods now
offered to him.

In reply to these complaints it was stated that
Mr. Weeks's conduct could not be properly dis-
cussed at the distance we were from his fort;
that no dependance ought to be placed on the
vague reports that floated through the Indian
territory; that, for our part, although we had
heard many stories to his (Akaitcho's) disad-
vantage, we discredited them all; that the rum
we had sent him, being what the great men in
England were accustomed to drink, was of a
milder kind, but, in fact, stronger than what hè
had been accustomed to receive; and that the
distance we had come, and the speed with which
we travelled, precluded us from bringing large
quantities of goods like the traders; that this had
been fully explained to him when hè agreed to
accompany us ; and that, in consideration of his
not receiving his usual spring outfit, his debts to

-ocr page 108-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 103
the Company had been cancelled, and a present,
much greater than any hè had ever received be-
fore, ordered to be got ready for his return. He
was further informed, that we were much dis-
appointed in not receiving any dried meat from
him, an article indispensable for our summer
voyage, and which, hè had led us to believe there
was no difficulty in procuring ; and that, in fact,
his complaints were so groundless, in comparison
with the real injury we sustained from the want
of supplies, that we were led to believe they were
preferred solely for the purpose of cloaking his
own want of attention to the terms of his engage-
ment. He then shifted his ground, and stated,
that if we attempted to make a voyage along the
sea-coast we would inevitably perish; and hè
advised us strongly against persisting in the
attempt. This part of his harangue being an
exact transcript of the sentiments formerly ex-
pressed by our interpreters, induced us to con-
clude that they had prompted his present line of
conduct, by telling him, that we had goods or
rum concealed. He afterwards received a por-
tion of our dinner, in the manner hè had been
accustomed to do, and seemed inclined to make
up matters with us in the course of the evening,
provided we added to the present offered to him.
Being told, however, that this was impossible,

-ocr page 109-
101 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
since we had already offered him all the rum we
had, and every article of goods we could spare
from our own equipment, his obstinacy was a
little shaken, and hè made some concessions, but
deferred giving a final answer, until the arrival
of Humpy, his elder brother. The young men,
however, did not choose to wait so long, and at
night came for the rum, which we judged to be a
considerable step towards a reconciliation.

St. Germain, the most intelligent of our two
interpreters, and the one who had most influence
with the Indians, being informed that their de-
fection was, in a great measure, attributed to the
unguarded conversations hè had held with them,
and which hè had in part acknowledged, exerted
himself much, on the following day, in bringing
about a change in their sentiments, and with
some success. The young men, though they de-
clined hunting, conducted themselves with the
same good humour and freedom as formerly.
Akaitcho being, as hè said, ashamed to shew him-
self, kept close in his tent all day.

On the 24th, one of the women who accom-
panied us from Athabasca, was sent down to Fort
Providence, under charge of the old chief, who
came some days ago for medicine for his eyes.
Angelique and Roulante, the other two women,
having families, preferred accompanying the In-

-ocr page 110-
OF THE POLAR SEA. lofi
dians during their summer hunt. On the 25th,
clothing, and other necessary articles, were issued
to the Canadians as their equipment for the en-
suing voyage. Two or three blankets, some
cloth, iron work, and trinkets were reserved for
distribution amongst the Esquimaux on the sea-
coast. Laced dresses were given to Augustus
and Junius. It is impossible to describe the joy
that took possession of the latter on the receipt of
this present. The happy little fellow burst into
ecstatic laughter, as hè surveyed the different
articles of his gay habiliments.

In the afternoon Humpy, the leader's elder
brother; Anncethai-yazzeh, another of his bro-
thers ; and one of our guides, arrived with the
remainder of Akaitcho's band ; as also Long-legs,
brother to the Hook, with three of his band.
There were now in the encampment, thirty hunters,
thirty-one women, and sixty children, in all one
hundred and twenty-one Indians of the Copper-
Indian or Red-Knife tribe. The rest of the nation
were with the Hook on the lower part of the
Copper-Mine River.

Anncethai-yazzeh is remarkable amongst the
Indians for the number of his descendants; hè
has eighteen children living by two wives, of
whom sixteen were at the fort at this time.

In the evening we had another formidable con-
ference. The former complaints were reiterated,

-ocr page 111-
105 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
and we parted about midnight, without any satis-
factory answer being given to my questions, as
to when Akaitcho would proceed towards the
River, and where hè meant to make provision for
our march. I was somewhat pleased, however,
to find, that Humpy and Annoethai-yazzeh cen-
sured their brother's conduct, and accused him
of avarice.

On the 26th the canoes were removed from
the places where they had been deposited, as we
judged that the heat of the atmosphere was now
so great, as to admit of their being repaired with-
out risk of cracking the bark. We were rejoiced
to find that two of them had suffered little injury
from the frost during the winter. The bark of
the third one was considerably rent, but it was
still capable of being repaired.

The Indians sat in conference in their tents all
the morning; and in the afternoon, came into
the house charged with fresh matter for discus-
sion.

Soon after they had seated themselves, and
the room was filled with the customary volume of
smoke from their calumets, the goods which had
been laid aside, were again presented to the
leader; buthe at once refused to distribute so small
a quantity amongst his men, and complained that
there were neither blankets, kettlés, nor daggers,
amongst them; and in the warmth of his anger,

-ocr page 112-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 1(17
hè charged Mr. Wentzel with having advised the
distribution of all our goods to the Canadians,
and thus defrauding the Indians of what was in-
tended for them. Mr. Wentzel, of course, im-
mediately repelled this injurious accusation, and
reminded Akaitcho again, that hè had been told,
on engaging to accompany us, that hè was not
to expect any goods until his return. This hè
denied with an effrontery that surprised us all,
when Humpy, who was present at our first inter-
view at Fort Providence, declared that hè heard
us say, that no goods could be taken for the sup-
ply of the Indians on the voyage ; and the first
guide added, " I do not expect any thing here,
I have promised to accompany the white people
to the sea, and I will, therefore, go, confidently
relying upon receiving the stipulated reward on
my return." Akaitcho did not seem prepared to
hear such declarations from his brothers, and in-
stantly changed the subject, and began to descant
upon the treatment hè had received from the
traders in his concerns with them, with an as-
perity of language that bore more the appearance
of menace than complaint. I immediately re-
fused to discuss this topic, as foreign to our pre-
sent business, and desired Akaitcho to recall to
his memory, that hè had told me on our first
meeting, that hè considered me the father of every

-ocr page 113-
108 JOÜRNEY TO THE SHORES
person attached to the Expedition, in which cha-
racter it was surely my duty to provide for the
comfort and safety of the Canadians as wel] as
of the Indians. The voyagers, hè knew, had a
long journey to perform, and would, in all pro-
bability, be exposed to much suffering from cold
on a coast destitute of wood ; and, therefore, re-
quired a greater provision of clothing than was
necessary for the Indians, who, by returning im-
mediately from the mouth of the river, would
reach Fort Providence in August, and obtain
their promised rewards. Most of the Indians
appearedto assentto this argument, but Akaitcho
said, " I perceivethe traders have deceived you;
you should have brought more goods, but I do
not blame you." I then told him, that I had
brought from England only ammunition, tobacco,
and spirits; and. that being ignorant what other
articles the Indians required, we were dependent
on the traders for supplies; but hè must be
aware, that every endeavour had been used on
our parts to procure them, as was evinced by
Mr. Back's journey to Fort Chipewyan. With
respect to the ammunition and tobacco, we had
been as much disappointed as themselves in not
receiving them, but this was to be attributed
to the neglect of those to whom they had been
intrusted. This explanation seemed to satisfy

-ocr page 114-
OF THE POLAR SEA. . 109
him. After some minutes of refiection, his coun-
tenance became more cheerful, and hè made in-
quiry, whether his party might go to either of the
trading posts they chose on their return, and
whether the Hudson's Bay Company were rich,
for they had been represented to him as a poor
people ? I answered him, that we really knew
nothing about the wealth of either Company,
having never concerned ourselves with trade, but
that all the traders appeared to us to be respect-
able. Our thoughts, I added, are fixed solely
on the accomplishment of the objects for which
we came to the country. Our success depends
much on your furnishing us' with provision
speedily, that we may have all the summer to
work in ; and if we succeed, a ship will soon
bring goods in abundance to the mouth of the
Copper-Mine River. The Indians talked together
for a short time after this conversation, and then
the leader made an application for two or three
kettles and some blankets, to be added to the
present to his young men; we were unable to
spare him any kettles, but the officers promised
to give a blanket each from their own beds.

Dinner was now brought in, and relieved us
for a time from their importunity. The leading
men, as usual, received each a portion from the
table. When the conversation was resumed, the

-ocr page 115-
110 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
leader renewed his solicitations for goods, but it
was now too palpable to be mistaken, that hè
aimed at getting every thing hè possibly could,
and leaving us without the means of making any
presents to the Esquimaux, or other Indians we
might meet. I resolved, therefore, on steadily
refusing every request that hè should make at
this time ; and when hè perceived that hè could
extort nothing more, hè rose in an angry manner,
and addressing his young men, said: " There
are too few goods for me to distribute ; those that
mean to follow the white people to the sea may
take them."

This was an incautious speech, as it rendered
it necessary for his party to display their senti-
ments. The guides, and most of the hunters,
declared their readiness to go, and came forward
to receive a portion of the present, which was
no inconsiderable assortment. This relieved a
weight of anxiety from my mind, and I did not
much regard the leader's retiring in a very dis-
satisfied mood.

The hunters then applied to Mr. Wentzel for
ammunition, that they might go a hunting in the
morning, and it was cheerfully given to them.

The officers and men amused themselves at
prison-bars, and other Canadian games till two
o'clock in the morning, and we were pleased to

-ocr page 116-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 111
observe the Indians sitting in groups enjoying the
sport. We were desirous of filling up the leisure
moments of the Canadians with amusements, not
only for the purpose of enlivening their spirits,
but.also to prevent them from conversing upon
our differences with the Indians, which they must
have observed. The exercise was also in a pe-
culiar manner serviceable to Mr. Hood. Ever
ardent in his pursuits, hè had, through close at-
tention to his drawings and other avocations,
confined himself too much to the house in winter,
and his health was impaired by his sedentary
habits. I could only take the part of a spectator
in these amusements, being still lame from the
hurt formerly alluded to.

The sun now sinks for so short a time below
the horizon, that there is more light at midnight,
than we enjoyed on some days at noon in the
winter-time.

On the 27th the hunters brought in two rein-
deer. Many of the Indians attended divine ser-
vice this day, and were attentive spectators of our
addresses to the throne of the Almighty.

On the 28th I had a conversation with Long-
legs, whose arrival two days ago has been men-
tioned. I acquainted him with the objects of our
expedition, and our desire of promoting peace
between his nation and the Esquimaux, and

-ocr page 117-
118 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
learned from him, that his brother the Hook was
by this time on the Copper-Mine River with his
party ; and that, although hè had little ammuni-
tion, yet it was possible hè might have some pro-
vision collected before our arrival at his tents. I
then decorated him with a medal similar to those
given to the other chiefs. He was highly pleased
with. this mark of our regard, and promised to do
every thing for us in his power. Akaitcho came
in during the latter part of our conversation, with
a very cheerful countenance. Jealousy of the
Hook, and a knowledge of the sentiments of the
young men being different from his own, with
respect to the recent discussions, had combined
to produce this change in his conduct, and next
morning hè took an opportunity of telling me
that I must not think the worse of him for his
importunities. It was their custom, hè said, to
do so, however strange it might appear to us,
and that hè, as the leader of his party, had to
beg for them all; but as hè saw that we had not
deceived him by concealing any of our goods,
and that we really had nothing left, hè should ask
for no more. He then told me that hè would set
out for the river as soon as the state of the coun-
try admitted of their travelling. The snow, hè
remarked, was still too deep for sledges to the
northward, and the moss too wet to make fires.

-ocr page 118-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 113
He was seconded in this opinion by Long-legs,
whom I was the more inclined to believe, from
knowing that hè was anxious to rejoin his family
as soon as possible.

Akaitcho now accepted the dress hè had for-
merly refused, and next day clothed himself in
another new suit, which hè had received from us
in the autumn. Ever since his arrival at the fort,
hè had dressed meanly, and pleaded poverty ;
but, perceiving that nothing more could be gained
by such conduct,. hè thought proper to shew some
of his riches to the strangers who were daily ar-
riving at the fort. In the afternoon, however, hè
made another, though a covert, attack upon us.
He informed me that two old men had just ar-
rived at the encampment with a little pounded
meat, which they wished to barter. It was evi-
dent that his intention was merely to discover
whether we had any goods remaining or not. I
told him that we had nothing at present to give for
rneat, however much we stood in need of it, but
that we would pay for it by notes on the North-
West Company, in any kind of goods they pleased.
After much artful circumlocution, and repeated
assurances of the necessities of the men who
owned the meat, hè introduced them, and they
readily agreed to give us the provision on our
own terms.

VOL. II. I
-ocr page 119-
114 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
I have deemed it my duty to give the preceding
details of the tedious conversations we had with
Akaitcho, to point out to future travellers, the art
with which these Indians pursue their objects,
their avaricious nature, and the little reliance
that can be placed upon them when their interests
jar with their promises. In these respects they
agree with other tribes of northern Indians ; but,
as has been already mentioned, their dispositions
are not cruel, and their hearts are readily moved
by the cry of distress.

The average temperature for May was nearly
32°, the greatest heat was 68°, the lowest 8°.

We had constant daylight at the end of the
month, and geese and ducks were abundant, in-
deed rather too much so, for our hunters were
apt to waste upon them the ammunition that was
given to them for killing deer. Uncertain as to
the length of time that our ammunition might be
required to last, we did not deern a goose of
equal value with the charge it cost to procure it.

Dr. Richardson and Mr. Back having visited
the country to the northward of the Slave Rock,
and reported that they thought we might travel
over it, I signified my intention of sending the
first party off on Monday the 4th of June. I was
anxious to get the Indians to move on before, but
they lingered about the house, evidently with the

-ocr page 120-
OP THE POL AR SEA. 115
intention of picking up such articles as we might
deern unnecessary to take. When Akaitcho was
made acquainted with my purpose of sending
away a party of men, hè came to inform me that
hè would appoint two hunters to accompany them,
and at the same time requested that Dr. Richard-
son, or as hè called him, the Medicine Chief,
might be sent with his own band. These Indians
set a great value upon medicine, and made many
demands upon Dr. Richardson on the prospect of
his departure. He had to make up little packets,
of the different articles in his chest, not only for
the leader, but for each of the minor chiefs, who
carefully placed them in their medicine bags,
noting in their memories the directions hè gave
for their use. The readiness with which their
requests for medical assistance were complied
with, was considered by them as a strong mark of
our good intentions towards them; arid the leader
often remarked, that they owed much to our kind-
ness in that respect; that formerly numbers had
died every year, but that not a life had been lost
since our arrival amongst them. In the present
instance, however, the leader's request could not
be complied with. Dr. Richardson had volun-
teered to conduct the first party to the Copper-
Mine River, whilst the rest of the officers re-
mained with me to the last moment, to complete

I 2
-ocr page 121-
116 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
our astronomical observations at the house. He,
therefore, informed the leader that hè would re-
main stationary at Point Lake untüthe arrival of
the whole party, where hè might be easily con-
sulted if any of his people feil sick, as it was in
the neighbourhood of their hunting-grounds.

On the 2nd the stores were packed up in pro-
per-sized bales for the journey. I had intended
to send the canoes by the first party, but they
were not yet repaired, the weather not being suf-
ficiently warm to permit the men to work con-
stantly at them, without the hazard of breaking
the bark. This day one of the new trading
guns, which we had recently received from Fort
Chipewyan, burst in the hands of a young Indian;
fortunately, however, without doing him any ma-
terial injury. This is the sixth accident of the
kind which has occurred to us since our departure
from Slave Lake. Surely this deficiency in the
quality of the guns, which hazards the lives of so
many poor Indians, requires the serious consi-
deration of the principals of the trading Com-
panies.

On the 4th, at three in the morning, the party
under the charge of Dr. Richardson started. It
consisted of fifteen voyagers, three of them con-
ducting dog-sledges, Baldhead and Basil, two
Indian hunters with their wives, Akaiyazzeh a

-ocr page 122-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 117
sick Indian and his wife, together with Angelique
and Roulante; so that the party consisted of
twenty-three exclusive of children.

The burdens of the men were about eighty
pounds each, exclusive of their personal baggage,
which amounted to nearly as much more. Most
of them dragged their loads upon sledges, but a
few preferred carrying them on their backs.
They set off in high spirits.

After breakfast the Indians struck their tents,
and the women, the boys, and the old men who
had to drag sledges, took their departure. It
was three P.M., however, before Akaitcho and
the hunters left us. We issued thirty balls to
the leader, and twenty to each of the hunters and
guides, with a proportionate quantity of powder,
and gave them directions to make all the pro-
vision they could on their way to Point Lake. I
then desired Mr. Wentzel to inform Akaitcho, in
the presence of the other Indians, that I wished
a deposit of provision to be made at this place
previous to next September, as a resource should
we return this way. He and the guides not only
promised to see this done, but suggested that it
would b e more secure if placed in the cellar, or
in Mr. Wentzel's room. The Dog-ribs, they
said, would respect any thing that was in the

-ocr page 123-
118 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
house, as knowing it to belong to the white people.
At the close of this conversation Akaitcho ex-
claimed with a smile, " I see now that you have
really no goods left, (the rooms and stores being
completely stripped,) and therefore I shall not
trouble you any more, but use my best endea-
vours to préparé provision for you, and I think if
the animals are tolerably numerous, we may get
plenty before you can embark on the river."

Whilst the Indians were packing up this morn-
ing, one of the women absconded. She belongs
to the Dog-rib tribe, and had been taken by force
from her relations by her present husband, who
has treated her very harshly. The fellow was in
my room when his mother announced the depar-
ture of his wife, and received the intelligence with
great composure, as well as the seasonable reproof
of Akaitcho. "You are rightly served," said the
chief to him, " and will now have to 'carry all
your things yourself, instead of having a wife to
drag them." One hunter remained after the de-
parture of the other Indians.

On the 5th the Dog-rib woman presented her-
self on a hill at some distance from the house,
but was afraid to approach us, until the inter-
preter went and told her that neither we nor the
Indian who remained with us, would prevent her

-ocr page 124-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 119
from going where she pleased. Upon this she
came to solicit a fire-steel and kettle. She was
at first low-spirited, from the non-arrival of a
country-woman, who had promised to elope with
her, but had probably been too narrowly watched.
The Indian himter, however, having given her
some directions as to the proper mode of joining
her own tribe, she became more composed, and
ultimately agreed to adopt his advice of proceed-
ing at once to Fort Providence, instead of wander-
ing about the country all summer in search of
them, at the imminent hazard of being starved.

On the 7th, the wind, changing to the south-
ward, dispersed the clouds which had obscured
the sky for several days, and produced a change
of temperature under which the snow rapidly dis-
appeared. The thermometer rose to 73°, many
nies came forth, musquitoes shewed themselves
for the first time, and one swallow made its ap-
pearance. We were the more gratified with these
indications of summer, that St. Germain was
enabled to commence upon the repair of the
canoes, and before night had completed the two
which had received the least injury. Augustus
killed two deer to-day.

On the lOth the dip of the magnetic needie
being observed, shewed a decrease of 22' 44",

-ocr page 125-
120 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
since last autumn. The repairs of the third canoe
were finished this evening.

The snow was now confined to the bases of the
hills, and our Indian hunter told us the season
was early. The operations of nature, however,
seemed to us very tardy. We were eager to be
gone, and dreaded the lapse of summer, before
the Indians would allow it had begun.

On the llth the geese and ducks had left the
vicinity of Fort Enterprise, and proceeded to the
northward. S ome young ravens and whiskey-
johns made their appearance at this time.

On the 12th Winter River was nearly cleared
of ice, and on the 13th the men returned, having
left Dr. Richardson on the borders of Point Lake.
Dr. Richardson informed me by letter that the
snow was deeper in many parts near his encamp-
ment than it had been at any time last winter
near Fort Enterprise, and that the ice on Point
Lake had scarcely begun to decay. Although
the voyagers were much fatigued on their arrival,
and had eaten nothing for the last twenty-four
hours, they were very cheerful, and expressed a
desire to start with the remainder of the stores
next morning. The Dog-rib woman, who had
lingered about the house since the 6th of June,
took alarm at the approach of men, thinking,

-ocr page 126-
OP THE POLAE SEA. m
perhaps, that they were accompanied by Indians,
and ran off. She was now provided with a
hatchet, kettle, and fire-steel, and would probably
go at once to Fort Providence, in the expectation
of meeting with some of her countrymen before
the end of summer.

-ocr page 127-
122 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
CHAPTER X*.
Departure from Fort Enterprise—Navigation of the Copper-Mine
River—Visit to the Copper Mountain—Interview with the Esqui-
maux—Departure of the Indian Hunters—Arrangements made
with them for our return.

1821. THE trains for the canoes having been
June 14. finished during the night, the party at-
tached to them commenced their journey at ten
this morning. Each canoe was dragged by four
men, assisted by two dogs. They took the route
of Winter Lake, with the intention of following,
although more circuitous, the water-course as far
as practicable, it being safer for the canoes than
travelling over land. After their departure, the
remaining stores, the instruments, and our small
stock of dried meat, amounting only to eighty
pounds, were distributed equally among Hepburn,
three Canadians, and the two Esquimaux; with
this party and two Indian hunters, we quitted

* It will be seen hereafter that I had the misfortune to lose my
portfolio containing my journals from Fort Enterprise to the I4th
of September. But the loss has been amply redeemed by my
brother officers' journals, from which the narratire up tü that period
has been chiefly compiled.

-ocr page 128-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 133
Fort Enterprise, most sincerely rejoicing that the
long-wished-for day had arrived, when we were
to proceed towards the final object of the Expe-
dition.

We left in one of the rooms a box, containing
a jouroal of the occurrences up to this date, the
charts, and som e drawings, which was to be con-
veyed to Fort Chipewyan by Mr. Wentzel, on his
return from the sea, and from thence to be sent to
England. The room was blocked up, and, by
the advice of Mr. Wentzel, a drawing represent-
ing a man holding a dagger in a threatening atti-
tude, was affixed to the door, to deter any Indians
from breaking it open. We directed our course
towards the Dog-rib Rock, but as our companions
were loaded with the weight of near one hun-
dred and eighty pounds each, we of necessity
proceeded at a slow pace. The day was ex-
tremely warm, and the musquitoes, whose attacks
had hitherto been feeble, issued forth in swarms
from the marshes, and were very tormenting.
Having walked five miles we encamped near a
small cluster of pines about two miles from the
Dog-rib Rock. The canoe party had not been
seen since they set out. Our hunters went for-
ward to Marten Lake, intending to wait for us at
a place where two deer were deposited. At nine
P.M. the temperature of the air was 63°.

-ocr page 129-
1S1 JOUENEY TO THE SHORES
We resumed our march at an early hour, and
crossed several lakes which lay in our course, as
the ice enabled the men to drag their burdens on
trains formed of sticks and deer's horns, with
more ease than they could carry them on their
backs. We were kept constantly wet by this
operation, as the ice had broken near the shores
of the lakes, but this inconvenience was not re-
garded, as the day was unusually warm : the tem-
perature at two P.M. being at 82^°. At Marten
Lake we joined the canoe party, and encamped
with them. We had the mortification of learning
from our hunters that the meat they had put en
cache
here, had been destroyed by the wolverenes,
and we had, in consequence, to furnish the supper
from our scanty stock of dried meat. The wind
changed from S.E. to N.E. in the evening, and
the weather became very cold, the thermometer
being at 43° at nine P.M. The few dwarf
birches we could collect afForded fire insuffi-
cient to keep us warm, and we retired under the
covering of our blankets as soon as the supper
was despatched. The N.E. breeze rendered the
night so extremely cold, that we procured but
little sleep, having neither fire nor shelter; for
though we carried our tents, we had been forced
to leave the tent-poles which we could not now
replace; we therefore gladly recommenced the

-ocr page 130-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 125
journey at five in the morning, and travelled
through the remaining part of the lake on the ice.
lts surface being quite smooth, the canoes were
dragged along expeditiously by the dogs, and the
rest of the party had to walk very quick to keep
pace with them, which occasioned them to get
many heavy falls. By the time we had reached
the end of the lake, the wind had increased to a
perfect gale, and the atmosphere was so cold that
we could not proceed further with the canoes
without the risk of breaking the bark, and se-
riously injuring them; we thèreforecrossed Win-
ter River in them, and put up in a well-sheltered
place on a ridge of sand hills. But as the stock
of provision was scanty, we determined on pro-
ceeding as quick as possible, and leaving the
canoe-party under the charge of Mr. Wentzel.
We parted from them in the afternoon, and first
directed our course towards a range of hills,
where we expected to fmd Antonio Fontano, who
had separated from us in the morning. In cross-
ing towards these hills I feil through the ice into
the lake, with my bundie on my shoulders, but
was soon extricated without receiving any injury;
and Mr. Back, who left us to go in search of the
straggler, met with a similar accident in the even-
ing. We put up on a ridge of sand hills, where
we found some pines, and made a large fire to

-ocr page 131-
126 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
apprize Mr. Back and Fontano of our situation.
St. Germain having killed a deer in the afternoon,
we reeeived an acceptable supply of meat. The
night was stormy and very cold.

At five the next morning, our men were sent in
different directions after our absent companions ;
but as the weather was foggy, we despaired of
finding them, unless they should chance to hear the
muskets our people were desired to fire. They re-
turned, however, at ten, bringing intelligence of
them. I went immediately with Hepburn to join
Mr. Back, and directed Mr. Hood to proceed
with the Canadians, and halt with them at a spot
where the hunters had killed a deer. Though
Mr. Back was much fatigued hè set off with me
immediately, and in the evening we rejoined our
friends on the borders of the Big Lake. The
Indians informed us that Fontano only rerrmined
a few hours with them, and then continued his
journey. We had to oppose a violent gale and
frequent snow-storms through the day, which un-
seasonable weather caused the temperature to de-
scend below the freezing point this evening. The
situation of our encampment being bleak, and our
fuel stunted green willows, we passed a very
cold and uncomfortable night,

June 18.—Though the breeze was moderate
this morning, the air was piercingly keen.

-ocr page 132-
OP THE POLAR SEA. ÏST
When on the point of starting, we perceived
Mr. Wentzel's party coming, and awaited
his arrival to learn whether the canoes had re-
ceived any injury during the severe weather of
yesterday. Finding they had not, we proceeded
to get upon the ice on the lake, which could not
be effected without walking up to the waist in
water, for some distance from its borders. We
had not the command of our feet in this situation,
and the men feil often; poor Junius broke through
the ice with his heavy burden on his back, but
fortunately was not hurt.

This lake is extensive, and large arms branch
from its main course in different directions. At
these parts we crossed the projecting points of
land, and on each occasion had to wade as be-
fore, which so wearied every one, that we rejoiced
when we reached its north side and encamped,
though our resting-place was a bare rock. We
had the happiness of finding Fontano at this
place. The poor fellow had passed the three
preceding days without tasting food, and was
exhausted by anxiety and hunger. His sufferings
were considered to have been a sufBcient punish-
ment for his imprudent conduct in separating from
us, and we only admonished him to be more cau-
tious in future.

Having received information that the hunters
-ocr page 133-
188 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
had killed a deer, we sent three men to fetch the
meat, which was distributed between our party
and the canoe-men who had been encamped near
to us. The thermometer at three P.M. was 46°,
at nine 34°.

We commenced the following day by crossing
a lake about four miles in length, and then passed
over a succession of rugged hills for nearly the
same distance. The men being anxious to reach
some pine-trees, which they had seen on their
former journey, walked a quick pace, though they
were suffering from swelled legs and rheumatic
pains ; we could not, however, attain the desired
point, and therefore encamped on the declivity
of a hill, which sheltered us from the wind; and
used the rein-deer moss for fuel, which afforded
us more warmth than we expected. Several
patches of snow were yet remaining on the sur-
rounding hills. The thermometer variedto-day
between 55° and 45°.

On the 20th of June we began our march by
crossing a small lake, riot without much risk, as
the surface of the ice was covered with water to
the depth of two feet, and there were many holes
into which we slipped, in spite of our efforts to
avoid them. A few of the men, being fearful of
attempting the traverse with their heavy loads,
walked round the eastern end of the lake. The

-ocr page 134-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 129
parties met on the sandy ridge, which separates
the stream s that fall into Winter Lake from those
that flow to the northward; and here we killed
three deer. Near to the base of this ridge we
crossed a small but rapid stream, in which there
is a remarkable cascade of about fifty feet de-
scent. Some Indians joined us here, and gave
information respecting the situation of Dr.
Richarclson's tent, which our hunters considered
was sufficient for our guidance, and therefore
proceeded as quickly as they could. Wc marclied
a few miles farther in the evening, and encamped
among some pines ; but the comfort of a good fire
did not compensate for the torment,we suffered
from the host of musquitoes we found at this spot.
The temperature was 52°.

We set off next morning at a very early
hour. The men took the course of Point Lake,
that they might use their sledges, but the officers
pursued the nearest route by land to Dr. Richard-
soirs tent, which we reached at eleven A.M. It
was situated on the western side of an arm of
the lake, and near to the part through which the
Copper-Mine River runs. Our men arrived soon
after us, and in the evening Mr. Wentzel and his
party, with the canoes in excellent condition.
They were much jaded by their fatiguing journey,

VOL. II. K
-ocr page 135-
130 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
and several were lame from swellings of the lower
extremities. The ice on the lake was still six or
seven feet thick, and there was no appearance of
its decay except near the edges ; and as it was
evident that, by remaining here until it shouldbe
removed, we might lose every prospect of suc-
cess in our undertaking, I determined on drag-
ging our stores along its surface, until we should
come to a part of the river where we could em-
bark ; and directions were given this evening for
each man to préparé a train for the conveyance of
his portion of the stores. I may remark here, as
a proof of the strong effect of radiation from the
earth in melting the ice, that the largest holes in
the ice were always formed at the base of the
high and steep cliffs, which abound on the borders
of this lake.

We found Akaitcho and the hunters encamped
here, but their families, and the rest of the tribe,
had gone off two days before to the Beth-see-to,
a large lake to the northward, where they intend-
ed passing the summer. Long-legs and Keskar-
rah had departed, to desire the Hook to collect
as much meat as hè could against our arrival at
his lodge. We were extremely distressed to
learn from Dr. Richardson, that Akaitcho and his
party had expended all the ammunition they had

-ocr page 136-
OP THE POLAR SBA. J31
received at Fort Enterprise, without having con-
tributed any supply of provision. The Doctor
had, however, through the assistance of two
hunters hè kept with him, prepared two hundred
pounds of dried meat, which was now our sole
dependance for the journey. On the following
morning I represented to Akaitcho that we had
been greatly disappointed by his conduct, which
was so opposite to the promise of exertion hè had
made, on quitting Fort Enterprise. He offered
many excuses, but finding they were not satisfac-
tory, admitted that the greater part of the am-
munition had been given to those who accom-
panied the womento the Beth-see-to, and promised
to behave better in future. I then told him, that
I intended in future to give them ammunition only
in prcportion to the meat which was brought in,
and that we should commence upon that plan, by,»
supplying him with fifteen balls, and each of the
hunters with ten.

The number of our hunters was now reduced
to five, as two of the most active declined going
any further, their father, who thought himself
dying, having solicited them to remain and close
his eyes. These five were furnished with am-
munition, and sent forward to hunt on the south
border of the lake, with directions to place any

K2

-ocr page 137-
139 JOURNEY TO THE SIIORES
meat they might procure near to the edge of the
lake, and set up marks to guide us to the spots.
Akaitcho, his brother, the guide, and three other
men, remained to accompany us. We were much
surprised to perceive an extraordinary difference
in climate in so short an advance to the northward
as fifty miles. The snow here was lying in large
patches on the hills. The dwarf-birch and willows
were only just beginning to open their buds,
which had burst forth at Fort Enterprise many
days previous to our departure. Vegetation
seemed to be three weeks or a month later here
than at that place. We had heavy showers of
rain through the night of the 22d, which melted
the snow, and visibly wasted the ice.

On the 23d, the men were busily employed in
making their trains, and in pounding the meat for
pemmican. The situation of the encampment
was ascertained, latituds 65° 12' 40" N., longi-
tude 113° 8' 25" W., and the variation 43° 4' 20" E.
The arrangements being completed, we purposed
commencing our journcy next morning, but the
vveather was too stormy to admit of our venturing
upon the lake with the canoes. In the afternoon
a heavy fall of snow took place, which was suc-
ceeded by sleet and rain, The north-east gale
continued, but the thermometer rose to 39°.


-ocr page 138-
OF THE P.OLAR SKA. 133
Juiie 25.—The wind having abated in the night,
we prepared for starting at an early hour. The
three canoes were mounted on sledges, and nine
men were appointed to conduct them, having the
assistance of two dogs to each canoe. The stores
and provisions were distributed equally among
the rest of our men, except a few small articles
which the Indians carried. The provision con-
sisted of only two bags of pemmican, two of
pounded meat, five of suet, and two small bundies
of dried provision, together with fresh meat suffi-
cient for our supper at night. It was gratifying
to witness the readiness with which the men pre-
pared for and commenced the journey, which
promised to be so very laborious, as each of them
had to drag upwards of one hundred and eighty
pounds on his sledge.

Our course led down the main channel of the
lake, which varied in breadth from half a mile to
three miles; but we proceeded at a slow pace, as
the snow, which feil last night, and still lay on the
lake, very much impeded the sledges. Many
extensive arms branched off on the north side of
this channel, and it was bounded on the south by
a chain of lofty islands. The hills on both sides
rose to the height of six or seven hundred feet,
and high steep cliffs were numerous. Clusters
of pines were occasionally seen in the valleys.

-ocr page 139-
131 .TOURNEY TO THE SHORES
We put up, at eight P.M., in a spot which afforded
us but a few twigs for fuel. The party was much
fatigued, and several of the men were affected by
an inflammation on the inside of the thigh at-
tended with hardness and swelling. The distance
made to-day was six miles.

We started at ten next morning. The day
was extremely hot, and the men were soon jaded ;
their lameness increased very much, and some
not previously affected began to complain. The
dogs too shewed symptoms of great weakness,
and one of them stretched himself obstinately on
the ice, and was obliged to be released from the
harness. Under these circumstances we were
compelled to encamp at an early hour, having
come only four miles. The sufferings of the peo-
ple in this early stage of our journey were truly
discouraging to them, and very distressing to us,
whose situation was comparatively easy. I,
therefore, determined on leaving the third canoe,
which had been principally carried to provide
against any accident happening to the others. By
this we gained three men, to lighten the loads of
those who were most lame, and an additional dog
for each of the other canoes. It was accordingly
properly secured on a stage erected for the pur-
pose near the encampment. Dried meat was
issued for supper, but in the course of the evening

-ocr page 140-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 135
the Indians killed two deer, for which we imme-
diately sent.

The channel of the lake through which we had
passed to-day was bounded on both sides by
islands of considerable height, presenting bold
and rugged scenery. We were informed by our
guide, that a large body of the lake lies to the
northward of a long island which we passed.

Another deer was killed next mofning, but as
the men breakfasted off it before they started, the
additional weight was not materially feit. The
burthens- of the men being considerably lightened
by the arrangements of last evening, the party
walked at the rate of one mile and three quarters
an hour until the afternoon, when our pace was
slackened, as the surface of the ice was more
rough, and our lame companions feit their sores
very galling. At noon we passed a deep bay on
the south side, which is said to receive a river.
Throughout the day's march the huls on each side
of the lake bore a strong resemblance, in height
and form, to those about Fort Enterprise. We
encamped on the north main shore, among some
spruce trees, having walked eight miles and a
half. Three or four fish were caught with lines
through holes, which the water had worn in the
ice. We perceived a light westerly current at
these places.

-ocr page 141-
135 JOURJNTEY TO THE SIIORES
It rained heavily during thenight, and thiswas
succeeded by a dense fog on the morning of the
28th. Being short of provisions we commenced
our journey, though the points of land were not
discernible beyond a short distance. The sur-
faceof the ice, being honeycombed by the recent
rains, presented innumerable sharp points. which
tore our shoes, and lacerated the feet at every
step. The poor dogs, too, marked their path
with their blood.

In the evening the atmosphere became clear,
and, at five P.M., we reached the rapid by which
Point Lake communicates with Red-Rock Lake.
This rapid is only one hundred yards wide, and
we were much disappointed at fmding the Copper-
Mine River such an inconsiderable stream. The
canoes descended the rapid, but the cargoes were
carried across the peninsula, and placed again on
the sledges, as the next lake was still frozen.
We passed an extensive arm, branching to the
eastward, and encamped just below it, on the
western bank, among spruce pines, having walked
six miles of direct distance. The rolled stones
on the beach are principally red clay slate, hence
its Indian appellation, which AVG have retained.

We continued our journey at the usual hour
next morning. At noon the variation was ob-
served to be 47° east. Our attention was after-

-ocr page 142-
OF THE I'OLAÏl SEA. 137
wards directed to some pine branches, scattered
on the ice, which proved to be marks placed by
our hunters, to guide us to the spot where they
had deposited the carcasses of two small deer.
This supply was very seasonable, and the men
cheerfully dragged the additional weight. Akait-
cho, judging from the appearance of the nieat,
thought it had been placed here three days ago,
and that the hunters were considerably in advance.
We put up, at six P. M., near the end of the lake,
having come twelve miles and three quarters, and
found the channel open by which it is connected
with the Rock-nest Lake. A river was pointed
out, bearing south from our encampment, which
is said to rise near Great Marten Lake. Red-
Tock Lake is in general narrow, its shelving
banks are well clothed with wood, and even the
hills, which attain an elevation of four hundred or
five hundred feet, are ornamented, half way up,
with stunted pines.

On June 30, the men having gummed the
canoes, embarked with their burdens to descend
the river ; but we accompanied the Indians about
five miles across a neck of land, when we also
embarked. The river was about two hundred
yards wide, and its course being uninterrupted,
we cherished a sanguine hope of now getting on
more speedily, until we perceived that the waters

-ocr page 143-
133 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
of Rock-nest Lake were still bound by ice, and that
recourse must again be had to the sledges. The
ice was muchdecayed, and the party wereexposed
to great risk of breaking through in making the
traverse. In one part we had to cross an open
channel in the canoes, and in another were com-
pelled to quit the lake, and make a portage
along the land. When the party had got upon
the ice again, our guide evinced much uncertainty
as to the route. He first directed us towards the
west end of the lake; but when we had nearly
gained that point, hè discovered a remarkable
rock to the north-east, named by the Indians the
Rock-nest, and then recollected that the river ran
at its base. Our course was immediately changed
to that direction, but the traverse we had then to
make was more dangerous than the former one.
The ice cracked under us at every step, and the
party were obliged to separate themselves widely
to prevent accidents. We landed at the first
point we could approach, but having found an
ópen channel close to the shore, we were obliged
to ferry the goods across on pieces of ice. The
fresh meat being expended we had to make ano-
ther inroad on our pounded meat. The evening
was very warm, and the musquitoes numerous.
A large fire was made to apprize the hunters of
our advance, The scenery of Rock-nest Lake is

-ocr page 144-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 139
picturesque, its shores are rather low, except at
the Rock's-nest, and two or three eminences on
the eastern side. The only wood is the pine,
which is twenty or thirty feet high, and about
one foot in diameter. Our distance to-day was
six miles.

July l.—Our guide directed us to proceed to-
wards a deep bay on the north side of the lake,
where hè supposed we should find the river. In
consequence of the bad state of the ice, we em-
ployed all the different modes of travelling we
had previously followed in attaining this place ;
and, in crossing a point of land, had the misfor-
tune to lose one of the dogs, which set off in
pursuit of some rein-deer. Arriving at the bay,
we only found a stream that feil into it from the
north-east, and looked in vain for the Copper-
Mine River. This circumstance confused the
guide, and hè confessed that hè was now doubt-
ful of the proper route; we, therefore, halted,
and despatched him, with two men, to look for
the river from the top of the high huls near the
Nest-rock. During this delay a slight injury was
repaired, which one of the canoes had received.
We were here amused by the interesting spec-
tacle of a wolf chasing two rein-deer on the ice.
The pursuer being alarmed at the sight of our
men, gave up the chase when nëar to the hind-

-ocr page 145-
149 JOÜRNEY TO THE SHOKES
most, much to our regret, for we were calculating
upon the chance of sharing in his capture.

At four P.M. our men returned, with the agree-
able information that they had seen the river
flowing at the base of the Rock-nest. The canoes
and stores were immediately placed on the ice,
and dragged thither; we tlien embarked, but soon
had to cut through a barrier of drift ice that
blocked up the way. We afterwards descended
two strong rapids, and encamped near to the dis-
charge of a small stream which flows from an
adjoining lake. The Copper-Mine River, at this
point, is about two hundred yards wide, and ten
feet deep, and flows very rapidly over a rocky
bottom. The scenery of its banks is picturesque,
the huls shelve to the water-side, and are well
covered with wood, and the surface of the rocks
is richly ornamented with lichens. The Indians
say that the same kind of country prevails as far
as Mackenzie's River in this parallel; but that
the land to the eastward is perfectly barren.
Akaitcho and one of the Indians killed two deer,
wlrich were immediately sent for. T\vo of the
hunters arrived in the night, and we learned that
their companions, instead of being in advance,
as we supposed, were staying at the place where
\ve first found the river open. They had only
seen our fires last evening, and had sent to exa-

-ocr page 146-
OF THE POLAR SEA. Hl
mine who we were. The circumstance of having
passed them was very vexatious, as they had three
deer en cache at their encampment. However, an
Indian was sent to desire those who rcmained to
join us, and bring the meat.

We embarked at nine A.M. on July 2nd, and
descended a succession of strong rapids for three
miles. We were carried along with extraordi-
nary rapidity, shooting over large stones, upon
which a single stroke would have been destruc-
tive to the canoes ; and we were also in danger
of breaking them, from the want of the long
poles which He along their bottoms and equalize
their cargoes, as they plunged very much, and on
one occasion the first canoe was almost fiiled with
the waves. B ut there was no rececling after we
had once launeheel into the stream, and our safety
depended on the skill and dexterity of the bow-
men and steersmen. The banks of the river here
are rocky, and the scenery beautiful; consisting
of gentle elevations and dales wooded to the
edge of the stream, and flanked on both sides at
the distance of three or four miles by a range of
round-backed barren hills, upwards of six hun-
dred feet high. At the foot of the rapids the
high lands receded to a greater distance, and the
river flowed with a more gentle current, in a
wider channel, through a level and open country

-ocr page 147-
142 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
consisting of alluvial sand. In one place the
passage was blocked up by drift ice, still covered
to some depth with snow. A channel for the
canoes was made for some way with the hatchets
and poles; but on reaching the more compact
part we were under the necessity of transporting
the canoes and cargoes across it; an operation of
much hazard, as the snow concealed the numer-
ous holes which the water had made in the ice.
This expansion of the river being mistaken by
the guide for a lake, which hè spoke of as the
last on our route to the sea, we supposed that we
should have no more ice to cross, and therefore
encamped after passing through it, for the pur-
pose of fitting the canoes properly for the voyage,
and to provide poles, which are not only neces-
sary to strengthen them when placed in thé
bottom, but essentially requisite for the safe
management of them in dangerous rapids. The
guide began afterwards to doubt whether the
lake hè meant was not further on, and hè was
sent with two men to examine into the fact, who
returned in the evening with the ^information of
its being below us, but that there was an open
channel through it. This day was very sultry,
several plants appeared in flower.

The men were employed in repairing their
canoes to a late hour, and commenced very early

-ocr page 148-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 143
next morning, as we were desirous of availing
ourselves of every part of this favourable wea-
ther for their operations. The hunters arrived
in the course of the night. It appeared that the
dog which escaped from us two days ago came
into the vicinity of their encampment, howling
piteously ; seeing him without his harness, they
came to the hasty conclusion that our whole party
had perished in a rapid; and throwing away part
of their baggage, and leaving the meat behind
them, they set off with the utmost haste to join
Long-legs. Our messenger met them in their
flight, but too far advanced to admit of their re-
turning for the meat. Akaitcho scolded them
heartily for their thoughtlessness in leaving the
meat, which we so much wanted. They expressed
their regret, and being ashamed of their panic,
proposed to remedy the evil as much as possible
by going forward, without stopping, until they
came to a favourable spot for hunting, which
they expected to do about thirty or forty miles
below our present encampment. Akaitcho ac-
companied them, but previous to setting off hè
renewed his charge that we should be on our
guard against the bears, which was occasioned
by the hunters having fired at one this morning
as they were descending a rapid in their canoe.
As their small canoes would only carry five per-

1

-ocr page 149-
14* JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
sons, two of the hunters had to walk in turns
along the banks.

In our rambles round the encampment, we
witnessed with pleasure the progress which the
vegetation had made within the few last warm
days ; most of the trees had put forth their leaves,
and several fiowers ornamented the moss-covered
ground; many of the smaller summer birds were
observed in the woods, and a variety of ducks,
gulls, and plovers, were seen on the banks of the
river. The river is about three hundred yards
wide at this part, is decp and flows over a bed
of alluvial sand. We caught some trout of con-
siderable size with our lines, and a few white
fish in the nets, which maintained us, with alittle
assistance from the pemmican. The repair of our
canoes was completed this evening. Previous to
-embarking I issued an order that no rapid should
in future be descenJed until the bpwmen had
examined it, and decided upon its being safe to
run. V/herever the least danger was to be ap-
prehended, or the crew had to disembark for the
purpose of lightening the canoe, the ammunition,
guns and Instruments, were always to be put out
and carried along the bank; that we might be
provided with the means of subsisting ourselves,
in case of any accident befalling the canoes.

The situation of our eneampment was ascer-
-ocr page 150-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 145
tained to be 65° 43'28" N., longitude 114° 26'
45" W., and the variation 42° 17' 22" E.

At four in the morning of July 4th we em-
barked and descended a succession of very agi-
tated rapids, but took the precaution of landing
the articles mentioned yesterday, wherever there
appeared any hazard; notwith standing all our
precautions the leading canoe struck with great
force against a stone, and the bark was split, but
this injury was easily repaired, and we regretted
only the loss of time. At eleven we came to an
expansion of the river where the current ran with
less force, and an accumulation of drift ice had, in
consequence, barred the channel; over which the
canoes and cargoes were carried. The ice in many
places adhered to the banks, and projected in
wide ledges several feet thick over the stream,
which had hollowed them out beneath. On one
occasion as the people were embarking from one
of these ledges, it suddenly gave way, and three
men were precipitated into the water, but were
rescued without further damage than a sound
ducking, and the canoe fortunately, (and nar-
rowly) escaped being crushed. Perceiving one
of the Indians sitting on the east bank of the river,
we landed, and having learned from him that
Akaitcho and the hunters had gone in pursuit of

VOL. II. L
-ocr page 151-
146 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
a herd of musk oxen, we encamped, having come
twenty-four miles and a half.

In the afternoon they brought us the agreeable
intelligence of their having killed eight cows, of
which four were full grown. All the party were
immediately despatched to bring in this season-
able supply. A young cow irritated by the firing
of the hunters ran down to the river, and passed
close to me when walking at a short distance from
the tents. I fired and wounded it, when the animal
instantly turned, and ran at me, but I avoided its
fury by jumping aside and gettmg upon an ele*
vated piece of ground. In the mean time some
people came from the tents, and it took to flight.

The musk oxen, like the bufFalo, herd together
in bands, and generally frequent the barren
grounds during the summer months, keeping
near to the banks of the rivers, but retire to the
woods in winter. They seem to be less watch-
ful than most other wild animals, and when
grazing are not difficult to approach, provided the
hunters go against the wind ; when two or three
men get so near a herd as to fire at them from
different points, these animals instead of sepa-
rating or running away, huddle closer together,
and several are generally killed; but if the wound
is not mortal they become enraged and dart in

-ocr page 152-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 147
the most furieus manner at the hunters, who must
be very dexterous to evade them. They can de-
fend themselves by their powerful horns against
the wolves and bears, which as the Indians say,
they not unfrequently kill.

The musk oxen feed on the same substances
with the rein-deer, and the prints of the feet of
these two animals are so much alike, that it re-
quires the eye of an experienced hunter to dis-
tinguish them. The largest of these animals
killed by us did not exceed in weight three hun-
dred pounds. The flesh has a musky disagree-
able flavour, particularly when the animal is lean,
which unfortunately for us was the case with all
that were now killed by us.

During this day's march the river varied in
breadth from one hundred to two hundred feet,
and except in two open spaces, a very strong
current marked a deep descent the whole way.
It flows over a bed of gravel, of which also its
immediate banks are composed. Near to our
encampment it is bounded by cliffs of fine sand
from one hundred to two hundred feet high.
Sandy plains extend on a level with the summit
of these cliffs, and at the distance of six or seven
miles are terminated by ranges of hills eight hun-
dred or one thousand feet high. The grass on
these plains affords excellent pasturage for the

L 2
-ocr page 153-
148 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
musk oxen, and they generally abound here. The
hunters added two more to our stock in the course
of the night. As we had now more meat than
the party could consume fresh, we delayed our
voyage next day for the purpose of drying it.
The hunters were supplied with more ammuni-
tion, and sent forward; but Akaitcho, his bro-
ther, and another Indian remained with us.

It may here be proper to mention, that the
officers had treated Akaitcho more distantly since
our departure from Point Lake, for the purpose
of shewing him their opinion of his misconduct.
The diligence in hunting, however, which hè had
evinced at this place, induced us to receive him
more familiarly when hè came to the tent this
evening. During our conversation hè endeavoured
to excite suspicions in our minds against the
Hook, by saying, " I am aware that you consider
me the worst man of my nation; but I know the
Hook to be a great rogue, and, I think, hè will
disappoint you."

On the morning of the 6th we embarked, and
descended a series of rapids, having twice un-
loaded the canoes where the water was shallow.
After passing the mouth of the Fairy* Lake

* This is an Indian name. The Northern Indian fairies are six
inches high, lead a life similar to the Indians, and are excellent
huuters. Those who have had the good fortune to fall in with their

-ocr page 154-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 149
River the rapids ceased. The main stream was
then about three hundred yards wide, and gene-
rally deep, though, in one part, the channel was
interrupted by several sandy banks, and low
alluvial islands covered with willows. It flows
between banks of sand thinly wooded, and as we
advanced the barren hills approached the water's
edge.

At ten we rejoined our hunters, who had killed
a deer, and halted to breakfast. We sent them
forward; one of them, who was walking along
the shore afterwards, fired upon two brown bears,
and wounded one of them, which instantly turned
and pursued him. His companions in the canoes
put ashore to his assistance, but did not succeed
in killing the bears, which fled upon the reinforce-
ment coming up. During the delay thus occa-
sioned we overtook them, and they continued
with us during the rest of the day.

We encaniped at the foot of a lofty range of
mountains, which appear to be from one thousand
two hundred to one thousand five hundred feet
high; they are in general round backed, but the
outline is not even, being interrupted by craggy

tiny encampmcnts have been kindly treated, and regaled on venison.
We did not learn with certainty whether the existence of these
delig-htful crcatures is knovvn from Indian tradition, or whether the
Indians owe their knowledge of them to their intercourse with the
traders, but think the furuier probable.

-ocr page 155-
150 JOURNEY TO THE SIIORES
conical eminences. This is the first ridge of hills
we have seen in this country, that deserves the
appellation of a mountain range ; it is probably
a continuation of the Stony Mountains crossed by
Hearne. Many plants appeared in full flower
near the tents, and Dr. Richardson gathered some
high up on the hills. The distance we made to-
day was fifty miles.

There was a hoar frost in the night, and the
temperature, at four next morning, was 40°: em-
barking at that hour, we glided quickly down the
stream, and by seven arrived at the Hook's en-
campment, which was placed on the summit of a
lofty sand cliff, whose base was washed by the
river. This chief had with him only three
hunters, and a few old men and their families,
the rest of his band having remained at their
snares in Bear Lake. His brother, Long-legs,
and our guide, Keskarrah, who had joined him
three days before, had communicated to him our
want of provision, and we were happy to find
that, departing from the general practice of Indian
chiefs, hè entered at once upon the business,
without making a long speech. As an introduc-
tory mark of our regard, I decorated him with a
medal similar to those which had been given to
the other leaders. The Hook began by stating,
" that hè was aware of our being destitute of

-ocr page 156-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 151
provision, and of the great need we had of an
ample stock, to enable us to execute our under-
taking; and his regret, that the unusual scarcity
of animals this season, together with the circum-
stance of his having only just received a supply
of ammunition from Fort Providence, had pre-
vented him from collecting the quantity of meat
hè had wished to do for our use. The amount,
indeed," hè said, " is very small, but I will cheer-
fully give you what I have: we are too much
indebted to the white people, to allow them to
want food on our lands, whilst we have any to
give them. Our families can live on fish until
we can procure more meat, but the season is too
short to allow of your delaying, to gain subsist-
ence in that manner." He immediately desired,
aloud, that the women should bring all the meat
they had to us; and we soon collected sufficient
to make three bags and a half of pemmican, be-
sides some dried meat and tongues. We were
truly delighted by this prompt and cheerful be-
haviour, and would gladly have rewarded the
kindness of himself and his companions by some
substantial present, but we were limited by the
scantiness of our store to a small donation of
fifteen charges of ammunition to each of the chiefs.
In return for the provision they accepted notes on
the North-West Company, to be paid at Fort

-ocr page 157-
152 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Providence; and to these was subjoined an order
for a few articles of clothing, as an additional
present. I then endeavoured to prevail upon the
Hook to remain in this vicinity with his hunters
until the autumn, and to make deposits of pro-
vision in different parts of the course to the sea,
as a resource for our party, in the event of our
being compelled to return by this route. He re-
quired time, however, to consider this matter,
and promised to give me an answer next day.
I was rejoiced to find him then prepared to meet
my wish, and the following plan was agreed
upon:—As the animals abound, at all times, on
the borders of Bear Lake, they promised to re-
main on the east side of it until the month of
November, at that spot which is nearest to the
Copper-Mine River, from whence there is a com-
munication by a chain of lakes and portages.
There the principal deposit of provision was to be
made; but during the summer the hunters were
to be employed in putting up supplies of dried
meat at convenient distances, not only along the
communication from this river, but also upon its
banks, as far down as the Copper Mountain.
They were also to place particular marks to guide
our course to their lodges. We contracted to repay
them liberally, whether we returned by this way
or not; if we did, they were to aceompany us to

-ocr page 158-
OF THE POLAR S E A. 153
Fort Providence to receive the reward; and, at
any rate, I promised to send the necessary docu-
ments by Mr. Wentzel, from the sea-coast, to en-
sure their having an ample remuneration. With
this arrangement they were perfectly satisfied,
and we could not be less so, knowing they had
every motive for fulfilling their promises, as the
place they had chosen to remain at is their usual
hunting-ground. The uncommon anxiety these
chiefs expressed for our safety, appeared to us as
likely to prompt them to every care and attention,
and I record their expressions with gratitude.
After representing the numerous hardships we
should have to encounter in the strongest manner,
though in language similar to what we had often
heard from our friend Akaitcho, they earnestly en-
treated we would be constantly on our guard against
thetreacheryof theEsquimaux; and no less forcibly
desired we would not proceed far along thecoast, as
they dreaded the consequences of our being ex-
posed to a tempestuous sea in canoes, and having
to endure the cold of the autumn on a shore desti-
tute of fuel. The Hook, having been an invalid
for several years, rejoiced at the opportunity of
consulting Dr. Richardson, who immediately
gave him advice, and supplied him with me-
dicine.

The pounded meat and fat were converted
into pemmican, preparatory to our voyage.

-ocr page 159-
154 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
The result of our observations at the Hook's
encampmerit was, latitude 66° 45' 11" N., longi-
tude 115° 42' 23" W., variation of the compass
46° 7' 30" E.

We embarked at eleven to proceed on our
journey. Akaitcho and his brother, the guide,
being in the first canoe, and old Keskarrah in the
other. We wished to dispense with the further
attendance of two guides, and made a proposition
that either of them might remain here, but neither
would relinquish the honour of escorting the Ex-
pedition to the sea. One of our hunters, how-
ever, was less eager for this honour, and pre-
ferred remaining with Green Stockings, Keskar-
rah's fascinating daughter. The other four, with
the Little Singer, accompanied us, two of them
conducting their small canoes in turns, and the
rest walking along the beach.

The river flows over a bed of sand, and winds in
an uninterrupted channel of from three quarters
to a mile broad, between two ranges of hills,
which are pretty even in their outline, and round
backed, but having rather steep acchvities. The
immediate borders of the stream consisted either
of high banks of sand, or steep gravel cliffs ; and
sometimes, where the hills receded to a little dis-
tance, the intervening1 space was occupied by
high sandy ridges.

At three P.M., after passing along the foot of
-ocr page 160-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 155
a high range of hills, we arrived at the portage
leading to the Bear Lake, to which we have pre-
viously alluded. lts position is very remarkable,
being situated at the most westerly part of the
Copper-Mine River, and at the point where it
résumés a northern course, and forces a passage
through the lofty ridge of mountains, to which it
had run parallel for the last thirty miles. As the
Indians travel from hence, with their families, in
three days to the point where they propose stay-
ing for us, the distance, I think, cannot exceed
forty miles ; and, admitting the course to be due
west, which is the direction the guide pointed,
that distance would place the eastern part of
Bear Lake in 118|° W. longitude.

Beyond this spot the river is diminished in
breadth, and a succession of rapids are formed;
but as the water was deep, we passed through
them without discharging any part of the cargoes.
It still runs between high ranges' of mountains,
though its actual boundaries are banks of mud
mixed with clay, which are clothed with stunted
pines. We picked up a deer which the hunters
had shot, and killed another from the canoe; and
also received an addition to our stock of provision
of seven young geese, which the hunters had
beaten down with their sticks. About six P.M.
we perceived a mark on the shore, which on ex-

-ocr page 161-
156 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
amination, was found to have been recently put
up by some Indians ; and, on proceeding further,
we discerned strenger proofs of their being near
to that spot; we, therefore, encamped, and made
a large fire as a signal, which they answered in a
similar way. Mr. Wentzel was immediately sent,
in expectation of getting provision from them.
On his return, we learned that the party con-
sisted of three old Copper Indians, with their
families, who had supported themselves with the
bow and arrow since last autumn, not having
visited Fort Providence for more than a year;
and so successful had they been, that they were
enabled to supply us with upwards of seventy
pounds of dried meat, and six moose skins fit for
making shoes, which were the more valuable, as
we were apprehensive of being barefooted before
the journey could be completed. The evening
was sultry, and the musquitoes appeared in great
numbers. The distance made to-day twenty-five
miles.

On the following morning we went down to
these Indians, and delivered to them notes on the
North-West Company, for the meat and skins
they had furnished; and we had then the mortifi-
cation of learning, that not having people to
carry a considerable quantity of pounded meat,
which they had intended for us, they had left it

-ocr page 162-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 157
upon the Bear Lake Portage. They promised,
however, to get it conveyed to the banks of this
river before we could return, and we rewarded
them with a present of knives and files.

After re-embarking we continued to descend
the river, which was now contracted between lofty
banks to about one hundred arid twenty yards
wide ; the current was very strong. At eleven we
came to a rapid, which had been the theme of dis-
course with the Indians for many days, and which
they had described to us as impassable in canoes.
The river here descends for three quarters of a
mile, in a deep, but narrovv and crooked, channel,
which it has cut through the foot of a hill of five
hundred or six hundred feet high. It is confined
between perpendicular cliffs reserabling stone
walls, varying in height from eighty to one hun-
dred and fifty feet, on which lies a mass of fine
sand. The body of the river pent within this
narrow chasm, dashed furiously round the pro-
jecting rocky columns, and discharged itself at the
northern extremity in a sheet of foam. The
canoes, after discharging part of their cargoes,
ran through this defile without sustaining any in-
jury. Accurate sketches of this interesting scène
were taken by Messrs. Back and Hood. Soon
after passing this rapid, we perceived the hun-
ters running up the east side of the river, to pre-

-ocr page 163-
158 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
vent us from disturbing a herd of musk oxen,
which they had observed grazing on the opposite
bank; we put them across, and they succeeded
in killing six, upon which we encamped for the
purpose of drying the meat. The country below
the Rocky Defile Rapid consists of sandy plains,
broken by srnall conical eminences also of sand ;
and bounded to the westward by a continuation
of the mountain chain, which we had crossed at
the Bear Lake Portage; and to the eastward
and northward, at the distance of twelve miles,
by the Copper Mountains, which Mr. Hearne
visited. The plains are crowned by several
clumps of moderately large spruces, about thirty
feet high.

This evening the Indians made a large fire, as
a signal to the Hook's party that we had passed
the terrific rapid in safety.

The position of our encampment was ascer-
tained to be, latitude 67° l' 10" N., longitude
116° 27' 28" W., variation of the compass 44° 11'
43" E., dip of the needie 87° 31' 18".

Some thunder showers retarded the drying of
the meat, and our embarkation was delayed next
day. The hunters were sent forward to hunt at
the Copper Mountains, under the superintendence
of Adam, the interpreter, who received strict in-
junctions not to permit them to make any large

-ocr page 164-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 159
fires, lest they should alarm straggling parties of
the Esquimaux.

The musquitoes were now very numerous and
annoying, but we consoled ourselves with the
hope that their season would be short.

On the llth we started at three A.M., and as
the guide had represented the river below our
encampment to be full of shoals, some of the
men were directed to walk along the shore, but
they were assailed so violently by the musquitoes,
as to be compelled to embark very soon ; and we
afterwards passed over the shallow parts by the
aid of the poles, without experiencing much in-
terruption. The current ran very rapidly, having
been augmented by the waters of the Mouse
River and several small streams. We rejoined
our hunters at the foot of the Copper Mountains,
and found they had killed three musk oxen.
This circumstance determined us on encamping
to dry the meat, as there was wood at the spot.
We availed ourselves of this delay to visit the
Copper Mountains in search of specimens of the
ore, agreeably to my instructions ; and a party of
twenty-one persons, consisting of the oiScers,
some of the voyagers, and all the Indians, set off
on that excursion. We travelled for nine hours
over a considerable space of ground, but found

-ocr page 165-
160 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
only a few small pieces of native copper. The
range we ascended was on the west side of the
river, extending W.N.W. and E.S.E. The moun-
tains varied in height from one thousand two
hundred to one thousand five hundred feet.
The uniformity of the mountains is interrupted
by narrow valleys traversed by small streams.
The best specimens of metal we procured
were among the stones in these valleys, and
it was in such situations that our guides de-
sired us to search most carefully. It would ap-
pear, that when the Indians see any sparry sub-
stance projecting above the surface, they dig
there ; but they have no other rule to direct them,
and have never found the metal in its original re-
pository. Our guides reported that they had
found copper in large pieces in every part of this
range, for two days' walk to the north-west, and
that the Esquimaux come hither to search for it.
The annual visits which the Copper Indians were
accustomed to make to these mountains, when
most of their weapons and utensils were made of
copper, have been discontinued since they have
been enabled to obtain a supply of ice chisels
and other instruments of iron by the establish-
ment of trading posts near to their hunting
grounds. That none of those who accompanied

-ocr page 166-
OF THE POLAR SEA. WI
u s had visited them for many yeaxs was evident,
from their ignorance of the spots most abundant
in metal.

The impracticability of navigating the river
upwards from the sea, and the want of wood for
forming an establishment, would prove insuper-
able objections to rendering the collection of
cópper at this part worthy of mercantile specula-
tion.

We had the opportunity of surveying the coun-
try from several elevated positions. Two or
three small lakes only were visible, still partly
frozen; and much snow remained on the moun-
tains. The trees were reduced to a scanty fringe
on the borders of the river, and every side was
beset by naked mountains.

The day was unusually warm, and, therefore,
favourable for drying the meat. Our whole stock
of provision, calculated for preservation was suf-
ficient for fourteen days, without any diminution
of the ordinary allowance of three pounds to each
man per day. The situation of our tents was
67° 10' 30" N., longitude 116° 25' 45" W.'

June 12.—The Indians knowing the course of
the river below this point to be only a succession
of rapids, declined taking their canoes any fur-
ther ; but as I conceived one of them would be
required, should we be compelled to walk along

Vot. II. M
-ocr page 167-
162 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
the coast, two of our men were appointed to con-
duct it.

As we were now entering on the confines of the
Esquimaux country, our guides recommended us
to be cautious in lighting fires, lest we should
discover ourselves, adding that the same reason
would lead themto travel asmuchaspossible in the
valleys, and to avoid crossing the tops of the hills.
We embarked at six A.M., taking with us only
old Keskarrah. The other Indians walked along
the banks of the river. Throughout this day's
voyage the current was very strong, running four
or five miles an hour; but the navigation was
tolerable, and we had to lighten the canoes only
once, in a contracted part of the river where the
waves were very high. The river is in many
places eonfined between perpendicular walls of
rock to one hundred and fifty yards in width, and
there the rapids were most agitated, Large
masses of ice twelve or fourteen feet thick, were
still adhering to many parts of the bank, indicat-
ing the tardy departure of winter from this in-
hospitable land, but the earth around them was
rich with vegetation. In the evening two musk-
oxen being seen on the beach, were pursued and
killed by our men. Whilst we were waiting to
embark the meat, the Indians rejoined us, and
reported they had been attacked by a bear, which

-ocr page 168-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 163
sprung upon them whilst they were conversing
together. His attack was so sudden that they
had not time to level their guns properly, and they
all missed except Akaitcho, who, les s confused
than the rest, took deliberate aim, and shot the
animal dead. They do not eat the flesh of the
bear, but knowing that we had no such prejudice,
they brought us some of the choice pieces, which
upon trial we found to be excellent meat.

The Indians having informed us that we were
now within twelve miles of the rapid where the
Esquimaux have invariably been found, we
pitched our tents on the beach, under the shelter
of a high hul whose precipitous side is washed
by the river, intending to send forward some per-
sons to determine the situation of their present
abode. Some vestiges of an old Esquimaux en-
campment were observed near the tents, and the
stumps of the trees bore marks of the stone
hatchets they use. A strict watch was appointed,
consisting of an officer, four Canadians, and an
Indian, and directions were given for the rest of
the party to sleep with their arms by their side.
That as little delay as possible might be experi-
enced in opening a communication with the Es-
quimaux, we immediately commenced the ar-
rangements for sending forward persons to dis-
cover whether there were any in our vicinity.

M3
-ocr page 169-
154 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Akaitcho and the guides proposed that two of the
hunters should be despatched on this service, who
had extremely quick sight, and were accustomed
to act as scouts, an office which required equal
caution and circumspection. A strong objection,
however, lay against this plan in the probability
of their being discovered by a straggling hunter,
which would be destructive to every hope of ac-
commodation. It was therefore determined to
send Augustus and Junius, who were very desir-
ous to undertake the service. These adventurous
men proposed to go armed only with pistols con-
cealed in their dress, and furnished with beads,
looking-glasses, and other articles, that they might
conciliate their countrymen by presents. We
could not divest our minds of the apprehension,
that it might be a service of much hazard if the
Esquimaux were as hostile to strangers as the
Copper Indians have invariably represented them
to be ; and we feit great reluctance in exposing
our two little interpreters, who had rendered them-
selves dear to the whole party, to the most dis-
tant chance of receiving injury ; but this course
of proceeding appeared in their opinion and our
owa to offer the only chance of gaining an inter-
view. Though not insensible to the danger, they
cheerfully prepared for their mission, and clothed
themselves in Esquimaux dresses, which had been

-ocr page 170-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 165
made for the purpose at Fort Enterprise. Au-
gustus was desired to make his presents, and to
teil the Esquimaux that the white men had come
to make peace between them and all their ene-
mies, and also to discover a passage by which
every article of which they stood in need might
be brought in large ships. He was not to men-
tion that we were accompanied by the Indians,
but to endeavour to prevail on some of the Esqui-
maux to return with him. He was directed to
come back immediately if there were no lodges at
the rapid.

The Indians were not suffered to move out of
our sight, but in the evening we permitted two of
them to cross the river in pursuit of a musk-ox,
which they killed on the-beach, and returned im-
mediately. The officers prompted by an anxious
solicitude for Augustus and Junius crawled up
frequently to the summit of the mountain, to watch
their return. The view, however, was not ex-
tensive, being bounded at the distance of eight
miles by a range of huls similar to the Copper
Mountains, but not so lofty. The night came
without bringing any intelligence of our messen-
gers, and our fears for their safety increased with
the length of their absence.

As every one had been interested in the wel-
fare of these men through their vivacity and good-

-ocr page 171-
168 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
nature, and for the assistance they had cheerfully
rendered in bearing their portion of whatever
labour might be going on, their detention formed
the subject of all our conversation, and numerous
conjectures were hazarded as to the cause.

Dr. Richardson having the first watch, had gone
to the summit of the hill, and remained seated
contemplating the river that washed the precipice
under his feet, long after dusk had hid distant
objects from his view. His thoughts were, per-
haps, far distant from the surrounding objects,
when hè was roused by an indistinct noise behind
him, and on looking round, perceived that nine
white wolves had ranged themselves in form of a
crescent, and were advancing, apparently with
the intention of driving him into the river. On
his rising up they halted, and when hè advanced
they made way for his passage down to the tents.
He had his gun in his hand but forebore to fire,
lest there should be Esquimaux in the neighbour-
hood. During Mr. WentzePs middle watch the
wolves appeared repeatedly on the summit of the
hill, and at one time they succeeded in driving a
deer over the precipice. The animal was stunned
by the fall, but recovering itself, swam across the
stream, and escaped up the river. I may remark
here that at midnight it was tolerably dark in the
valley of the river at this time, but that an object

-ocr page 172-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 167
on the eminence above could be distinctly seen
against the sky.

The following observations were taken at this
encampment, latitude 67° 23' 14" N., longitude
116° 6' 51" W., variation 49° 46' 24" E. Ther-
mometer 75° at three P.M. Sultry weather.

Augustus and Junius not having returned next
morning, we were more alarmed respecting them,
and determined on proceeding to find out the
cause of their detention, but it was eleven A.M.
before we could prevail upon the Indians to re-
main behind, which we wished them to do, fear-
ing that the Esquimaux might suspect our inten-
tions, if they were seen in our suite. We promised
to send for them when we had paved the way for
their reception, but Akaitcho ever ready to augur
misfortune, expressed his belief that our mes-
sengers had been killed, and that the Esquimaux
warned of our approach, were lying in wait for
us, and " although," said hè, " your party may
be sufficiently strong to repulse any hostile
attack, my band is too weak when separated from
you to offer an effectual resistance ; and there-
fore we are determined to go on with you, or to
return t o our lands." After much argument, how-
ever, hè yielded to our request, and agreed to
stay behind provided Mr. Wentzel would remain
with him. This gentleman was accordingly left

-ocr page 173-
168 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
with a Canadian attendant, and they promised
not to pass a range of hills then in view to the
northward, unless we sent notice to them.

The river during the whole of this day's voy-
age flowed between alternate cliffs of loose sand
intermixed with gravel, and red sand stone rocks,
and was everywhere shallow and rapid. As its
course was very crooked, much time was spent
in examining the different rapids previous to
running them, but the canoes descended them,
except at a single place, without any difficulty.
Most of the officers and half the men marched
along the land to lighten the canoes, and recon-
noitre the country, each person being armed with
a gun and a dagger. Arriving at a range of
mountains which had terminated our view yes-
terday, we ascended it with much eagerness, ex-
pecting to see the rapid that Mr. Hearne visited
near to its base, and to gain a view of the sea;
but our disappointment was proportionably great,
when we beheld beyond, a plain similar to that
we had just left, terminated by another range of
trap hills, between whose tops the summits of
some distant blue mountains appeared. Our
reliance on the information of the guides, which
had been for some time shaken was now quite at
an end, and we feared that the sea was still far
distant. The flat country here is covered with

-ocr page 174-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 1C9
grass, and is devoid of the large stones, so frequent
in the barren grounds, but the ranges of trap hills
which seem to intersect it at regular distances
are quite barren. A few decayed stunted pines
were standing on the borders of the river. In
the evening we had the gratification of meeting
Junius, who was hastening back to inform us
that they had found four Esquimaux tents at the
Fall which we recognised to be the one described
by Mr. Hearne. The inmates were asleep at the
time of their arrival, but rose soon afterwards,
and then Augustus presented himself, and had
some conversation across the river. He told
them the white people had come, who would
make them very useful presente. The informa-
tion of our arrival, seemed to alarm them very
much, but as the noise of the rapid prevented
them from hearing distinctly, one of them came
nearer to him in his canoe, and received the rest
of the message. He would not, however, land on
his side of the river, but returned to their tents
without receiving the present. His language
differed in some respects from Augustus's, but
they understood each other tolerably well. Au-
gustus trusting for a supply of provision to the
Esquimaux, had neglected to carry any with him,
and this was the main cause of Junius's return.

-ocr page 175-
170 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
We now encamped, having come fourteen miles.
After a few hours' rest Junius set olT again to re-
join his companion, being accompanied by Hep-
burn, who was directed to remain about two miles
above the fall, to arrest the canoes on their pas-
sage, lest we should too suddenly surprise the
Esquimaux. About ten P. M. we were mortified by
the appearance of the Indians withMr. Wentzel,who
had in vain endeavoured to restrainthem from fol-
lowing us. The only reason assigned by Akaitcho
for this conduct was, that hè wished a re-assurance
of my promise to establish peace between his
nation and the Esquimaux. I took this occasion
of pointing out again the necessity of their remain-
ing behind, until we had obtained the confidence
and good-will of their enemies. After supper
Dr. Richardson ascended a lofty hul about three
miles from the encampment, and obtained the
first view of the sea ; it appeared to be covered
with ice. A large promontory, which I named
Cape Hearne, bore N.E., and its lofty mountains
proved to be the blue land we had seen in the
forenoon, and which had led us to believe the sea
was still far distant. He saw the sun set a few
minutes before midnight from the same elevated
situation. It did not rise during the half hour
hè remained there, but before hè reached

-ocr page 176-
OF THE POLAK SEA. 171
the encampment its rays gilded the tops of the
huls.

The night was warm and we were much an-
noyed by the musquitoes.

June 15.—We this morning experienced as
much difficulty as before in prevailing upon the
Indians to remain behind, and they did not con-
sent to do so until I had assured them that they
should lose the reward which had been promised,
if they proceeded any farther, until we had pre-
pared the Esquimaux to receive them. We left
a Canadian with them, and proceeded on our
journey, not without apprehension that they would
follow us, and derange our whole plan by their
obstinacy. Two of the officers and a party of the
men walked on the shore, to lighten the canoes.
The river, in this part, flows between high and
stone cliffs, reddish slate clay rocks, and shelving
banks of white clay, and is full of shoals and dan-
gerous rapids, One of these was termed Escape
Rapid, from both the canoes having narrowly
escaped foundering in its high waves. We had
entered the rapid before we were aware, and the
steepness of the cliflfs preventing us from landing,
we were indebted to the swiftness of our descent
for our preservation. Two waves made a com-
plete breach over the canoes; a third would in
all probability have filled and overset them, which


-ocr page 177-
172 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
must have proved fatal to every one in them.
The powder fortunately escaped the water, which
was soon discharged when we reached the bottom
of the rapid. At noon we perceived Hepburn
lying on the left bank of the river, and landed
immediately to receive his Information. As hè
represented the water to be shoal the whole way
to the rapid (below which the Esquimaux Were,)
the shore party were directed to continue their
march to a sandy bay at the head of the fall, and
there await the arrival of the canoes. The land
in the neighbourhood of the rapid, is of the most
singular form: large irregular sand hills bound-
ing both banks, apparently so unconnected that
they resemble icebergs ; the country around them
consisting of high round green hills. The river
becomes wide in this part, and full of shoals,
but we had no difficulty in finding a channel
through them. On regaining the shore party,
we regretted to find that some of the men had
incautiously appeared on the tops of the hills,
just at the time Augustus was conversing with
one of the Esquimaux, who had again approached
in his canoe, and was almost persuaded to land.
The unfortunate appearance of so many people
at this instant, revived his fears, and hè crossed
over to the eastern bank of the river, and fled
with the whole of his party. We learned from

-ocr page 178-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 173
Augustus that this party, consisting of four men
and as many women, had manifested a friendly
disposition. Two of the former were very tall.
The man who first came to speak to him, inquired
the number of canoes that we had with us, ex-
pressed himself to be not displeased at our ar-
rival, and desired him to caution us not to attempt
running the rapid, but to make the portage on
the west side of the river. Notwithstanding this
appearance of confidence and satisfaction, it seems
they did not consider their situation to be free
irom danger, as they retreated the first night, to
an island somewhat farther down the river, and
in the morning they returned and threw down
their lodges, as if to give notice to any of their
nation that might arrive, that there was an enemy
in the neighbourhood. From seeing all their
property strewed about, and ten of their dogs
left, we entertained the hope that these poor
people would return after their first alarm had
subsided; and therefore I determined on remain-
ing until the next day, in the expectation of see-
ing them, as I considered the opening of an early
communication to be a matter of the greatest im-
portance in our state of absolute ignorance re-
specting the sea-coast. The canoes and cargoes
were carried across the portage, and we encamped
on the north side of it. We sent Augustus and

-ocr page 179-
174 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Junius across the river to look for the runaways,
but their search was fruitless. They put a few
pieces of iron and trinkets in their canoes, which
were lying on the beach. We also sent some
men to put up the stages of fish, and secure them
as much as possible from the attacks of the dogs.
Under the covering of their tents were observed
some stone kettles and hatchets, a few fish spears
made of copper, two small bits of iron, a quantity
of skins, and some dried salmon, which was
covered with maggots, and half putrid. The
entrails of the fish were spread out to dry. A
great many skins of small birds were hung up to
a stage, and even two mice were preserved in the
same way. Thus it would appear that the neces-
sities of these poor people induce them to pre-
serve every article that can be possibly used as
food. Several human skulls which bore the
marks of violence, and many bones were strewed
about the ground near to the encampment, and as
the spot exactly answers the description given by
Mr. Hearne, of the place where the Chipewyans
who accompanied him perpetrated the dreadful
massacre on the Esquimaux, we had no doubt of
thi& being the place, notwithstanding the dif-
ference in its position as to latitude and longitude
given by him, and ascertained by our observa-
tion. We have, therefore, preserved the appel-

-ocr page 180-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 175
lation of Bloody Fall, which hè bestowed upon
it. lts situation by our observations is, in latitude
67° 42' 35" N., longitude 115° 49' 33" W., varia-
tion 50° 20' 14" E. This rapid is a sort of shelv-
ing cascade, about three hundred yards in length,
having a descent of from ten to fifteen feet. It is
bounded on each side by high walls of red sand
stone, upon which rests a series of lofty green
huls. On its north side, close to the east
bank, is the low rocky island which the Esqui-
maux had. deserted. The surrounding scenery
waa accurately delineated in a sketch taken
by Mr. Hood. We caught forty excellent fish
of the salmon and white fish species in a
single net below the rapid. We had not seen
any trees during this day's journey; our fuel
consisted of small willows and pieces of dried
wood that were picked up near to the en-
campment. The ground is well clothed with
grass, and nourishes most of the shrubs and
berry-bearing plants that we have seen north
of Fort Enterprise; and the country altogether
has a richer appearance than the barren lands
of the Copper Indians. We had a distinct
view of the sea from the summit of a hill behind
the tents; it appeared choked with ice and full
of islands»

On the morning of the 16th three men were
sent up the river to search for dried wood to

-ocr page 181-
176 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
make floats for the nets. Adam, the interprater,
was also despatched with a Canadian, to inform
Akaitcho of the flight of the Esquimaux. We
were preparing to go down to the sea in one of
the canoes, leaving Mr. Back to await the return
of the men who were absent; but just as the crew
were putting the canoe in the water, Adam re-
turned in the utmost consternation, and informed
us that a party of Esquimaux were pursuing the
men whom we had sent to collect floats. The
orders for embarking were instantly counter-
manded, and we went with a party of men to
their rescue. We soon met our peopie returning
at a slow pace, and learned that they had come
unawares upon the Esquimaux party, which con-
sisted of six men, with their women and children,
who were travelling towards the rapid with a
considerable number of dogs carrying their bag-
gage. The women hid themselves on the first
alarm, but the men advanced, and stopping at
some distance from our men, began to dance in
a circle, tossing up their hands in the air, and
accompanying their motions with much shoutirig,
to signify, I conceive, their desire of peace. Our
men saluted them by pulling off their hats, and
making bows, but neither party was willing to
approach the other; and, at length, the Esqui-
maux retired to the hul, from whence they had
descended when first seen. We proceeded in

-ocr page 182-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 177
the hope of gaining an interview with them, but
lest our appearance in a body should alarm them,
we advanced in a long line, at the head of which
was Augustus. We were led to their baggage,
which they had deserted, by the howling of the
dogs; and on the summit of the hill we found,
lying behirid a stone, an old man, who was too
infirm to effect his escape with the rest. He was
much terrified when Augustus advanced, and
probably expected immediate death; but that the
fatal blow might not be unrevenged, hè seized
his spear, and made a thrust with it at his sup-
posed enemy. Augustus, however, easily re-
pressed his feeble effort, and soon calmed his
fears by presenting him with some pieces of iron,
and assuring him of his friendly intentions. Dr.
Richardson and I then joined them, and, after
receiving our presents, the old man was quite
composed, and became communicative. His
dialect differed from that used by Augustus, but
they understood each other tolerably well.

It appeared that his party consisted of eight
men and their families, who were returning from
a hunting excursion with dried meat. After
being told who we were, hè said, that hè had
heard of white people from different parties of his
nation which resided on the sea-coast to the east-
ward; and to our inquiries respecting the pro-

VOL. II. N
-ocr page 183-
178 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
vision and fuel we might expect to get on our
voyage, hè informed us that the rein-deer frequent
the coast during summer, the fish are plentiful at
the mouths of the rivers, the seals are abundant,
but there are no sea-horses nor whales, although
hè remembered one of the latter, which had been
killed by some distant tribe, having been driven
on shore on his part of the coast by a gale of
wind. That musk oxen were to be found a little
distance up the rivers, and that we should get
drift wood along the shore. He had no know-
ledge of the coast to the eastward beyond the
next river, which hè called Nappa-arktok-towock, or
Tree River. The old man, contrary to the Indian
practice, asked each of our names; and, in reply
to a similar question on our part, said his name
was Terregannoeuck, or the White Fox; and that
his tribe denominated themselves Nagge-ook-tor-
mceoot, or Deer Horn Esquimaux. They usually
frequent the Bloody Fall during this and the fol-
lowing moons, for the purpose of salting salmon,
and then retire to a river which flows into the sea,
a short way to the westward, (since denominated
Richardson's River,) and pass the winter in
snow-houses.

Afterthis conversationTerregannceuck proposed
going down to his baggage, and we then per-
ceived hè was too mfirm to walk without the

-ocr page 184-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 179
assistance of sticks. Augustus, therefore, ofFered
him his arm, which hè readily accepted, and, on
reaching his store, hè distributed pieces of dried
meat to eaeh person, which, though highly tainted,
were immediately eaten ; this being an universat
token among the Indians of peaceable intention.

We then informed him of our desire to procure
as much meat as we possibly could, and hè told
us that hè had a large quantity concealed in the
neighbourhood, which hè would cause to be car-
ried to us when his people returned.

I now communicated to him that we were ac-
companied by some Copper Indians, who were
very desirous to make peace with his nation, and
that they had requested me to prevail upon the
Esquimaux to receive them in a friendly manner ;
to which hè replied, hè should rejoice to see an
end put to the hostility that existed between the
nations, and therefore would most gladly welcome
our companions. Having despatched Adam to
inform Akaitcho of this circumstance, we left
Terregannceuck, in the hope that his party would
rejoin him; but as we had doubts whether the
young men would venture upon coming to our
tents, on the old man's bare representation, we
sent Augustus and Junius back in the evening,
to remain with him until they came, that they
might fully detail to them our intentions.

ysa
-ocr page 185-
180 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
The countenance of Terregannceuck was oval,
with a sufBciently prominent nose, and had no-
thing very different from an European face, except
in the smallness of his eyes, and, perhaps, in the
narrowneas of his forehead. His complexion
was very fresh and red, and hè had a longer beard
than I have hitherto seen on any of the aboriginal
inhabitants of America. It was between two
and three inches long, and perfectly white. His
face was not tattooed. His dress consisted of a
shirt, or jacket with a hood, wide breeches, reach-
ing only to the knee, and tight leggins sewed to
the shoes, all of deers' skins. The soles of the
shoes were made of seal-skin, and stuffèd with
feathers instead of socks. He was bent with age,
but appeared to be about five feet ten inches high.
His hands and feet were small in proportion to
his height. Whenever Terregannceuck received
a present, hè placed each article first on his right
shoulder, then on his left; and when hè wished
to express still higher satisfaction, hè rubbed it
over his head. He held hatchets, and other iron
Instruments, in the highest esteem. On seeing
his countenance in a glass for the first time, hè
exclaimed, " I shall never kill deer more," and
immediately put the mirror down. The tribe to
which hè belongs repair to the sea in spring,
and kill seals ; as the season advances they hunt

-ocr page 186-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 181
deer and musk oxen at some distance from the
coast. Their weapon is the bow and arrow, and
they get sufficiently near to the deer, either by
crawling, or by leading these animals by ranges
of turf towards a spot where the archer can con-
ceal himself. Their bows are formed of three
pieces of fir, the centre piece alone bent, the
other two lying in the same straight line with the
bowstring; the pieces are neatly tied together
with sinew. Their canoes are similar to those
we saw in Hudson's Straits, but smaller. They
get fish constantly in the rivers, and in the sea
as soon as the ice breaks up. This tribe does
not make use of nets, but they are tolerably suc-
cessful with the hook and line. Their cooking
utensils are made of pot-stone, and they form very
neat dishes of fir, the sides being made of thin
deal bent into an oval form, secured at the ends
by sewirig, and fitted so nicely to the bottom as
to be perfectly water tight. They have also large
spoons made of the horns of the musk oxen.

Akaitcho and the Indians arrived at our tents
in the evening, and we learned that they had seen
the Esquimaux the day before, and endeavoured,
without success, to open a communication with
them. They exhibited no hostile intention, but
were afraid to come near. Akaitcho, keeping
out of their sight, followed them at a distance,

-ocr page 187-
183 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
expecting that ultimately finding themselves en-
closed between our party and his, they would be
compelled to come to a parley with one of us.
Akaitcho had seen Terregannoeuck soon after our
departure ; hè was much terrified at their ap-
proach, and thrust his spear at Akaitcho as hè had
done at Augustus; but hè was soon reconeiled
after the demonstrations of kindness the Indians
made, in cutting off the buttons from their dress
to present to him.

July 17.—We waited all this forenoon in mo-
mentary expectation of the return of Augustus
and Junius, but as they did not appear at two
P.M., I sent Mr. Hood, with a party of men, to
inquire into the cause of their detention, and to
bring the meat which Terregannoeuck had pro-
mised us. He returned at midnight with the in-
formation, that none of the Esquimaux had yet
ventured to come near Terregannoeuck except his
aged wife, who had concealed herself amongst
the rocks at our first interview ; and she told him
the rest of the party had gone to a river, a short
distance to the westward, where there was ano-
ther party of Esquimaux fishing. Augustus and
Junius had erected the tent, and done every thing
in their power to make the old man comfortable
in their absence. Terregannoeuck being unable
to walk to the place where the meat was con-

-ocr page 188-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 183
cealed, readily pointed the spot out to Mr. Hood,
who went thither; but after experiencing much
difficulty in getting at the column of rock on which
it was deposited, hè found the meat too putrid
for our use. The features of Terregannceuck's
wife were remarkable for roundness and flatness;
her face was much tattoed, her dress differed
little from the old man's.

In the afternoon a party of nine Esquimaux
appeared on the east bank of the river, about a
mile below our encampment, carrying their canoes
and baggage on their backs ; but they turned and
fled as soori as they perceived our tents. The
appearance of so many different bands of Esqui-
maux terrified the Indians to such a degree, that
they determined on leaving us the next day, lest
they should be surrounded and their retreat cut
off. I endeavoured, by the offer of any remu-
neration they would choose, to prevail upon one
or two of the hunters to proceed, but in vain;
and I had much difficulty even in obtaining their
promise to wait at the Copper Mountains for Mr.
Wentzel and the four men, whom I intended to
discharge at the sea,

The fears which our interpreters, St. Germain
and Adam, entertained respecting the voyage,
were now greatly increased, and both of them
came this evening to request their discharges,

-ocr page 189-
184 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
urging that their services could be no longer re-
quisite, as the Indians were going from us. St.
Germain even said that hè had understood hè was
only engaged to accompany us as long as the
Indians did, and persisted in this falsehood until
his agreement to go with us throughout the voyage
had been twice read to him. As these were the
only two of the party on whose skill in hunting we
could rely, I was unable to listen for a moment
to their desire of quitting us, and lest they should
leave us by stealth, their motions were strictly
watched. This was not an unnecessary precau-
tion, as I was informed that they had actually
laid a plan for eloping ; but the rest of the men
knowing that their own safety would have been
compromised had they succeeded, kept a watch-
ful eye over them. We knew that the dread of
the Esquimaux would prevent these men from
leaving us as soon as the Indians were at a dis-
tance, and we trusted to their becoming recon-
ciled to the journey when once the novelty of a
sea voyage had worn off.

Juli/ 18.—As the Indians persevered in their
determination of setting out this morning, I re-
minded them, through Mr. Wentzel and St. Ger-
main, of the necessity of our having the deposit
of provision made at Fort Enterprise, and received
a renewed assurance of their attending to that

-ocr page 190-
OF THE POLAR SBA. 185
point. They were also desired to put as much
meat as they could en cache on the banks of the
Copper-Mine River on their return. We then
furnished them with as much ammunition as we
could spare, and they took their departure, pro-
mising to wait three days for Mr. Wentzel at the
Copper Mountains. We afterwards learned that
their fears did not permit them to do so, and that
Mr. Wentzel did not rejoin them until they were
a day's march to the southward of the moun-
tains.

We embarked at five A.M. and proceeded to-
wards the sea, which is about nine miles distant
from the Bloody Fall. After passing a few ra-
pids, the river became wider, and more navigable
for canoes, flowing between banks of alluvial
sand. We encamped at ten on the western bank
at its junction with the sea. The river is here
about a mile w'de, but very shallow, being bar-
red nearly across by sand-banks, which run out
from the main land on each side to a low alluvial
island that lies in the centre, and forms two chan-
nels ; of these the westernmost only is navigable
even for canoes, the other being obstructed by a
stony bar. The islands to seaward are high and
numerous, and' fill the horizon in many points of
the compass; the only open space, seen from an
eminence near the encampment, being from

-ocr page 191-
186 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
N.bE. to N.E.bN. Towards the east the land
was like a chain of islands, the ice surrounded
the islands apparently in a compact body, leaving
a channel between its edge and the main of about
three miles. The water in this channel was of
a clear green colour, and decidedly salt. Mr.
Hearne could have only tasted it at the mouth of
the river, when hè pronounced it to be merely
brackish. A rise and fall of four inches in the
water was observed. The shore is strewed with
a considerable quantity of drift timber, which is
principally of the wood of the populus balsamifera,
but none of it of great size. We also picked up
some decayed wood far out of the reach of the
water. A few stunted willows were growing near
the encampment. Some ducks, gulls, and par-
tridges were seen to-day. As I had to make up
despatches for England to be sent by Mr. Went-
zel, the nets were set in the interim, and we were
rejoiced to find that they produced a sufficiency
of fish to supply the party. The fish caught were,
the Copper-Mine River salmon, white fish, and
two species of pleuronectes. We feit a consi-
derable change of temperature on reaching the
sea-coast, produced by the winds changing from
the southward to the N. W. Our Canadian voy-
agers complained much of the cold, but they were
amused with their first view of the sea, and par-

-ocr page 192-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 187
ticularly with the sight of the seals that were
swimming about near the entrance of the river,
but these sensations gave place to despondency
before the evening had elapsed. They were ter-
rified at the idea of a voyage through an icy sea
in bark canoes. They speculated on the length
of the journey, the roughness of the sea, the un-
certainty of provisions, the exposure to cold where
we could expect no fuel, and the prospect of
having to traverse the barren grounds to get to
some establishment. The two interpreters ex-
pressed their apprehensions with the least dis-
guise, and againurgently applied to be discharged;
but only one of the Canadians made a similar
request. Judging that the constant occupation
of their time as soon as we were enabled to com-
mence the voyage would prevent them from con-
juring up so many causes of fear, and that
familiarity with the scènes on the coast, would in
a short time enable them to give scope to their
natural cheerfulness, the officers endeavoured to
ridicule their fears, and happily succeeded for the
present. The manner in which our faithful
Hepburn viewed the element that hè had been so
long accustomed to, contributed not a little to
make them ashamed of their fears.

On the morning of the 19th Dr. Richardson,
accompanied by Augustus, paid another visit to

-ocr page 193-
1&8 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Terregannoeuck, to see if hè could obtain any
additional Information respecting the country to
the eastward ; but hè was disappointed at finding
that his affrighted family had not yet rejoined him,
and the old man could add nothing to his former
communication. The Doctor remarked that Ter-
regannoeuck had a great dislike to mentioning the
name of the Copper-Mine River, and that hè
evaded the question with much dexterity as often
as it was put to him ; but that hè willingly told
the name of a river to the eastward, and also of
his tribe. He attempted to persuade Augustus
to remain with him, and offered him one of his
daughters for a wife. These Esquimaux strike
fire with two stones, catching the sparks in the
down of the catkins of a willow.

The despatches being finished were delivered
this evening to Mr. Wentzel, who parted from us
ateight P.M. with Parerit, Gagnier, Dumas, and
Forcier, Canadians, whom I had discharged for
the purpose of reducing our expenditure of pro-
vision as much as possible. The remainder of
the party, including officers, amounted to twenty
persons. I made Mr. Wentzel acquainted with
the probable course of our future proceedings, and
mentioned to him that if we were far distant from
this river, when the season or other circumstances
rendered it necessary to put a stop to our ad-

-ocr page 194-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 189
vance, we should, in all probability, be unable to
return to it, and should have to travel across the.
barren grounds towards some established post:
in which case I told him that we should certainly
go first to Fort Enterprise, expecting that hè
would cause the Indians to place a supply of dried
provision there, as soon as possible after their
arrival in its vicinity. My instructions to him
were, that hè should proceed to Point Lake,
transport the canoe that was left there to Fort
Enterprise, where lie was to embark the instru-
ments and books, and carry them to Slave Lake,
and to forward the box containing the journals,
$• c., with the present despatches by the next
winter packet to England. But before hè quitted
Fort Enterprise, hè was to be assured of the in-
tention of the Indians to iay up the provision we
required, and if they should be iri want of ammu-
nition fbr that purpose, to procure it if possible
from Fort Providence, or the other forts in Slave
Lake, and send it immediately to them by the
hunters who accompanied him thither. I also
requested him to ascertain from Akaitcho and the
other leading Indians, where their different parties
would be hunting in the months of September and
October, and to leave this information in a letter
at Fort Enterprise, for our guidance in finding
them, as we should require their assistance. Mr.

-ocr page 195-
190 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Wentzel was furnished with a list of the stores
that had been promised to Akaitcho and his party
as a remuneration for their services, as well as
with an official request to the North-West Com-
pany that these goods might be paid to them on
their next visit to Fort Providence, which they
expected to make in the latter part of November.
I desired him to mention this circumstance to the
Indians as an encouragement to their exertion in
our behalf, and to promise them an additional re-
ward for the supply of provision they should collect
at Fort Enterprise.

If Mr. Wentzel met the Hook, or any of his
party, hè was instructed to assure them that hè
was provided with the necessary documents to
get them payment for any meat they should put
en cache for our use ; and to acquaint them, that
we fully relied on their fulfilling every part of the
agreement they had made with us. Whenever
the Indians, whom hè was to join at the Copper
Mountains, killed any animals on their way to
Fort Enterprise, hè was requested to put en cache
whatever meat could be spared, placing conspicu-
ous marks to guide us to them; and I particularly
begged hè would employ them in hunting in our
service, immediately after his arrival at the house.

When Mr. Wentzel's party had been supplied
with ammunition, our remaining stock consisted

-ocr page 196-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 191
of one thousand balls, and a little more than the
requisite proportion of powder. A bag of small
shot was missing, and we afterwards discovered
that the Canadians had secreted and distributed
it among themselves, in order that when provision
should become scarce, they might privately pro-
cure ducks and geese, and avoid the necessity of
sharingthem withthe officers.

The situation of our encampment was ascer-
tained to be, latitude 67° 47' 50" N., longitude
115° 36' 49" W., the variation of the compass
46° 25' 52" E., and dip of the needie 88° 5' 07".

It will be perceived, that the position of the
mouth of the river, given by our observations,
differs widely from that assigned to it by Mr.
Hearne ; but the accuracy of his description,
conjoined with Indian information, assured us
that we were at the very part hè visited. I have,
therefore, named the most conspicuous cape we
then saw " Cape Hearne,'' as a just tribute to
the memory of that persevering traveller. I have
distinguished another cape by the name of Mac-
kenzie, in honour of Sir Alexander Mackenzie,
the only other European* who had before reached
the Northern Ocean. I have called the river
which falls into the sea, to the westward of the
Copper-Mine, Richardson, as a testimony of sin-

* Captain Parry's succe^s was at this time unknown to us.
-ocr page 197-
198 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
cere regard for my friend and companion, Dr.
Bichardson ; and have named the islands, which
are in view from our encampment, " Couper's
Isles," in honour of a friend of his. The sun
set this night at thirty minutes after eleven,
apparent time.

The travelling distance from Fort Enterprise to
the north of the Copper-Mine River, is about
three hundred and thirty-four miles. The canoes
and baggage were dragged over snow and ice
for one hundred and seventeen miles of this dis-
tance.

-ocr page 198-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 193
CHAPTER XI.
NavigatJon of the Polar Sea, intvvo Canoes, as far as Cape Turn-
again, to the Easbvard, a distance exceeding- Five Hundred and
Pifty Miles—Observationa on the probability of a North-West
Passage.

1821. WE intended to have embarked early this
Julyso. morning, and to have launched upon an
element, which was more congenial with our
habits than the fresh-water navigations, and
their numerous difficulties and impediments we
had hitherto encountered, but which was alto-
gether new to our Canadian voyagers. We were
detained, however, by a strong north-east gale,
which continued the whole day, with constant
thunder showers ; the more provoking as our
nets procured but few fish, and we had to draw
upon our store of dried meat; which, with other
provision for the journey, amounted only to fifteen
days' consumption. Indeed, we should have
preferred going dinnerless to bed rather than
encroach on our small stock, had we not been
desirous of satisfying the appetites, and cheering
the spirits, of our Canadian companions at the
commencement of our voyage. These thought-
less people would, at any time, incur the hazard

VOL. II. O
-ocr page 199-
194 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
of absolute starvation, at a future period, for the
present gratification of their appetites; to indulge
which they do not hesitate, as we more than
once experienced, helping themselves secretly;
it being, in their opinion, no disgrace to be
caught in the act of pilfering food.

Our only luxury now was a little salt, which
had long been our substitute both for bread and
vegetables. Since our departure from Point
Lake we had boiled the Indian tea plant, ledum
palustre,
which produced a beverage in smell
niuch resembling rhubarb; notwithstanding which
we found it refreshing, and were gratified to see
this plant flourishing abundantly, though of dwarf-
ish growth, on the sea-shore.

July 21.—The wind, which had blown strong
through the night, became moderate in the morn-
ing, but a dense fog prevented us from embark-
ing until noon, when we commenced our voyage
on the Hyperborean Sea. Soon afterwards we
landed on an island where the Esquimaux had
erected a stage of drift timber, and stored up
many of their fishing implements and winter
sledges, together with a great many dressed seal,
musk ox, and deer skins. Their spears headed
with bone, and many small articles of the same
material, were worked with extreme neatness, as
well as their wooden dishes, and cooking utensils

-ocr page 200-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 195
of stone; and several articles, very elegantly
formed of bone, were evidently intended for some
game, but Augustus was unacquainted with their
use. We took from this deposit four seal-skins to
repair our shoes, and left in exchange a copper-
kettle, and some awls and beads.

We paddled alt day along the coast to the east-
ward, on the inside of a crowded range of islands,
and saw very little ice; the " blink" of it, how-
ever, was visible to the northward, and one
small iceberg was seen at a distance. A tide
was distinguishable among the islands by the
foam floating on the water, but we could not
ascertain its direction. In the afternoon St.
Germain killed, on an island, a fat deer, which
was a great acquisition to us ; it was the first ,we
had seen for some months in good condition.

Having encamped on the main shore, after a
run of thirty-seven miles, we set up a pole to
ascertain the rise and fall of the water, which
was repeated at every halting-place, and Hepburn
was ordered to attend to the result. We found
the coast well covered with vegetation, of mode-
rate height, even in its outline, and easy of ap-
proach. The islands are rocky and barren, pre-
senting high clifFs of a columnar structure. I
have named the westernmost group of those we

passed " Berens' Isles," in honour of the Gover-
02
-ocr page 201-
19Q JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
nor of the Hudson's Bay Company; and the east-
ernmost, " Sir Graham Moore's Islands." At
the spot where we landed some muscle-shells
and a single piece of sea-weed lay on the beach;
this was the only spot on the coast where we
saw shells. We were rejoiced to find the beach
strewed with abundance of srnall drift-wood, none
of it recent.

It may be remarked that the Copper-Mine
Biver does not bring down any drift-wood ; nor
does any other known stream, except Mackenzie's
River; hence, from its appearance on this part
of the coast, an easterly current may be inferred.
This evening we were all in high glee at the pro-
gress we had made; the disappearance of the
ice, and the continuance of the land in an eastern
direction, and our future prospects formed an
enlivening subject of conversation. The thermo-
meter varied düring the day between 43° and 45°.
The fishing nets were set, but produced nothing.

On the 22d we embarked at four A.M., and
having the benefit of a light breeze continued our
voyage along the coast, under sail, until eleven,
when we halted to breakfast, and to obtain the
latitude. The coast up to this point presented
the same general appearance as yesterday,
namely, a gravelly or sandy beach, skirted by
green plains; but as we proceeded, the shore

-ocr page 202-
OF THE POL AR SEA. 197
became exceedingly rocky and sterile; and, at
last, projecting considerably to the northward, it
formed a high and steep promontory. Some ice
had drifted down upon this cape, which, we
feared, might check our progress; but, as the
evening was fine, we ventured upon pushing the
canoes through the small channels formed among
it. After pursuing this kind of navigation, with
some danger and more anxiety, we landed and
encamped on a smooth rocky point; from whence
we perceived, with much satisfaction, that the ice
consisted only of detached pieces, which would
be removed by the first breeze. We sounded in
seventeen fathoms, close to the shore, this day.
The least depth ascertained by the lead, since
our departure from the river, was six fathoms;
and it may be remarked, that any ship might pass
safely between the islands and the main. The
water is of a light green colour, but not very
clear; and it is much less salt than that of the
Atlantic, judging from our recollection of its
taste. In the course of the day we saw geese
and ducks with their young, and two deer; and
experienced very great variations of temperature,
from the light breezes blowing alternately from
the ice and the land. The name of " Lawford's
Islands" was bestowed on a group we passed in
the course of the day, as a mark of my respect

-ocr page 203-
198 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
for Vice-Admiral Lawford, under whose auspices
I first entered the naval service.

A fresh breeze blowing through the night had
driven the ice from the land, and opened a chan-
nel of a mile in width ; we, therefore, embarked
at nine A.M. to pursue our journey along the
coast, but at the distance of nine miles were
obliged to seek shelter in Port Epworth, the wind
having become adverse, and too strong to admit
of our proceeding. The Tree River of the Esqui-
maux which discharges its waters into this bay
appears to be narrow, and much interrupted by
rapids. The fishing-nets were set, but they ob-
tained only one white fish and a few bull-heads.
This part of the coast is the most sterile and in-
hospitable that can be imagined. One trap-cliff
succeeds another with a tiresome uniformity, and
their ihbris cover the narrow valleys that inter-
vene, to the exclusion of every kind of herbage.
From the summit of these cliffs the ice appeared
in every direction.

We obtained the following observations during
our stay; latitude 67° 42' 15" N., longitude 112°
30' 00" W., variation 47° 37' 42" E.

The wind abating, at eight P.M. we re-embark-
ed, and soon afterwards discovered, on an island,
a rein-deer, which the interpreters fortunately
killed. Resuming our voyage we were much

-ocr page 204-
OP THE POLAR SEA, 199
impeded by the ice, and, at length, being unable
to force a passage through a close stream that
had collected round a cape, we put ashore at four
A.M. On the 24th, several stone fox-traps and
other traces of the Esquimaux were seen near to
the encampment. The horizontal refraction varied
so much this morning, that the upper limb of the
sun twice appeared at the horizon before it finally
rose.

For the last two days the water rose and feil
about nine inches. The tides, however, seemed
to be very irregular, and we could not determine
the direction of the ebb or flood. A current
setting to the eastward was running about two
miles an hour during our stay. The ice having
removed a short distance from the shore, by
eleven A.M. we embarked, and with some diffi-
culty effected a passage ; then making a traverse
across Gray's Bay*, we paddled up under the
eastern shore against a strong wind. The in-
terpreters landed here, and went in pursuit of a
deer, but had no success. This part of the
coast is indented by deep bays, which are se-
parated by peninsulas formed like wedges, slop-
ing many miles into the sea, and joined by low

* Natned after Mr. Gray, principal of the Belfast Academy. An
island which lies across the mouth of this bay bears the name of our
English sailor Hepburn.

-ocr page 205-
200 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
land to the main: so that often mistaking them
for islands, we were led by a circuitous route
round the bays. ClifFs were numerous on the
islands, which were all of the trap formation.

At seven, a thunder-storm coming on, we en-
camped at the mouth of a river about eighty
yards wide and set four nets. This stream,
which has received the name of Wentzel, after
our late companion, discharges a considerable
body of water. lts banks are sandy and clothed
with herbage. The Esquimaux had recently
piled up some drift timber here. A few ducks,
ravens, and snow birds were seen to-day. The
distance we made was thirty-one miles.

July 25.—We had constant rain with thunder
during the night. The nets furnished only three
salmon-trout. We attributed the want of greater
success to the entrance of some seals into the
mouth of the river. Embarking at six A.M. we
paddled against a cold breeze, until the spreading
of a thick fog caused us to land. The rocks here
consisted of a beautiful mixture of red and gray
granite, traversed from north to south by veins of
red felspar, which were crossed in various di-
rections by smaller veins filled with the same
substance.

At noon the wind coming from a favourable
quarter tempted us to proceed, although the fog

-ocr page 206-
OF THE POLAK SEA. 201
was unabated. We kept as close as we could to
the main shore, but having to cross some bays,
it became a matter of doubt whether we had not
left the main, and were running along an island.
Just as we were endeavouring to doublé a bold
cape, the fog partially cleared away, and allowed
us an imperfect view of a chain of islands on the
outside,and of much heavy ice which was pressing
down upon us. The shore near us was so steep
and rugged that no landing of the cargoes could
be effected, and we were preserved only by some
men jumping on the rocks, and thrusting the ice
off with poles. Th ere was no alternative but to
continue along this dreary shore, seeking a chan-
nel between the different masses of ice which had
accumulated at the various points. In this opera-
tion both the canoes were in imminent danger
of being crushed by the ice, which was now
tossed about by the waves that the gale had ex-
cited. We effected a passage, however, and
keeping close to the shore, landed at the entrance
of Detention Harbour at nine P.M., having come
twenty-eight miles. An old Esquimaux encamp-
ment was traced on this spot; and an ice chisel,
a copper knife, and a small iron knife were found
under the turf. I have named this cape after Mr.
Barrow of the Admiralty, to whose exertions are
mainly owing the discoveries that have recently

-ocr page 207-
803 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
been made in Arctic geography. An open-
ing on its eastern side has received the appella-
tion of Inman Harbour, after my friend the Pro-
fessor at the Royal Naval College, Portsmouth ;
and to a group of islands to seaward of it, we
gave the name of Jameson, in honour of the dis-
tinguished Professor of Mineralogy at Edinburgh.
We had much wind and rain during the night;
and by the morning of the 26th a great deal of
ice had drifted into the inlet. We embarked at
four and attempted to force a passage, when the
first canoe got enclosed, and remained for some
time in a very perilous situation: the pieces of
ice, crowded together by the action of the current
and wind, pressing strongly against its feeble sides.
A partial opening, however, occurring, we landed
without having sustained any serious injury. Two
men were then sent round the bay, and it was as-
certained that instead of having entered a narrow
passage between an island and the main, we were
at the mouth of a harbour, having an island at
its entrance ; and that it was necessary to return
by the way we came, and get round a point to the
northward. This was, however, impracticable,
the channel being blocked up by drift ice ; and
we had no prospect of release except by a change
of wind. This detention was extremely vexa-
tious, as we were losing the benefit of a fair

-ocr page 208-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 203
wind, and expending our stock of provision. In
the afternoon the weather cleared up, and several
men went hunting, but they were unsuccessful.
During the day the ice floated backwards and
forwards in the harbour, moved by currents, not
regular enough to deserve the name of tide, and
which appeared to be governed by the wind. We
perceived great diminution by melting in the
pieces near us. That none of this ice survives
the summer is evident, from the rapidity of its
decay ; and because no ice of last year's forma-
tion was hanging on the rocks. Whether any
body of it exists at a distance from the shore,
we cannot determine.

The land around Cape Barrow, and to Deten-
tion Harbour, consists of steep craggy mountains
of granite, rising so abruptly from the water's
edge, as to admit of few landing-places even for a
canoe. The higher parts attain an elevation of
one thousand four hundred or one thousand five
hundred feet; and the whole is entirely destitute
of vegetation.

On the morning of the 27th the ice remaining
stationary at the entrance, we went to the bottom
of the harbour, and carried the canoes and cargoes
about a mile and a half across the point of land
that forais the east side of it; but the ice was not

-ocr page 209-
201 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
more favourable there for our advancement than
at the place we had left. It consisted of small
pieces closely packed together by the wind ex-
tending along the shore, but leaving a clear pas-
sage beyond the chain of islands with which the
whole of this coast is girt. Indeed, when we left
the harbour we had little hope of finding a pas-
sage ; and the principal object in moving was, to
employ the men, in order to prevent their reflect-
ing upon and discussing the dangers of our situa-
tion, which we knew they were too apt to do
when leisure permitted. Our observations place
the entrance of Detention Harbour iri latitude
67° 53' 45", longitude 110° 41' 20" W., variation
40° 49' 34" E. It is a secure anchorage, being
sheltered from the wind in every direction ; the
bottom is sandy.

July 28.—As the ice continued in the same
state, several of the men were sent out to hunt;
and one of them fired no less than four times at
deer, but unfortunately without success. It was
satisfactory, however, to ascertain that the country
was not destitute of animals. We had the mor-
tification to discover that two of the bags of pem-
mican, which was our principal reliance, had be-
come mouldy by wet. Our beef too had been
so badly cured, as to be scarcely eatable, this

-ocr page 210-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 205
was occasioned by our having been compelled,
through haste, to dry it by fire instead of the sun.
It was not, however, the quality of our provision
that gave us uneasiness, but its diminution, and
the utter incapacity to obtain any addition. Seals
were the only animals that met our view at this.
place, and these we could never approach.

Dr. Richardson discovered near the beach a
small vein of galena, traversing gneiss rocks,
and the people collected a quantity of it in the
hope of adding to our stock of balls ; but theiren-
deavours to smelt it, were, as may be supposed,
ineffectual. The drift timber on this part of the
coast consists of pine and taccamahac, (populus
lalsamifera)
most probably from Mackenzie's, or
some other river to the westward of the Copper-
Mine. It all appears to have lain long in the
water, the bark being completely worn off, and
the ends of the pieces rubbed perfectly smooth.
There was a sharp frost last night, which formed
a pretty thick crust of ice in a kettle of water that
stood in the tents ; and for several nights past
thin films of ice have been formed on the salt
water amongst the cakes of stream ice *. Not-
withstanding this state of temperature, we were
tormented by swarms of musquitoes ; we had

* This is termed bay-ice by the Greenland-men.
-ocr page 211-
SOS JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
persuaded ourselves that these pests could not
sustain the cold in the vicinity of the sea, but it
appears they haunt every part of this country in
defiance of climate. Mr. Back made an excursion
to a hill at seven or eight miles' distance, and
from its summit hè perceived the ice close to the
shore as far as his view extended.

On the morning of the 29th the party attended
divine service. About noon the ice appearing
less compact, we embarked to change our situa-
tion, having consumed all the fuel within our
reach. The wind came off the land just as the
canoes had started, and we determined on at-
tempting to'force a passage along the shore; in
which we fortunately succeeded, after seven hours'
labour and much hazard to our frail vessels. The
ice lay so close that the crevvs disembarked on it,
and effected a passage by bearing against the
pieces with their poles ; but in conducting the
canoes through the narrow channels thus formed,
the greatest care was requisite, to prevent the
sharp projecting points from breaking the bark.
They fortunately received no material injury,
though they were split in two places.

At the distance of three miles, we came to the
entrance of a deep bay, whose bottom was filled
by a body of ice so compact as to preclude the
idea of a passage through it; whilst at the same

-ocr page 212-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 807
time, the traverse across its mouth was attended
with much danger, from the approach of a large
field of ice, which was driving down before the
wind. The dread of further detention, however,
prevented us from hesitating; and we had the
satisfaction of landing in an hour and a half on
the opposite shore, where we halted to repair the
canoes, and to dine. I have named this bay after
my friend Mr. Daniel Moore of Lincoln's Inn ;
to whose zeal for science, the Expedition was in-
debted for the use of a most valuable chronometer,
lts shores are picturesque ; sloping hills receding
from the beach, and clothed with verdure, bound
its bottom and western side ; and lofty cliffs of
slate clay, with their intervening grassy valleys,
skirt its eastern border. Embarking at midnight,
we pursued our voyage without interruption,
passing between the Stockport and Marcet Islands
and the main, until six A.M. on July 30th; when,
having rounded Point Kater, we entered Arctic
Sound, and were again involved in a stream of
ice, but after considerable delay extricated our-
selves, and proceeded towards the bottom of the
inlet in search of the mouth of a river, which we
supposed it to receive, from the change in the
colour of the water.

About ten A.M. we landed, to breakfast on a
-ocr page 213-
208 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
small deer which St. Germain had killed; and
sent men in pursuit of some others in sight, but
with which they did not come up. Re-embark-
ing, we passed the river without perceiving it,
and entered a deep arm of the sound ; which I
have named Baillie's Cove, in honour of a relative
of the lamented Mr. Hood. As it was too late to
return, we encamped, and by walking across the
country discovered the river, whose mouth being
barred by low sandy islands and banks, was not
perceived when we passed it. Course and dis-
tance from Galena Point to this encampment were
S.E.f S.—forty-one miles.

From the accounts of Black-meat and Boileau
at Fort Chipewyan, we considered this river to
be the Anatessy ; and Cape Barrow to be the
projection which they supposed to be the N.E.
termination of America. The outline of the coast,
indeed, bears some resemblance to the chart
they sketched; and the distance of this river
from the Copper Mine, nearly coincides with
what we estimated the Anatessy to be, from their
statements. In our subsequent journey, however,
across the barren grounds, we ascertained that
this conjecture was wrong, and that the Anatessy,
which is known to come from Rum Lake, must
fall into the sea to the eastward of this place.

-ocr page 214-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 209
Our stock of provision being now reduced to
eight days' consumption, it had become a matter
of the first importance to obain a supply ; and as
we had learned from Terregannceuck that the
Esquimaux frequent the rivers at this season, I
determined on seeking a communication with
them here, with the view of obtaining relief for
our present wants, or even shelter for the winter,
if the season should prevent us from returning
either to the Hook's party, or Fort Enterprise ;
and I was the more induced to take this step at
this time, as several deer had been seen to-day,
and the river appeared good for fishing: which
led me to hope we might support the party during
our stay, if not add to our stock by our own exer-
tions in hunting and fishing. Augustus, Junius,
and Hepburn, were therefore furnished with the
necessary presents, and desired to go along the
bank of the river as far as they could, on the fol-
lowing day, in search of the natives, to obtain
provision and leather, as well as information re-
specting the coast.

They started at four A.M., and at the same
time our hunters were sent off in search of deer;
and the rest of the party proceeded in the canoes
to the first cascade in the river, at the foot of
which we encamped, and set four nets. This
cascade, produced by a ridge of rocks crossing

VOL. II. P
-ocr page 215-
910 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
the stream, is about three or four feet in height,
and about two hundred and fifty yards wide. lts
position by our observations in latitude 67° 19'
23" N., longitude 109° 44' 30" W., variation 41°
43' 22", dip 88° 58' 48". I have named this river
Hood, as a small tribute to the niemory of our
lamented friend and companion. It is from three
to four hundred yards wide below the cascade,
but is in many places very shallow. The
banks, bottom, and adjacent hills, are formed of
a -mixture of sand and clay. The ground was
overspread with small willows and the dwarf
birch, both toó diminutive for fuel; and the stream
brought down no drift wood. We were mortified
to find the nets only procured one salmon and five
white fish, and that we had to make another inroad
upon our dried meat.

August 1.—At two this morning the hunters
returned with two small deer and a brown bear.
Augustus and Junius arrived at the same time,
having traced the river twelve miles further up,
without discovering any vestige of inhabitants.
We had now an opportunity of gratifying our
curiosity respecting the bear so much dreaded
by the Indians, and of whose strength and fero-
city we had heard such terrible accounts. It
proved to be a lean male of a yellowish brown
colour, and not longer than a common black bear.

-ocr page 216-
OP THE POL AR SE A. 2H
It made a feeble attempt to defend itself, and was
easily despatched. The flesh was brought to the
tent, but our fastidious voyagers supposing, from
its leanness, the animal had been sickly, de-
clined eating it; the officers, however, being less
scrupulous, boiled the paws, and found them
excellent.

We embarked at ten A. M., and proceeding
down the river, took on board another deer that
had been killed by Crédit last evening. We
then ran along the eastern shore of Arctic Sound,
distinguished by the name of Banks' Peninsula,
in honour of the late Right Honourable Sir
Joseph Banks, President of the Royal Society;
and rounding Point Wollaston at its eastern ex-
tremity, opened another extensive sheet of water;
and the remainder of the afternoon was spent in
endeavouring to ascertain, from the tops of the
hills, whether it was another bay, or merely a
passage enclosed by a chain of islands. Ap-
pearances rather favouring the latter opinion, we
determined on proceeding through.it to the south-
ward. During the delay four more deer were
killed, all young and lean. It .appears that the
coast is pretty well frequented by rein-deer at
this season ; but it is rather singular, that hitherto
we had killed none (excepting the first) but
young ones of last season, which were all too

P 2
-ocr page 217-
812 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
lean to have been eaten by any but persons who
had no choice.

We paddled along the western shore with the
intention of encamping, but were prevented by
the want of drift wood on the beach. This in-
duced us to make a traverse to an island, where
we put up at midnight, having found a small bay,
whose shores furnished us with a little fire-wood.
A heavy gale came on from the westward, at-
tended with constant rain, and one of the squalls
overthrew our tents. The course and distance
made to-day were north-east sixteen miles and a
half. I may here mention, that Arctic Sound
appears to be the most convenient, and perhaps
the best, place for ships to anchor that we have
seen along the coast; at this season especially,
when they might increase their stock of provision,
if provided with good marksmen. Deer are nu-
merous in its vicinity, musk-oxen also may be
found up Hood's River, and the fine sandy bot-
tom of the bays promise favourably for fishing
with the seine. The huls on the western side
are even in their outline and slope gradually to
the water's edge. The rocks give place to an
alluvial sandy soil, towards the bottom of the
Sound ; but on Banks' Peninsula rocky eminences
again prevail, which are rugged and uneven, but
they are intersected by valleys, now green; along

-ocr page 218-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 213
their base is a fine sandy beach. From Point
Wollaston to our present encampment the coast
is skirted with trap cliffs, which have often a
columnar form, and are very difficult of access.
These cliffs He in ranges parallel to the shore,
and the deer that \ve killed were feeding in small
marshy grassy plats that He in the valleys be-
tween them.

Being detained by the continuance of the gale,
on the 2d of August some men were sent out to
hunt, and the ofricers visited the tops of the
highest hills, to ascertain the best channels to be
pursued. The wind abating, at ten P.M., we
embarked and paddled round the southern end
of the island, and continued our course to the
south-east. Much doubt at this time prevailed
as to the land on the right being the main shore,
or merely a chain of islands. The latter opinion
was strengthened by the broken appearance of
the land, and the extensive view we had up
Brown's Channel, (named after my friend Mr.
Robert Brown,) the mouth of which we passed,
and were in some apprehension of being led
away from the main shore; and, perhaps, after
passing through a group of islands, of coming to
a traverse greater than we durst venture upon in
canoes. On the other hand, the continuous ap-
pearance of the land on the north side of the

-ocr page 219-
214 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
channel, and its tending to the southward, pro-
duced a fear that we were entering a deep inlet.

In this state of doubt we landed often, and
endeavoured, from the summits of the highest
hills adjoining the shore, to ascertain the true
nature of the coast, but in vain, and we continued
paddling through the channel all night against a
fresh breeze, which, at half past four, increased
tó a violent gale, and compelled us to land. The
gale diminished a short time after noon on the
3rd, and permitted us to re-embark and continue
our voyage until four P.M., when it returned with
its former violence, and finally obliged us tb
encamp, having come twenty-four miles on a
south-east three-quarter south course.

From the want of drift wood to make a fire we
had fasted all day, and were under the necessity,
in the evening, of serving out pemmican, which
was done with much reluctance, especially as we
had sonie fresh deers' meat remaining. The inlet,
when viewed from a high hill adjoining to our
encampment, exhibited so many arms, that the
course we ought to pursue was more uncertain
than ever. It was absolutely necessary, however,
to see the end of it before we could determine
that it was notastrait. Starting atthree A.M., on
the 4th, we paddled the whole day through chan-
nels, from two to five or six miles wide, all tend-

-ocr page 220-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 21$
ing to the southward. In the course of the day's
voyage we ascertained, that the land which we
had seen on our right hand since yesterday
morning, cönsisted of several large islands,
which have been distinguished by the names of
Goulburn, Elliott, and Young; but the land
on our left preserved its unbroken appear
ance, and when we encamped, we were still
uncertain whether it was the eastern side of a
deep sound or merely a large island. It differed
remarkably from the main shore, being very
rugged, rocky, and sterile, whereas the outline of
the main on the opposite side was even, and its
hills covered with a comparatively good sward of
grass, and exhibited little naked rock. There
was no drift timber, but the shores near the
encampment were strewed with small pieces of
willow, which indicated our vicinity to the mouth
of a river. This fuel enabled us to make a
hearty supper off a small deer killed thrs
evening.

The shallows we passed to-day were covered
with shoals of capelin, the angmaggoeük of the
Esquimaux. It was known to Augustus, who
informed us that it frequents the coast of Hud
son's Bay, and is delicate eating. The course
and distance made was, south by east half easi,
thirty-three miles.

-ocr page 221-
216 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
After paddling twelve miles in the morning of
the 5th, we had the mortification to find the inlet
terminated by a river; the size of which we could
not ascertain, as the entrance was blocked by
shoals. lts mouth lies in latitude 66° 30' N.,
longitude 107° 53' W. I have named this stream
Back, as a mark of my friendship for my asso-
ciate*. We were somewhat consoled for the loss
of time in exploring this inlet, by the success of
Junius in killing a musk-ox, the first we had seen
on the coast; and afterwards by the acquisition
of the flesh of a bear, that was shot as we were
returning up the eastern side in the evening.
The latter proved to be a female, in very ex-
cellent condition ; and our Canadian voyagers,
whose appetite for fat meat is insatiable, were
delighted.

We encamped on the shores of a sandy bay,
and set the nets ; and finding a quantity of dried
willows on the beach, we were enabled to cook
the bear's flesh, which was superior to any meat
we tasted on the coast. The water feil two feet
at this place during the night. Our nets pro-
duced a great variety of fish, namely, a salmon-
trout, some round fish, tittameg, bleak, star-fish,

* Frotn subsequent conversation with the Coppcr Indiaus, we
were inclined to suppose this may be the Thlueetessy, described by
Black-meat, mentioned in a forraer part of the narrative.

-ocr page 222-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 217
several herrings, and a flat fish resembling plaice,
but covered on the back with horny excres-
cences.

On the 6th we were detained in the encamp-
ment by stormy weather until five P.M., when we
embarked and paddled along the northern shore
of the inlet; the weather still continuing foggy,
but the wind moderate. Observing on the beach
a she bear with three young ones, we landed a
party to attack them: but being approached
without due caution, they took the alarm and
scaled a precipitous rocky hill, with a rapidity
that baffled all pursuit. At eight o'clock, the fog
changing into rain, we encamped. Many seals
were seen to-day, but as they kept in deep water
we did not fire at them.

On August 7th the atmosphere was charged
with fog and rain all the day, but as the wind was
moderate we pursued our journey ; our situation,
however, was very uripleasant, being quite wet
and without room to stretch a limb, much less to
obtain warmth by exercise. We passed a cove
which I have named after my friend Mr. W. H.
Tinney ; and proceeded along the coast until five
P.M., when we put up on a rocky point nearly
opposite to our encampment on the 3d, having
come twenty-three miles on a north-north-west
course.

-ocr page 223-
218 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
We were detained on the 8th by a northerly
gale, which blew violently throughout the day,
attended by fog and rain. Some of the men went
out to hunt, but they saw no other animal than a
white wolf, which could not be approached. The
fresh meat being expended, a little pemmican
was served out this evening.

The gale abated on the morning of the 9th;
and the sea, which it had raised, having greatly
subsided, we embarked at seven A.M., and after
paddling three or four miles, opened Sir J. A.
Gordon's Bay, into which we penetrated thirteen
miles, and then discovered from the summit of a
hill that it would be vain to proceed in this direc-
tion, in search of a passage out of the inlet.

Our breakfast diminished our provision to two
bags of pemmican, and a single meal of dried
meat. The men began to apprehend absolute
want of food, and we had to listen to their gloomy
forebodings of the deer entirely quitting the coast
in a few days. As we were embarking, however,
a large bear was discovered on the opposite
shore, which we had the good fortune to kill; and
the sight of this fat meat relieved their fears for
the present. Dr. Bichardson found in the
stomach of this animal the remains of a seal,
several marmots (arctomys RichardsoniiJ, a large
quantity of the liquorice root of Mackenzie

-ocr page 224-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 219
(hedysarum) which is common on these shores,
and some berries. There was also intermixed
with these substances a small quantity of grass.

We got again into the main inlet, and paddled
along its eastern shore until forty minutes after
eight A.M., when we encamped in a small cove.
We found a single log of drift wood ; it was pine,
and sufficiently large to enable us to cook a por-
tion of the bear, which had a slight fishy taste,
but was deemed very palatable,

August 10.—We folio wed up the east border
of the inlet about twenty-four miles, and at length
emerged into the open sea ; a body of islands to
the westward concealing the channel by which
we had entered. Here our progress was arrested
by returning bad weather. We killed a bear
and its young cub of this year, on the beach near
to our encampment. We heartily congratulated
ourselves at having arrived at the eastern entrance
of this inlet, which had cost us nine invaluable
days in exploring. It contains several secure
harbours, especially near the mouth of Back's
River, where there is a sandy bottom in forty
fathoms. There also fish are plentiful, and rein-
deer and musk-oxen may be procured at this sea-
son, by spending a little time in hunting.

On the 3d and 4th of August we observed a
fall of more than two feet in the water during the

-ocr page 225-
220 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
night. There are various irregular and partial
currents in the inlet, which may be attributed to
the wind. I have distinguished it by the name
of Bathurst's Inlet, in honour of the noble Secre-
tary of State, under whose orders I had the
honour to act. It runs about seventy-six miles
south-east from Cape Everitt, but in coasting its
shores we went about one hundred and sevcnty-
four geographical miles. It is remarkable that
none of the Indians with whom we had spoken
had mentioned this inlet; and we subsequently
learned, that in their journeys, they strike across
from the mouth of one river to the mouth of
another, without tracing the intermediate line of
coast.

August 11.—Embarking at five A. M. we
rounded Point Everitt, and then ericountered a
strong breeze and heavy swell, which by causing
the canoes to pitch very much,greatly impeded our
progress. Somedeerbeing seen grazing in a valley
near the beach, we landed and sent St. Germain
and Adam in pursuit of them, who soon killed
three which were very small and lean. Their
appearance, however, quite revived the spirits of
our men, who had suspected that the deer had
retired to the woods. It would appear, from our
not having seen any in passing along the shores
of Bathurst's Inlet, that at this season they con-

-ocr page 226-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 221
fine themselves to the sea-coast and the islands.
The magpie berries (arbutus alpina) were found
quite ripe at this place, and very abundant on
the acclivities of the hills. We also ascended
the highest hill, and gained a view of a distant
chain of islands, extending as far as the eye
could reach, and perceived a few patches of ice
still remaining near to some of them ; but in every
other part the sea was quite open, Resuming
our voyage after noon, we proceeded along the
coast, which is fringed by islands; and at five
P.M., entered another bay, where we were for
some time involved in our late difficulties by the
intricacy of the passages ; but we cleared them
in the afternoon, and encamped near the northern
entrance of the bay, at a spot which had recently
been visited by a small party of Esquimaux, as
the remains of sorne eggs, containing young, were
lying beside some half-burnt fire-wood. There
were also several piles of stones put up by them.
I have named this bay after my friend, Captain
David Buchan, of the Royal Navy, It appears
to be a safe anchorage, being well sheltered from
the wind and sea by islands; the bottom is sandy.
lts shores are high, and composed of red sand-
stone. Two deer were s een on its beach, but
could not be approached. The distance we

-ocr page 227-
222 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
made to-day was eighteen miles and three-
quarters.

Embarking at four on the morning of the 12th,
we proceeded against a fresh piercing north-east
wind, which raised the waves to a height that
quite terrified our people, accustomed only to the
navigation of rivers and lakes. We were obliged,
however, to persevere in our advance, feeling as
we did, that the short season for our operations
was hastening away; but after rounding Cape
Croker the wind became so strong that we could
proceed no further. The distance we had made
being only six miles on a north-east by east
course. The shore on which we encamped is
formed of the debris of red sand-stone, and is des-
titute of vegetation. The beach furnished no
drift wood, and we dispensed with our usual
meal rather than expend our pemmican. Several
deer were seen, but the hunters could not approach
them; they killed two swans. We observed
the latitude 68° l' 20", where we halted to break-
fast this morning,

August 13.—Though the wind was not much
diminished, we were urged, by the want of fire-
wood, to venture upon proceeding. We paddled
close to the shore for some miles, and then ran
before the breeze with reefed saus, scarcely two

-ocr page 228-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 223
feet in depth. Both of the canoes received much
water, and one of them struck twice on sunken
rocks. At the end of eighteen miles we halted
to breakfast in a bay, which I have named after
Vice-Admiral Sir William Johnstone Hope, one
of the Lords of the Admiralty.

We found here a considerable quantity of small
willows, such as are brought down by the rivers
we have hitherto seen; and hence we judged,
that a river discharges itself into the bottom of
this bay. A paddie was also found, which Au-
gustus, on examination, declared to b e made after
the fashion of the White Goose Esquimaux, a
tribe with whom his countrymen had had some
trading communication, as has been mentioned in
a former part of the Narrative.

This morning we passed the embouchure of a
pretty large stream, and saw the vestiges of an
Esquimaux encampment, not above a month old.
Having obtained the latitude 68° 6' 40" N., we
recommenced our voyage under sail, taking the
precaution to embark all the pieces of willow we
could collect, as we had found the drift wood
become more scarce as we advanced. Our course
was directed to a distant point, which we sup-
posed to be a cape, and the land stretching to
the westward of it to be islands ; but we soon
found ourselves in an extensive bay, from which

-ocr page 229-
284 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
no outlet could be perceived but the one by which
we had entered. After examining, however, from
the top of a hill, we found a winding shallow
passage running to the north-west, which we fol-
lowed for a short time, and then encamped, having
come twenty-three miles north by east half east.

Some articles left by the Esquimaux attracted
our attention; we found a winter sledge raised
upon four stones, with some snow-shovels, and a
small piece of whalebone. An ice-chisel, a knife,
and some beads, were left at this pile. The shores
of this bay, which I have named after Sir George
Warrender, are low and clayey, and the country
for many miles is level, and much intersected
with water; but we had not leisure to ascertain
whether they were branches of the bay or fresh-
water lakes. Some white geese were seen this
evening, and some young gray ones were caught
on the beach, being unable to fly. We fired at
two rein-deer, but without success.

On August 14th we paddled the whole day
along the northern shores of the sound, returning
towards its mouth. The land which we were now
tracing is generally so flat, that it could not be
descried from the canoes at the distance of four
miles, and is invisible from the opposite side of
the sound, otherwise a short traverse might have
saved us some days, The few eminences that

-ocr page 230-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 225
are on this side were mistaken for islands when
seen from the opposite shore ; they are for the
most part cliffs of basalt, and are not above one
hundred feet high; the subjacent strata are of
white sand-stone. The rocks are mostly confined
to the capes and shores, the soil inland being
flat, clayey, and barren. Most of the headlands
shewed traces of visits from the Esquimaux, but
none of them recent. Many ducks were seen to-
day, belonging to a species termed by the
voyagers, from their cry, " caccawees." We
also saw sorne gray geese and swans. The only
seal we procured during our voyage, was killed
this day ; it happened to be blind, and our men
imagining it to be in bad health, would not taste
the flesh ; we, however, were less nice.

We encamped at the end of twenty-four miles'
march, on the north-west side of a bay, to which
I have given the name of my friend Gapt. Parrv,
now employed in the interesting research for a
North-West Passage. Drift wood had become
very scarce, and we found none near the encamp-
ment; a fire, however, was not required, as we
served out pemmican for supper, and the even-
ing was unusually warm.

On the following morning the breeze was fresh,
and the waves rather high. In paddling along
the west side of Parry's Bay, we saw several

VOL. II. Q
-ocr page 231-
223 JOURNEY TO THE SHOEES
deer, but owing to the openness of the country,
the hunters could not approach them. They
killed, however, two swans that were moulting,
several cranes, and many gray geese. We pro-
cured also some caccawees, which were then
moulting, and assembled in immense flocks. In
the evening, having rounded Point Beechy, and
passed Hurd's Islands, we were exposed to much
inconvenience and danger from a heavy rolling
sea; the canoes receiving many severe blows,
and shipping a good deal of water, which induced
us to encamp at five P.M. opposite to Cape
Croker, which we had passed on the morning of
the 12th ; the channel, which lay between our
situation and it, being about seven miles wide.
We had now reached the northern point of en-
trance into this sound, which I have named in
honour of Lord Viscount Melville, the first Lord
of the Admiralty. It is thirty miles wide from
east to west, and twenty from north to south; and
in coasting it we had sailed eighty-seven and a
quarter geographical miles. Shortly after the
tents were pitched, Mr. Back reported from the
steersmen that both canoes had sustained material
injury during this day's voyage. I found on ex.
amination that fifteen timbers of the first canoe
were broken, some of them in two places, and
that the second canoe was so loose in the frame

-ocr page 232-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 22r
that its timbers could not be bound in the usual
secure manner, and consequently there was dan«
ger of its bark separating from the gunwales if
exposed to a heavy sea. Distressing as were
these circumstances, they gave me less pain than
the discovery that our people, who had hitherto
displayed in following us through dangers and
difficulties no less novel than appalling to them,
a courage beyond our expectation, now feit seri-
ous apprehensions for their safety, which so pos-
sessed their minds that they were not restrained
even by the presence of their officers from ex-
pressing them. Their fears, we imagined, had
been principally excited by the interpreters, St.
Germain and Adam, who from the outset had
foreboded every calamity; and we now strongly
suspected that their recent want of success in
theirhunting excursions, had proceeded from an
intentional relaxation in their efforts to kill deer,
in order that the want of provision might compel
us to put a period to our voyage.

I must now mention that many concurrent cir-
cumstances had caused me, during the few last
days, to meditate on the approach of this painful
necessity. The strong breezes we had encoun-
tered for some days, led me to fear that the sea-
son was breaking up, and severe weather would

soon ensue, which we could not sustain in a coun-
qs
-ocr page 233-
223 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
try destitute offuel. Our stock of provision was
now reduced to a quantity of pemmican only suf-
ficient for three days' consumption, and the
prospect of increasing it was not encouraging,
for though rein-deer were seen, they could not be
easily approached on the level shores we were
now coasting, besides it was to be apprehended
they would soon migrate to the south. It was
evident that the time spent in exploring the Arctic
and Melville Sounds, and Bathurst's Inlet, had
precluded the hope of reaching Repulse Bay,
which at the outset of the voyage we had fondly
cherished; and it was equally obvious that as
our distance from any of the trading establish-
ments would increase as weproceeded,the hazard-
ous traverse across the barren grounds, which we
should have to make, if compelled to abandon
the canoes upon any part of the coast, would be-
come greater.

I this evening communicated to the officers my
sentiments on these points, as well as respecting
our return, and was happy to find that their
opinions coincided with my own. We were all
convinced of the necessity of putting a speedy
termination to our advance, as the hope which we
had cherished of meeting the Esquimaux and
procuring provision from them, could now scarcely
be entertained; but yet we were desirous of

-ocr page 234-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 229
proceeding, until the land should be seen trend-
ing again to the eastward; that we might be satis-
fied of its separation from what we had conceived,
in passing from Cape Barrow to Bathurst's Inlet,
to be a great chain of islands. As it was neces-
sary, however, at all events, to set a limit to our
advance, I amiounced my determination of re-
turning after four days' examination, unless, in-
deed, we should previously meet the Esquimaux,
and be enabled to make some arrangement for
passing the winter withthem. This communica-
tion was joyfully received by the men, and we
hopedthat the industry of our hunters beingonce
more excited, we should be able to add to our
stock of provision.

It may here be remarked that we observed the
first regular return of the tides in Warrender'a
and Parry's Bays ; but their set could not be as-
certained. The rise of water did not amount to
more than two feet. Course to-day south one
quarter east—nine miles and a quarter.

August 16.—Some rain feil in the night, but
the morning was unusually fine. We set forward
at five A.M., and the men paddled cheerfully
along the coast for ten miles, when a dense fog
caused us to land on Slate-clay Point. Here we
found more traces of the Esquimaux, and the skull
of a man placed between two rocks. The fog

-ocr page 235-
230 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
dispersed at noon, and we discerned a group of
islands to the northward, which I have named
after Vice-Admiral Sir George Cockburn, one of
the Lords of the Admiralty. Re-embarking, we
rounded the point and entered Walker's Bay,
where, as in other instances, the low beach which
lay between several high trap cliffs, could not be
distinguished until we had coasted down the east
side nearly to the bottom of the bay. When the
continuity of the land was perceived, we crossed
to the western shore, and on landing, discovered
a channel leading through a group of islands.
Having passed through this channel, we ran under
sail by the Porden Islands, across Riley's Bay,
and rounding a cape, which now bears the name
of my lamented friend Captain Flinders, had the
pleasure to find the coast trending north-north-
east, with the sea in the offing unusually clear of
islands ; a circumstance which afforded matter of
wonder to our Canadians, who had not previously
had an uninterrupted view of the ocean.

Our course was continued along the coast until
eight P.M., when a change in the wind and a
threatening thunder squall induced us to encamp ;
but the water was so shallow, that we found
some difficulty in approaching the shore. Large
pieces of drift wóod gave us assurance that we
had finally escaped from the bays. Our tents

-ocr page 236-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 231
were scarcely pitched before we were assailed by
a heavy squall and rain, which was succeeded by
a violent gale from west-north-west; which thrice
overset the tents in the course of the night. The
wind blew with equal vioience on the following
day, and the sea rolled furiously upon the beach.
The Canadians had now an opportunity of wit-
nessing the effect of a storm upon the sea ; and
the sight increased their desire of quitting it.

Our hunters were sent out, and saw many
deer, but the flatness of the country defeated
their attempts to approach them ; they brought,
however^ a few unfledged geese. As there was
no appearance of increasing our stock of provi-
sion, the allowance was limited to a handful of
pemmican, and a small portion of portable soup
to each man per day. The thermometer this
afternoon stood to 41°. The following observa-
tions were obtained: latitude 68° 18' 50" N.,
longitude 110° 5' 15" W. ; but 109° 25' 00" W.
was used in the construction of the chart, as the
chronometers were found, on our return to Hood's
River, to have altered their rates ; variation 44°
15' 46" E., and dip of the needie 89° 31' 12".

On August 18th the stormy weather and sea
continuing, there was no prospect of our being
able to embark. Dr. Richardson, Mr. Back, and
I, therefore, set out on foot to discover whether the

-ocr page 237-
232 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
land within a day's march, inclined more to the
east. We went from ten to twelve miles along
the coast, which continued flat, and kept the same
direction as the encampment. The most distant
land we saw had the same hearing north-north-
east, and appeared like two islands, which we
estimated to be six or seven miles off; the shore
on their side seemingly tended more to the east,
so that it is probable Point Turnagain, for so this
spot was named, forms the pitch of a low flat
cape.

Augustus killed a deer in the afternoon, but
the men were not able to find it. The hunters
found the burrows of a number of white foxes,
and Hepburn killed one of these animals, which
proved excellent eating, esteemed by us as equal
to the young geese, with which it was boiled, and
far superior to the lean deer we had upon the
coast. Large flocks of geese passed over the
tents, flying to the southward. The lowest tem-
perature to-day was 38°.

Though it will appear from the chart, that the
position of Point Turnagain is only six degrees
and a half to the east of the mouth of the Copper-
Mine River; we sailed, in tracing the deeply-
indented coast, five hundred and fifty-five geo-
graphic miles, which is little less than the direct
distance between the Copper-Mine River and

-ocr page 238-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 233
Repulse Bay ; supposing the latter to be in the
longitude assigned to it by Middleton.

When the many perplexing incidents which
occurred during the survey of the coast are con-
sidered in connexion with the shortness of the
period, during which operations of the kind can
be carried on, and the distance we had to travel
before we could gain a place of shelter for the
winter, I trust it will be judged that we prose-
cuted the enterprise as far as was prudent, and
abandoned it only under a well-founded convic-
tion that a further advance would endanger the
lives of the whole party, and prevent the know-
ledge of what had been done from reaching Eng-
land. The active assistance I received from the
officers, in contending with the fears of the men,
demands my warmest gratitude.

Our researches, as far as they have gone, seem
to favour the opinion of those who contend for the
practicability of a North-West Passage. The
general line of coast probably runs east and west,
nearly in the latitude assigned to Mackenzie's
River, the Sound into which Kotzebue entered,
and Repulse Bay ; and very little doubt can, in
my opinion, be entertained of the existence of a
continued sea, in or about that line of direction.
The existence of whales too, on this part of the

-ocr page 239-
234 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
coast, evidenced by the whalebone we found in
Esquimaux Cove, may be considered as an ar-
gument for an open sea ; and a connexion with
Hudson's Bay is rendered more probable from
the same kind of fish abounding on the coasts
We visited, and on those to the north of Churchill
River. I allude more particularly to the Capelin
or Salmo Arcticus, which we found in large shoals
in Bathurst's Met, and which not only abounds,
as Augustus told us, in the bays in his country,
but swarms in the Greenland firths *. The por-
tion of the sea over which we passed is navigable
for vessels of any size ; the ice we met, parti-
cularly after quitting Detention Harbour, would
not have arrested a strong boat. The chain of
islands affords shelter from all heavy seas, and
there are good harbours at convenient dis-
tances. I entertain, indeed, sanguine hopes that
the skill and exertions of my friend Captain
Parry will soon render this question no longer
problematical. His task is doubtless an arduous
one, and, if ultimately successful, may occupy
two and perhaps three seasons ; but confiding as
I do, from personal knowledge, in his perse-
verance and talent for surmounting difficulties,

* Arctic Zoology, vol. ii, p. 394.
-ocr page 240-
OF THE POLA.R SEA. g36
the strength of his ships, and the abundance of
provisions with which they are stored, I have
very little apprehension of his safety. As I un-
derstand his object was to keep the coast of
America close on board, hè will find in the spring
of the year, before the breaking up of the ice can
permit him to pursue his voyage, herds of deer
flocking in abundance to all parts of the coast,
which may be procured without difficulty ; and,
even later in the season, additions to his stock of
provision may be obtained on many parts of the
coast, should circumstances give him leisure to
send out hunting parties. With the trawl or
seine nets also, hè may almost every where get
abundance of fish even without retarding his
progress. Under these circumstances I do not
conceive that hè runs any hazard of wanting
provisions, should his voyage be prolonged even
beyond the latest period of time which is calcu-
lated upon. Drift timber may be gathered at
many places in considerable quantities, and there
is a fair prospect of his opening a communication
with the Esquimaux, who come down to the coast
to kill seals in the spring, previous to the ice
breaking up ; and from whom, if hè succeeds in
conciliating their good-wiïl, hè may obtain provi-
sion, and much useful assistance.

-ocr page 241-
236 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
If hè makes for Copper-Mine River, as hè pro-
bably will do, hè will not find it in the longitude
as laid down on the charts ; but hè will probably
find, what would be more interesting to him, a
post, which we erected on the 26th August at
the mouth of Hood's River, which is nearly, as
will appear hereafter, in that longitude, with a
flag upon it, and a letter at the foot of it, which
may convey to him some useful information. It
is possible, however, that hè might keep outside
of the range of islands which skirt this part of
the coast.

-ocr page 242-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 837
CHAPTER XII.
Journey across the barren groiinds—Difficulty and delay in crossing1
Copper-Mine River—Melancholy and fatal Results thereof—
Extreme Misery of the whole Party—Murder of Mr. Hood—
Death of several of the Canadians—Desolate State of Fort
Enterprise—Distress suffered at that Place—Dr. Richardson's
Narrative—Mr. Back's Narrative—Conclusion.

isai. MY original intention, whenever the sea-
August 17. gon ghouldcompel us to relinquish the sur-
vey, had been to return by the way of the Copper-
Mine River, and in pursuance of my arrangement
with the Hook to travel to Slave Lake through
the line of woods extending thither by the Great
Bear and Marten Lakes, but our scanty stock of
provision and the length of the voyage rendered
it necessary to make for a nearer place. We had
already found that the country, between Cape
Barrow and the Copper-Mine River, would not
supply our wants, and this it seemed probable
would now be still more the case; besides, at
this advanced season, we expected the frequent
recurrence of gales, which would cause great
detention, if not danger in proceeding along that
very rocky part of the coast.

-ocr page 243-
338 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
I determined, therefore, to make at once for
Arctic Sound, where we had found the animals
more numerous than at any other place; and
entering Hood's River, to advance up that stream
as far as it was navigable, and then to construct
small canoes out of the materials of the larger
ones, which could be carried in crossing the
barren grounds to Fort Enterprise.

August 19.—We were almost beaten out of
our comfortless abodes by rain during the night,
and this morning the gale continued without
diminution. The thermometer feil to 33°. Two
men were sent with Junius to search for the deer
which Augustus had killed. Junius returned in
the evening, bringing part of the meat, but owing
to the thickness of the weather, his companions
parted from him and did not make their appear-
ance. Divine service was read. On the 20th we
were presented with the most chilling prospect,
the small pools of water being frozen over, the
ground being covered with snow, and the ther-
mometer at the freezing point at mid-day. Flights
of geese were passing to the southward. The
wind, however, was more moderate, having
changed to the eastward. Considerable anxiety
prevailing respecting Belanger and Michel, the
two men who strayed from Junius yesterday, the
rest were sent out to look for them. The search

-ocr page 244-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 839
was successful, and they all returned in the even-
ing. The stragglers were much fatigued, and
had suffered severely from the cold, one of them
having his thighs frozen, and what under our
present circumstances was most grievous, they
had thrown away all the meat. The wind during
the night returned to the northwest quarter, blew
more violently than ever, and raised a very tur-
bulent sea. The next day did not improve our
condition, the snow remained on the ground, and
the small pools were frozen. Our hunters were
sent out, but they returned after a fatiguing day's
march without having seen any animals. We
made a scanty meal off a handful of pemmican,
after which only half a bag remained.

The wind abated after midnight, and the surf
diminished rapidly, which caused us to be on the
alert at a very early hour on the 22d, but we had
to wait until six A.M. for the return of Augustus,
who had continued out all night on an unsuccess-
ful pursuit of deer. It appears that hè had walked
a few miles farther along the coast, than the party
had done on the 18th, and from a sketch hè drew
on the sand, we were confirmed in our former
opinion that the shore inclined more to the east-
ward beyond Point Turnagain. He also drew a
river of considerable size, that discharges its

-ocr page 245-
240 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
waters into Walker's Bay; on the banks of which
stream hè saw a piece of wood, such as the Es-
quimaux use in producing fire, and other marks
so fresh that hè supposed they had recently
visited the spot. We therefore left several iron
materials for them. Our men, cheered by the
prospect of returning, embarked with the utmost
alacrity; and, paddling with unusual vigour,
carried us across Riley's and Walker's Bays, a
distance of twenty miles, before noon, when we
landed on Slate-Clay Point, as the wind had
freshened too much to permit us to continue the
voyage. The whole party went to hunt, but re-
turned without success in the evening, drenched
with the heavy rain which commenced soon after
they had set out. Several deer were seen, but
could not be approached in this naked country ;
and as our stock of pemmican did not admit of
serving out two meals, we went dinnerless to
bed.

Soon after our departure to-day, a sealed tin-
case, sumciently buoyant to float, was thrown
overboard, containing a short account of our pro-
ceedings, and the position of the most conspi-
cuous points. The wind blew off the land, the
water was smooth, and as the sea is in this
part more free from islands than in any other,

-ocr page 246-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 841
there was every probability of its being driven
off the shore into the current; which, as I have
before mentioned, we suppose, from the circum-
stance of Mackenzie's River being the only known
stream that brings down the wood we have found
along the shores, to set to the eastward.

August 23.—A severe frost caused us to pass
a comfortless night. At two P.M. we set sail,
and the men voluntarily launched out to make a
traverse of fifteen miles across Melville Sound,
before a strong wind and heavy sea. The priva-
tion of food, under which our voyagers were then
labouring, absorbed every other terror; other-
wise the most powerful persuasion could not have
induced them to attempt such a traverse. It was
with the utmost difh'culty that the canoes were
kept from turning their broadsides to the waves,
though we sometimes steered with all the pad-
dies. One of them riarrowly escaped being
overset by this accident, happening in a mid-chan-
nel, where the waves were so high that the mast-
head of our canoe was often hid from the other,
though it was sailing within hail.

The traverse, however, was made; we were
then near a high rocky lee shore, on which a
heavy surf was beating. The wind being on.
the beam, the canoes drifted fast to leeward;

VOL. II. R
-ocr page 247-
$42 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
and, on rounding a point, the recoil of the sea
from the rocks was so great that they were with
difficulty kept from foundering. We looked in
vain for a sheltered bay to land in; but, at
length, being unable to weather another point,
we were obliged to put ashore on the open beach,
which, fortunately, was sandy at this spot. The
debarkation was effected fortunately, without
further injury than the splitting of the head of
the second canoe, which was easily repaired.

Our encampment being near to the place where
we killed the deer dn the llth, aknost the whole
party went out to hunt, but they returned in the
evening without having seen any game. The
berries, however, were ripe and plentiful, and,
with the addition of some country tea, furnished
a supper. There were some showers in the
afternoon, and the weather was cold, the thermo-
meter being 42°, but the evening and night were
calm and fine, It may be remarked that the
musquitoes disappeared when the late gales com-
menced.

August 24.—Embarking at three A.M., we
stretched across the eastern entrance of Bathurst's
Inlet, and arrived at an island, which I have named
after the Right Hon. Colonel Barry, of Newton
Barry. Some deer being seen on the beach, the

-ocr page 248-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 243
hunters went in pursuit of them, and succeeded in
killing three females, which enabled us to save our
last remaining meal of pemmican. They saw also
some fresh tracks of musk-oxen on the banks of
a small stream, which flowed into a lake in the
centre of the island. These animals must have
crossed a channel, at least, three miles wide, to
reach the nearest of these islands. Some speci-
mens of variegated pebbles and jasper were
found here imbedded in the amygdaloidal rock.

Re-embarking at two P.M., and continuing
through what was supposed to be a channel be-
tween two islands, we found our passage barred
by a gravelly isthmus of only ten yards in width;
the canoes and cargoes were carried across it, and
we passed into Bathurst's Inlet through another
similar channel, bounded on both sides by steep
rocky huls. The wind then changing from S.E.
to N. W. brought heavy rain, and we encamped
at seven P.M., having advanced eighteen miles.

August 25. —Starting this morning with a fresh
breeze in our favour, we soon reached that part
of Barry's Island where the canoes were detained
on the 2d and 3rd of this month, and contrary to
what we then experienced, the deer were now
plentiful. The hunters killed two, and we were
relieved from all apprehension of an immediate
want of food. One would suppose the deer were

ES
-ocr page 249-
S41 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
about to retire to the main shore from their as-
sembling at this time in such numbers on the
islands nearest to the coast. Those we saw were
generally females with their young, and all of
them very lean.

The wind continued in the same direction
until we had rounded Point Wollaston, and then
changed to a quarter, which enabled us to steer
for Hood's River, which we ascended as high as
the first rapid and encamped. Here terminated
our voyage on the Arctic Sea, during which we
had gone over six hundred and fifty geographical
miles. Our Canadian voyagers could not re-
strain their expressions of joy at having turned
their backs on the sea, and they passed the
evening talking over their past adventures with
much humour and no little exaggeration. The
consideration that the most painful, and certainly
the most hazardous, part of the journey was yet
to come, did not depress their spirits at all. It is
due to their character to mention that they dis-
play ed much courage in encountering the dangers
of the sea, magnified to them by their novelty.

The shores between Cape Barrow and Cape
Flinders, including the extensive branches of
Arctic and Melville Sounds, and Bathurst's Inlet,
may be comprehended in one great gulf, which I
have distinguished by the appellation of George

-ocr page 250-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 245
I V.'s Coronation Gulf, in honour of His Most
Gracious Majesty, the latter name being added
to mark the time of its discovery. The Archi-
pelago of islands which fringe the coast from
Copper-Mine River to Point Turnagain, I have
named in honour of His Royal Highness the
Duke of York.

It may be deserving of notice that the extremes
in temperature of the sea water during our voyage
were 53° and 35°, but its general temperature
was between 43° and 48°. Throughout our re-
turn from Point Turnagain we observed that the
sea had risen several feet above marks left at
our former encampments. This may, perhaps, be
attributed to the north-west gales.

August 26.—Previous to our departure this
morning. an assortment of iron materials, beads,
looking-glasses, and other articles were put up
in a conspicuous situation for the Esquimaux,
and the English Union was planted on the loftiest
sand hul, where it might be seen by any ships
passing in the offing. Here also, was deposited
in a tin box, a letter containing an outline of our
proceedings, the latitude and longitude of the
principal places, and the course we intended to
pursue towards Slave Lake.

Embarking at eight A.M. we proceeded up the
river, which is full of sandy shoals, but suffi-

-ocr page 251-
246 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
ciently deep for canoes in the channels. ït is
from one hundred to two hundred yards wide,
and is bounded by high and steep banks of clay.
We encamped at a cascade of eighteen or twenty
feet high, which is produced by a ridge of rock
crossing the river, and the nets were set. A
mile below this cascade Hood's River is joined
by a stream half its own size, which I have called
James' Branch. Bear and deer tracks had been
numerous on the banks of the river when we
were here before, but not a single recent one
was to be seen at this time. Crédit, however,
killed a small deer at some distance inland, which,
with the addition of berries, furnished a delight-
ful repast this evening. The weather was re-
markably fine, and the temperature so mild, that
the musquitoes again made their appearance,
but not in any great numbers. Our distance
made to-day was not more than six miles.

The next morning the net furnished us with
ten white fish and trout. Having made a further
deposit of iron work for the Esquimaux we pur-
sued our voyage up the river, but the shoals and
rapids in this part were so frequent, that we
walked along the banks the whole day, and the
crews laboured hard in carrying the canoes thus
lightened over the shoals or dragging them up
the rapids, yet our journey in a direct line was

-ocr page 252-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 247
only about seven miles. In the evening we en-
camped at the lower end of a narrow chasm
through which the river flows for upwards of a
mile. The walls of this chasm are upwards of
two hundred feet high, quite perpendicular, and
in some places only a few yards apart. The
river precipitates itself into it over a rock, form-
ing two magnificent and picturesque falls close to
each other. The upper fall is about sixty feet
high, and the lower one at least one hundred; but
perhaps considerably more, for the narrowness
of the chasm into which it feil prevented us from
seeing its bottom, and we could merely discern
the top of the spray far beneath our feet. The
lower fall is divided into two, by an insulated
column of rock which rises about forty feet above
it. The whole descent of the river at this place
probably exceeds two hundred and fifty feet.
The rock is very fine felspathose sandstone. It
has a smooth surface and a light red colour. I
have named these magnificent cascades " Wil-
berforce Falls," as a tribute of my respect for
that distinguished philanthropist and christian.
Messrs. Back and Hood took beautiful sketches
of this majestic scène.

The river being surveyed from the summit of
a hill, above these falls, appeared so rapid and
shallow, that it seemed useless to attempt pro

-ocr page 253-
248 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
ceeding any farther in the large canoes. I there-
fore determined on constructing out of their ma-
terials two smaller ones of sufficient size to con-
tain three persons, for the purpose of cross-
ing any river that might obstruet our progress.
This operation was accordingly commenced,
and by the 31 st both the canoes being finished,
we prepared for our departure on the follow-
ing day.

The leather which had been preserved for
making shoes was equally divided among the
men, two pairs of ftamael socks were given to
each person, and such articles of warm clothing
as remained, were issued to those who most re-
quired them. They were also furnished with
one of the officers' tents. This being done, I
communicated to the men my intention of pro-
ceeding in as direct a course as possible to the
part of Point Lake, opposite to our spring en-
campment, which was only distant one hundred
and forty-nine miles in a straight line. They re-
ceived the communication cheerfully, considered
the journey to be short, and left me, in high
spirits, to arrange their own packages. The
stores, books, $-c., which were not absolutely
necessary to be carried, were then put up in
boxes to be left en cache here, in order that the
men's burdens might be as light as possible.
-ocr page 254-
OF THE POLAR SE A. 249
The next morning was warm, and very fine.
Every pne was on the alert at an early hour,
being anxious to commence the journey. Our
luggage consisted of ammunition, nets, hatchets,
ice chisels, astronomical instruments, clothingf
blankets, three kettles, and the two canoes, which
were each carried by one man. The officers
carried such a portion of their own things as their
strength would permit; the weight carried by
each man was about ninety pounds, and with this
we advanced at the rate of about a mile an hour,
including rests. In the evening the hunters killed
a lean cow, out of a large drove of musk-oxen;
but the men were too much laden to carry more
than a small portion of its flesh. The alluvial
soil, which towards the mouth of the river spreads
into plains, covered with grass and willows, was
now giving place to a more barren and hilly
country ; so that we could but just collaet suffi-
cient brush wood to cook our suppers. The part
of the river we skirted to-day was shallow, and
flowed over a bed of sand ; its width about one
hundred and twenty yards. About midnight our
tent was blown down by a squall, and we were
completely drenched with rain before it could be
re-pitched.

In the morning of the Ist of September a fall
of snow took place ; the canoes became a cause

-ocr page 255-
250 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
of delay, by the difficulty of carrying them in a
high wind, and they sustained much damage
from the falls of those who had charge of them.
The face of the country was broken by huls of
moderate elevation, but the ground was plenti-
fully strewed with small stones, which, to men
bearing heavy burthens, and whose feet were
protected only by soft moose skin shoes, oc-
casioned great pain. At the end of eleven miles
we encamped, and sent for a musk-ox and a deer,
which St. Germain and Augustus had killed.
The day was extremely cold, the thermometer
varying between 34° and 36°. In the afternoon
a heavy fall of snow took place, on the wind
changing from north-west to south-west. We
found no wood at the encampment, but made a
fire of moss to cook the supper, and crept under
our blankets for warmth. At sunrise the ther-
mometët was at 31°, and the wind fresh from
north-west; but the weather became mild in the
course of the forenoon, and the snow disappeared
from the gravel. The afternoon was remarkably
fine, and the thermometer rose to 50°. One of
the hunters killed a musk-ox. The hills in this
part are lower, and more round-backed than those
we passed yesterday, and exhibited but little
naked rock ; they were covered with lichens.
Having ascertained from the summit of the

-ocr page 256-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 251
highest hill near the tents, that the river continued
to preserve a west course; and fearing that by
pursuing it further we might lose much time,
and unnecessarily walk over a great deal of
ground, I determined on quitting its banks the
next day, and making as directly as we could
for Point Lake. We accorclingly followed the
river on the 3d, only to the place where the musk-
ox had been killed last evening, and after the
meat was procured, crossed the river in our two
canoes lashed together. We now emerged from
the valley of the river, and entered a level, but
very barren, country, varied only by small lakes
and marshes, the ground being covered with
small stones. Many old tracks of rein-deer were
seen in the clayey sou, and some more recent
ones of the musk-ox. We encamped on. the
borders of Wright's River, which flows to the
eastward; the direct distance walked to-day
being ten miles and three-quarters. The next
morning was very fine, and, as the day advanced,
the weather became quite warm. We set out at
six A.M., and, having forded the river, walked
over a perfectly level country, interspersed with
small lakes, which communicated with each other,
by streams running in various directions. No
berry-bearing plants were found in this part, the

-ocr page 257-
253 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
surface of the earth being thinly covered in the
moister places with a few grasses, and on the
drier spots with lichens.

Having walked twelve miles and a half, we en-
camped at seven P.M., and distributed our last
piece of pemmican, and a little arrow-root for
supper, which afforded but a scanty meal. This
evening was warm, but dark clouds overspread
the sky. Our men now began to find their bur-
dens very oppressive, and were much fatigued by
this day's march, but did not complain. One of
them was lame from an inflammation in the knee.
Heavy rain commenced at midnight, and con-
tinued without intermission until five in the morn-
ing, when it was succeeded by snow on the wind
changing to north-west, which soon increased to
a violent gale. As we had nothing to eat, and
were destitute of the means of making a fire, we
remained in our bed s all the day ; but the cover-
ing of our blankets was insufficient to prevent us
from feeling the severity of the frost, and suffer-
ing inconvenience from the drifting of the snow
into our tents. There was no abatement of the
storm next day; our tents were completely frozen,
and the snow had drifted around them to a depth
of three feet, and even in the inside there was a
covering of several inches on our blankets. Our

-ocr page 258-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 253
suffevirig from cold, in a comfortless canvass tent
in such weather, with the temperature at 20°,
and without fire, will easily be imagined; it
was, however, less than that which we feit from
'hunger.

The morning of the 7th cleared up a little, but
the wind was still strong, and the weather ex-
tremely cold. From the unusual continuance of
the storm, we feared the winter had set in with
all its rigour, and that by longer delay we should
only be exposed to an accumulation of difficulties;
we therefore prepared for our journey, although
we were in a very unfit condition for starting,
being weak from fasting, and our garments stif-
fened by the frost. We had no means of making
a fire to thaw them, the moss, at all times diffi-
cult to kindie, being now covered with ice and
snow. A considerable time was consumed in
packing up the frozen tents and bed clothes, the
wind blowihg so strong that no one could keep
his hands long out of his mittens.

Just as we were about to commence our march,
I was seized with a fainting fit, in consequence of
exhaustion and sudden exposure to the wind;
but after eating a morsel of portable soup, I re-
covered, so far as to be able to move on. I was
unwilling at first to take this morsel of' soup,
which was diminishing the small and only re-

-ocr page 259-
254 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
maining meal for the party; but several of the
men urged me to it, with much kindness. The
ground was covered a foot deep with snow, the
margins of the lakes were incrusted with ice, and
the swamps over which we had to pass were en-
tirely frozen; but the ice not being sufficiently
strong to bear us, we frequently plunged knee-
deep in water. Those who carried the canoes
were repeatedly blown down by the violence of
the wind, and they often feil, from making an in-
secure step on a slippery stone ; on one of these
occasions, the largest canoe was so much broken
as to be rendered utterly unserviceable. This
was feit as a serious disaster, as the remaining
canoe having through mistake been made too
small, it was doubtful whether it would be suf-
ficient to carry us across a river. Indeed we had
found it necessary in crossing Hood's River, to
lash the two canoes together. As there was
some suspicion that Benoit, who carried the
canoe, had broken it intentionally, hè having on
a former occasion been overheard by some of
the men to say, that hè would do so when hè got
it in charge, we closely examined him on the
point; hè roundly denied having used the ex-
pressions attributed to him, and insisted that it
was broken by his falling accidentally ; and as
hè brought men to attest the latter fact, who saw

-ocr page 260-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 253
him tumble, we did not press the matter further.
I may here remark that our people had mur-
mured a good deal at having to carry two canoes,
though they were informed of the necessity of
taking both, in case it should be deemed advis-
able to divide the party ; which it had been
thought probable we should be obliged to do, if
animals proved scarce, in order to give the whole
the better chance of procuring subsistence, and
also for the purpose of sending forward some of
the best walkers to search for Indians, and to get
them to meet us with supplies of provision. The
power of doing this was now at an end. As the
accident could not be remedied, we turned it to
the best account, by making a fire of the bark
and timbers of the broken vessel, and cooked the
remainder of our portable soup and arrow-root.
This was a scanty meal after three days' fasting,
but it served to allay the pangs of hunger, and
enabled us to proceed at a quicker pace than be-
fore. The depth of the snow caused us to march
in Indian file, that is in each other's steps; the
voyagers taking it in turn to lead the party. A
distant object was pointed out to this man in the
direction we wished to take, and Mr. Hood fol-
lowed immediately behind him, to renew the
bearings, and keep him from deviating more than
could be helped from the mark. It may be here

-ocr page 261-
258 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
observed, that we proceeded in this manner
throughout our route across the barren grounds.

In the afternoon we got into a more hilly coun-
try, where the ground was strewed with large
stones. The surface of these was covered with
lichens of the genus gyrophora, which the Cana-
dians term tripe de roche. A considerable quan-
tity was gathered, and with half a partridge each,
(which were shot in the course of the day,) fur-
nished us with a slender supper, which we cooked
with a few willows, dug up from beneath the
snow. We passed a comfortless night in our
damp clothes, but took the precaution of sleeping
upon our socks and shoes to prevent them from
freezing. This plan was afterwards adopted
throughout the journey.

At half past five in the morning we proceeded;
and after walking about two miles, came to Cra-
croft's River, flowing to the westward, with a very
rapid current over a rocky channel. We had
much difficulty in crossing this, the canoe being
useless, not only from the bottom of the channel
being obstructed by large stones, but also from
its requiring gumming, an operation which, owing
to the want of wood and the frost, we were unable
to perform. However, after following the course
of the river some way, we effected a passage by
means of a range of large rocks that crossed a

-ocr page 262-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 257
rapid. As the current was strong, and many of
the rocks were covered with water to the depth
of two or three feet, the men were exposed to
much danger in carrying their heavy burthens
across, and several of them actually slipped into
the streara, but were immediately rescued by the
others. Junius went farther up the river in search
of a better crossing-place, and did not rejoin us
to-day. As several of the party were drenched
from head to foot, and we were all wet to the
middle, our clothes became stiff with the frost,
and we walked with much pain for the remainder
of the day. The march was continued to a late
hour, being anxious to rejoin the hunters who
had gone before, but we were obliged to encamp
at the end of ten miles and a quarter, without
seeing them. Our only meal to-day consisted of
a partridge each (which the hunters shot,) mixed
with tripe de roche. This repast, although scanty
for men with appetites such as our daily fatigue
created, proved a cheerful one, and was received
with thankfulness. Most of the men had to sleep
in the open air, in consequence of the absence of
Crédit, who carried their tent; but we fortunately
found an unusual quantity of roots to make a fire,
which prevented their suffering much from the
cold, though the thermometer was at 17°.

We started at six on the 9th, and at the end of
VOL. II. S
-ocr page 263-
S38 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
two miles regained our hunters, who were halting
on the borders of a lake amidst a clump of stunted
willows. This lake stretched to the westward as
far as we could see, and its waters were discharg-
ed by a rapid stream one hundred and fifty yards
w'ide. Being entirely ignorant where we might
be led by pursuing the course of the lake, and
dreading the idea of going a mile unnecessarily
out of the way, we determined on crossing the
river if possible; and the canoe was gummed for
the purpose, the willows furnishing us with fire.
But we had to await the return of Junius before
we could make the traverse. In the mean time
we gathered a little tripe de roche, and breakfast-
ed upon it and a few partridges that were killed
in the morning. St. Germain and Adam were
sent upon some recent tracks of deer. Junius
arrived in the afternoon, and informed us that hè
had seen a large herd of musk-oxen on the banks
of Cracroft's River, and had wounded one of them,
but it had escaped. He brought about four
pöunds of meat, the remains of a deer that had
been devoured by the wolves. The poor fellow
was much fatigued, having walked throughout
the night, but as the weather was particularly
favourable for our crossing the river, we could
not allow him to rest. After hè had taken some
refreshment we proceeded to the river. The

-ocr page 264-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 259
canoe being put into the water was found ex-
tremely ticklish, but it was managed with much
dexterity by St. Germain, Adam, and Peltier,
who ferried over one passenger at a time, causing
him to lie flat in its bottom, by no means a plea-
sant position, owing to its leakiness, but there
was no alternative. The transport of the whole
party was effected by five o'clock, and we walked
about two miles further, and encamped, having
come five miles and three quarters on a south-
west course. Two young alpine hares were shot
by St. Germain, which, with the small piece of
meat brought in by Junius, furnished the supper
of the whole party. There was no tripe de roche
here. The country had now become decidedly
hilly, and was covered with snow. The lake pre-
served its western direction, as far as I could see
from the summit of the highest mouritain near
the encampment. We subsequently learned from
the Copper Indians, that the part at which we had
crossed the river was the Congecatha-wha-chaga
of Hearne, of which I had little idea at the time,
not only from the difference of latitude, but also
from its being so much further east of the mouth
of the Copper-Mine River, than his track is laid
down; hè only making one degree and three
quarters' difference oflongitude, and we, upwards
of four. Had I been aware of the fact, several
days' harassing maren, and a disastrous accident

s 2
-ocr page 265-
260 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
would have been prevented by keeping on the
western side of the lake, instead of crossing the
river. We were informed also, that this river
is the Anatessy or River of Strangers, and is
supposed to fall into Bathurst's Inlet; but although
the Indians have visited its mouth, their descrip-
tion was not sufficient to identify it with any of
the rivers whose mouths we had seen. It proba-
bly falls in that part of the coast which was hid
from our view by Goulburn's or Elliott's Islands.
September 10.—We had a cold north wind, and
the atmosphere was foggy. The thermometer
18° at five A.M. In the course of our march
this morning, we passed many small lakes ; and
the ground, becoming higher and more hilly as
we receded from the river, was covered to a
much greater depth with snow. This rendered
walking not only extremely laborious, but also
hazardous in the highest degree ; for the sides
of the hills, as is usual throughout the barren
grounds, abounding in accumulations of large
angular stones, it often happened that the men
feil into the interstices with their loads on their
backs, being deceived by the smooth appearance
of the drifted snow. If any one had broken a
limb here, his fate would have been melancholy
indeed; we could neither have remained with
him, nor carried him on. We halted at ten to
gather tripe de roche, but it was so frozen, that we
-ocr page 266-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 261
were quite benumbed with cold before a suffi-
ciency could be collected even for a scanty meal.
On proceeding our men were somewhat cheered,
by observing on the sandy summit of a hill, from
whence the snow had been blown, the summer
track of a man ; and afterwards by seeing several
deer tracks on the snow. About noon the wea-
ther cleared up a little, and, to our great joy, we
saw a herd of musk-oxen grazing in a valley
below us. The party instantly halted, and the
best hunters were sent out; they approached the
animals with the utmost caution, no less than two
hours being consumed before they got witlün
gun-shot. In the mean time we beheld their
proceedings with extreme anxiety, and many
secret prayers were, doubtless, offered up for
their success. At length they opened their fire,
and we had the satisfaction of seeing one of the
largest cows fall; another was wounded, but
escaped. This success infused spirit into our
star ving party. To skin and cut up the animal
was the work of a few minutes. The contents of
its stomach were devoured upon the spot, and the
raw intestines, which were next attacked, were
pronounced by the most delicate amongst us to
be excellent. A few wiïlows, whose tops were
seen peeping through the snow in the bottom
of the valley, were quickly grubbed, the tents
pitched, and supper cooked, and devoured with

-ocr page 267-
232 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
avidity. This was the sixth day since we had
had a good meal. The tripe de roche, even where
we got enough, only serving to allay the pangs
of hunger for a short time. After supper, two
of the hunters went in pursuit of the herd, but
could not get near them. I do not think that we
witnessed through the course of our journey a
more striking proof of the wise dispensation of
the Almighty, and of the weakness of our own
judgment than on this day. We had considered
the dense fog which prevailed throughout the
morning, as almost the greatest inconvenience
that could have befallen us, as it rendered the air
extremely cold, and prevented us from distin-
guishing any distant object towards which our
course could be directed. Yet this very dark-
ness enabled the party to get to the top of the
hill which bounded the valley wherein the musk-
oxen were grazing, without being perceived. Had
the herd discovered us, and taken alarm, our hun-
ters in their present state of debility would in all
probability have failed in getting near to them.

We were detained all the next day by a strong
southerly wind, and were much incommoded in
the tents by the drift snow. The temperature
was 20°. The average for the last ten days
about 24°. We restricted ourselves to one
meal to-day, as we were at rest, and there was
only meat remaining sufficient for the next day.

-ocr page 268-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 263
The gale had not diminished on the 12th, and,
as we were fearful of its continuance for some
time, we determined on going forward ; our only
doubt regarded the preservation of the canoe,
but the men promised to pay particular attention
to it, and the most careful persons were appointed
to take it in charge. The snow was two feet
deep, and the ground much broken, which ren-
dered the march extremely painful. The whole
party complained more of faintness and weakness
than they had ever done before; their strength
seemed to have been impaired by the recent
supply of animal food. In the afternoon the wind
abated, and the snow ceased ; cheered with the
change, we proceeded forward at a quicker pace,
and encamped at six P.M., having come eleven
miles. Our supper consumed the last of our meat.

We set out on the 13th, in thick hazy weather,
and, after an hour's march, had the extreme mor-
tification to find ourselves on the borders of a
large lake, which we subsequently learned from
the Indians was named Contwoy-to, or Rum
Lake ; neither of its extremities could be seen,
and as the portion which lay to the east seemed
the widest, we coasted along to the westward
portion in search of a crossing-place. This lake
being bounded by steep and lofty hills, our march
was very fatiguing. Those sides which were
exposed to the sun, were free from snow, and we

-ocr page 269-
264 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
found upon them some excellent berries. We
encamped at six P.M., having come only six
miles and a half. Crédit was then missing,
and hè did not return during the night. We
supped off a single partridge and some tripe de
roche;
this unpalatable weed was now quite
nauseous to the whole party, and in several it
produced bowel complaints. Mr. Hood was the
greatest sufferer from this cause. This evening
we were extremely distressed, at discovering
that our improvident companions, since we left
Hood's River, had thrown away three of the
fishing-nets, and burnt the floats ; they knew we
had brought them to procure subsistence for the
party, when the animals should fail, and we could
scarcely believe the fact of their having wilfully
deprived themselves of this resource, especially
when we considered that most of them had passed
the greater part of their servitude in situations
where the nets alone had supplied them with food.
Being thus deprived of our principal resource,
that of fishing, and the men evidently getting
weaker every day, it became necessary to lighten
their burthens of every thing except ammunition,
clothing, and the instruments that were required
to find our way. I, therefore, issued directions to
deposit at this encampment the dipping needie,
azimuth compass, magnet, a large thermometer,
and a few books we had carried, having torn out

-ocr page 270-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 265
of these, such parts as we should require to work
the observations for latitude and longitude. I
also promised, as an excitement to the efforts in
hunting, my gun to St. Germain, and an ample
compensation to Adam, or any of the other men
who should kill any animals. Mr. Hood, on this
occasion, lent his gun to Michel, the Iroquois, who
was very eager in the chase, and often successful.
September 14.—This morning the officers being
assembled round a small fire, Perrault presented
each of us with a small piece of meat which hè
had saved from his allowance. It was received
with great thankfulness, and such an act of self-
denial and kindness, being totally unexpected in
a Canadian voyager, filled our eyes with tears.
In directing our course to a river issuing from
the lake, we met Crédit, who communicated the
joyful intelligence of his having killed two deer
in the morning. We instantly halted, and having
shared the deer that was nearest to u s, prepared
breakfast. After which, the other deer was sent
for, and we went down to the river, which was
about three hundred yards wide, and flowed with
great velocity through a broken rocky channel.
Having searched for a part where the current
was most smooth, the canoe was placed in the
water at the head of a rapid, and St. Germain,
Solomon Belanger, and I, embarked in order to
cross. We went from the shore very well, butïn

-ocr page 271-
865 JOURNEV TO THE SHORES
mid-channel the canoe became difficult to manage
under our burden as the breeze was fresh. The
current drove us to the edge of the rapid, when
Belanger unfortunately applied his paddie to
avert the apparent danger of being forced down
it, and lost his balance. The canoe was overset
in consequence in the middle of the rapid. We
fortunately kept hold of it, until we touched a
rock where the water did not reach higher than
our waists ; here we kept our footing, notwith
standing the strength of the current, until the
water was emptied out of the canoe. Belanger
then held the canoe steady whilst St. Germain
placed me in it, and afterwards embarked him-
self in a very dexterous manner. It. was impos-
sible, however, to embark Belanger, as the canoe
would have been hurried down the rapid, the
moment hè should have raised his foot from the
rock on which hè stood. We were, therefore,
compelled to leave him in his perilous situation.
We had not gone twenty yards before the canoe,
striking on a sunken rock, went down. The place
being shallow, we were again enabled to empty
it, and the third attempt brought us to the shore.
In the mean time Belanger was suffering ex-
tremely, immersed to his middle in the centre of
a rapid, the temperature of which was very little
above the freezing point, and the upper part of
his body covered with wet clothes, exposed in a

-ocr page 272-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 207
temperature not much above zero, to a strong
breeze. He called piteously for relief, and St.
Germain on nis return endeavoured to embark
him, but in vain. The canoe was hurried down
the rapid, and when hè landed hè was rendered
by the cold incapable of further exertion, and
Adam attempted to embark Belanger, but found
it impossible. An attempt was next made to
carry out to him a line, made of the slings of the
men's loads. This also failed, the current acting
so strongly upon it, as to prevent the canoe from
steering, and it was finally broken and carried
down the stream. At length, when Belanger's
strength seemed almost exhausted, the canoe
reached him with a small cord belonging to one
of the nets, and hè was dragged perfectly sense-
less through the rapid. By the direction of Dr.
Richardson, hè was instantly stripped, and being
rolled up in blankets, two men undressed them-
selves and went to bed with him; but it was some
hours before hè recovered his warmth and sensa-
tions. As soon as Belanger was placed in his
bed, the officers immediately sent over my
blankets, and a person to make a fire. Augustus
brought the canoe over, and in returning hè was
obliged to descend both the rapids, before hè
could get across the stream; which hazardous
service hè performed with the greatest coolness
and judgment. It is impossible to describe my

-ocr page 273-
268 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
sensations as I witnessed the various unsuccess-
ful attempts to relieve Belanger. The distance
prevented my seeing distinctly what was going
on, and I continued pacing up and down upon
the rock on which I landed, regardless of the
coldness of my drenched and stiffening garments.
The canoe, in every attempt to reach him, was
hurried down the rapid, and was lost to the view
amongst the rocky islets, with a rapidity that
seemed to threaten certain destruction; once,
indeed, I fancied that I saw it overwhelmed in
the waves. Such an event would have been
fatal to the whole party. Separated as I was
from my companions, without gun, ammunition,
hatchet, or the means of making a fire, and in
wet clothes, my doom would have been speedily
sealed. My companions too, driven to the neces-
sity of coasting the lake, must have sunk under
the fatigue of rounding its innumerable arms and
bays, which, as we have learned from the Indians,
are very extensive. By the goodness of Provi-
dence, however, we were spared at that time,
and some of us have been permitted to offer up
our thanksgivings, in a civilized land, for the
signal deliverances we then and afterwards
experienced.

By this accident I had the misfortune to lose
my port-folio, containing my Journal from Fort
Enterprise, together with all the astronomical and

-ocr page 274-
OP THE POLAR S E A. 289
meteorological observations made during the de-
scent of the Copper-Mine River, and along the
sea-coast, (except those for the dip and varia-
tion.) I was in the habit of carrying it strapped
across my shoulders, but had taken it off on en-
tering the canoe, to reduce the upper weight.
The results of most of the observations for lati-
tude and longitude, had been registered in the
sketch books, so that we preservedthe requisites
for the construction of the chart. The meteoro-
logical observations, not having been copied,
were lost. My companions, Dr. Richardson, Mr.
Back, and Mr. Hood, had been so careful in
noting every occurrence in their journals, that the
loss of mine could fortunately be well supplied.
These friends immediately offeredme their docu-
ments, and every assistance in drawing up another
.narrative, of which kindness I availed myself at
the earliest opportunity afterwards.

September 15.—The rest of the party were
brought across this morning, and we were de-
lighted to find Belanger so much recovered as to
be able to proceed, but we could not set out until
noon, as the men had to préparé substitutes for
the slings which were lost yesterday. Soon after
leaving the encampment we discerned a herd of
deer, and after a long chase a fine male was
killed by Perrault, several others were wounded
but they escaped. After this we passed round

-ocr page 275-
270 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
the north end of a branch of the lake, and ascend-
ed the Willingham Mountains, keeping near the
border of the lake. These hills were steep,
craggy, and 'covered with snow. We encamped
at seven and enjoyed a substantial meal. The
party were in good spirits this evening at the re-
collection of having crossed the rapid, and being
in possession of provision for the next day. Be-
sides we had taken the precaution of bringing
away the skin of the deer to eat when the
meat should fail. The temperature at six P.M.
was 30°.

We started at seven next morning and marched
until ten, when the appearance of a few willows
peeping through the snow induced u s to halt
and breakfast. Re-commencing the journey at
noon, we passed over a more rugged country,
where the hills were separated by deep ravines,
whose steep sides were equally difficult to de-
scend and to ascend, and the toil and sufFering
we experienced were greatly increased.

The party was quitefatigued,when we encamp-
ed, having come ten miles and three quarters.
We observed many summer deer roads, and some
recent tracks. Some marks that had been put
up by the Indians were also noticed. We have
since learned that this is a regular deer pass,
and on that account, annually frequented by the
Copper Indians. The lake is called by them

-ocr page 276-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 271
Contwoy-to, or Rum Lake; in consequence of
Mr. Hearne having here given the Indians who
accompanied him some of that liquor. They do
not get fish here.

We walked next day over a more level coun-
try, but it was strewed with large stones. These
galled our feet a good deal; we contrived, how-
ever, to wade through the snow at a tolerably
quick pace until five P.M., having made twelve
miles and a half. We had made to-day our pro-
per course, south by east, which we could not
venture upon doing before, for fear of falling
again upon some branch of the Contwoy-to.
Some deer were seen in the morning, but the
hunters failed of killing any, and in the after-
noon we feil into the track of a large herd, which
had passed the day before, but did not overtake
them. In consequence of this want of success
we had no breakfast, and but a scanty supper ;
but we allayed the pangs of hunger, by eating
pieces of singed hide. A little tripe de roche* was
also obtained. These would have satisfied us in
ordinary times, but we were now almost exhaust-
ed by slender fare and travel, and our appetites
had become ravenous. We looked, however,
with humble confidence to the great Author and
Giver of all good, for a continuance of the sup-

* The different kinds of gyrophora, are termed indiscriminately
by the voyagers, tripe de roche.

-ocr page 277-
878 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
port which had hitherto been always supplied to
us at our greatest need. The thermometer varied
to-day between 25° and 28°. The wind blew
fresh from the south.

On the I8th the atmosphere was hazy, butthe
day was more pleasant for walking than usual.
The country was level and gravelly, and the
snow very deep. We went for a short time
along a deeply-beaten road made by the rein-
deer, which turned suddenly off to the south-west,
which was a direction so wide of our course that
we could not venture upon following it. All the
small lakes were frozen, and we marched across
those which lay in our track. We supped off the
tripe de roche which had been gathered during
our halts in the course of the march. Thermo-
meter at six P.M. 32°.

Showers of' snow feil without intermission
through the night, but they ceased in the morn-
ing, and we set out at the usual hour. The men
were very faint from hunger, and marched with
difficulty, having to oppose a fresh breeze, and to
wade through the snow two feet deep. We
gained, however, ten miles by four o'clock, and
then encamped. The canoe was unfortunately
broken by the fall of the person who had it in
charge. No tripe de roche was seen to-day, but
in clearing the snow to pitch the tents we Jbund
a quantity of Iceland moss, which was boiled for

-ocr page 278-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 273
supper. This weed, not having been soaked,
proved so bitter, that few of the party could eat
more than a few spoonfuls of it.

Our blankets did not suffice this evening to
keep us in tolerable warmth; the slightest breeze
seeming to pierce through our debilitated frames.
The reader will, probably, be desirous to know
how we passed our time in such a comfortless
situation: the first operation after encamping
was to thaw our frozen shoes, if a sufficient fire
could be made, and dry ones were put on ; each
person then wrote his iiotes of the daily occur-
rences, and evening prayers were read ; as soon
as supper was prepared it was eaten, generally in
the dark, and we went to bed, and kept up a
cheerful conversation until our blankets were
thawed by the heat of our bodies, and we had
gathered sufficient warmth to enable us to fall
asleep. On many nights we had not even
the luxury of going to bed in dry clothes, for
when the fire was insufficient to dry our shoes,
we durst not venture to pull them off, lest they
should freeze so hard as to be unfit to put on
in the morning, and, therefore, inconvenient to
carry.

On the 20th we got into a hilly country, and
the marching became much more laborious, even

VOL. II. T
-ocr page 279-
274 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
the stoutest experienced great difficulty in climb-
ing the craggy eminences. Mr. Hood was par-
ticularly weak, and was obliged to relinquish his
station of second in the line, which Dr. Richard-
son now took, to direct the leading man in keep-
ing the appointed course. I was also unable to
keep pace with the men, who put forth their
utmost speed, encouraged by the hope, which
our reckoning had led us to form, of seeing Point
Lake in the evening, but we were obliged to
encamp without gaining a view of it. We had
not seen either deer or their tracks through the
day, and this circumstance, joined to the dis-
appointment of not discovering the lake, rendered
our voyagers very desponding, and the meagre
supper of tripe de roche was little calculated to
elevate their spirits. They now threatened to
throw away their bundies, and quit us, which
rash act they would probably have done, if they
had known what track to pursue.

September 21.—We set out at seven this morn-
ing in dark foggy weather, and changed our course
two points to the westward. The party were
very feeble, and the men much dispirited; we
made slow progress, having to march over a hilly
and very rugged country.

Just before noon the sun beamed through the
-ocr page 280-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 275
haze for the first time for six days, and we ob-
tained an observation in latitude 65° 7' 06" N.,
which was six miles to the southward of that part
of Point Lake to which our cour se was directed.
By this observation we discovered that we had
kept to the eastward of the proper course, which
may be attributed partly to the difficulty of pre-
serving a straight line through an unknown coun-
try, unassisted by celestial observations, and in
such thick weather, that our view was often limited
to a few hundred yards; but chiefly to our total
ignorance of the amount of the variation of the
compass.

We altered the course immediately to west-
south-west, and fired guns to apprize the hunters
who were out of our view, and ignorant of our
having done so. After walking about two miles
we put up to collect the stragglers. Two par-
tridges were killed, and these with some tripe de
roche,
furnished our supper. Notwithstanding a
full explanation was given to the men of the rea-
sons for altering the course, and they were as-
sured that the observation had enabled us to dis-
cover our exact distance from Fort Enterprise,
they could not divest themselves of the idea of
our having lost our way, and a gloom was spread
over every countenance. At this encampment
Dr. Richardson was obliged to deposit his speci-

T 2
-ocr page 281-
276 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
mens of plants and minerals, collected on the sea-
coast, being unable to carry them any farther.
The way made to-day was five miles and a
quarter.

September 22.—After walking about two miles
this morning, we came upon the borders of a
large lake, whose extremities could not be dis-
cecned in consequence of the density of the atmo-
sphere;. but as its shores seemed to approach
nearer to each other to the southward than to the
northward, we determined on tracing it in that
direction. We were grieved at finding the lake
expand very much beyond the contracted part
we had first seen, and incline to the eastward
of south. As it was considered more than pro-
bable, from the direction and size of the body
of water we were now tracing, that it was a
branch of Point Lake; and as, in any case, we
knew that by passing round its south end, we
must shortly come to the Copper-Mine River,
our course was continued in that direction. The
appearance of some dwarf pines and willows,
larger than usual, induced us to suppose the
river was near. We encamped early, having
come eight miles. Our supper consisted of tripe
de roche
and half a partridge each.

Our progress next day was extremely slow,
from the difficulty of managing the canoe in pass-

-ocr page 282-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 277
ing over the huls, as the breeze was fresh. Pel-
tier who had it in charge, having received several
severe falls, became impatient, and insisted on
leaving his burden, as it had already been much
injured by the accidents of this day ; and no ar-
guments we could use were sufficient to prevail on
him to continue carrying it. Vaillant was, there-
fore, directed to take it, and we proceeded for-
ward. Having found that hè got on very well, and
was walking even faster than Mr. Hood could, in
his present debilitated state, I pushed forward to
stop the rest of the party, who had got out of our
sight during the delay which the discussion about
the canoe had occasioned. I accidentally passed
the body of the men, and followed the tracks of
two persons who had separated from the rest,
until two P.M., when not seeing any person, I
retraced my steps, and on my way met Dr.
Richardson, who had also missed the party whilst
hè was employed gathering tripe de roche, and
we went back together in search of them. We
found they hadhalted among some willows, where
they had picked up some pieces of skin, and a
few bones of deer that had been devoured by the
wolves last spring. They had rendered the
bones friable by burning, and eaten them, as well
as the skin; and several of them had added their
old shoes to the repast. Peltier and Vaillant

-ocr page 283-
278 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
were with them,having left the canoe, which, they
said, was so completely broken by another fall,
as to be rendered incapable of repair, and en-
tirely useless. The anguish this intelligence
occasioned may be conceived, but it is beyond
my power to describe it. Impressed, however,
with the necessity of taking it forward, even in
the state these men represented it to be, we
urgently desired them to fetch it; but they de-
clined going, and the strength of the officers was
inadequate to the task. To their infatuated ob-
stinacy on this occasion, a great portion of the
melancholy circumstances which attended our
subsequent progress may, perhaps, be attributed.
The men now seemed to have lost all hope of
being preserved ; and all the arguments we could
use failed in stimulating them to the least exer-
tion. After consuming the remains of the bones
and horns of the deer we resumed our march, and
in the evening, reached a contracted part of the
lake, which perceiving to be shallow, we forded,
and encamped on the opposite side. Heavy rain
began soon afterwards, and continued all the
night. On the following morning the rain had
so wasted the snow, that the tracks of Mr. Back
and his companions, who had gone befcre with
the hunters, were traced with difficulty ; and the
frequent' showers during the day alraost obliter-

-ocr page 284-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 279
ated them. The men became furious at the ap-
prehension of being deserted by the hunters, and
some of the strongest throwing down their bundies,
prepared to set out after them, intending to leave
the more weak to follow as they could. The en-
treaties and threats of the officers, however, pre-
vented their executing this mad scheme ; but not
before Solomon Belanger was despatched with
orders for Mr. Back to halt until we should join
him. Soon afterwards a thick fog came on, but
we continued our march and overtook Mr. Back,
who had been detained in consequence of his com-
panions having folio wed some recent tracks of
deer. After halting an hour, during which we
refreshed ourselves with eating our old shoes,
and a few scraps of leather, we set forward in the
hope of ascertaining whether an adjoining piece
of water was the Copper-Mine River or not, but
v/ere soon compelled to return and encamp, for
fear of a separation of the party, as we could not
see each other at ten yards' distance. The fog
diminishing towards the evening, Augustus was
sent to examine the water, but having lost his
way hè did not reach the tents before midnight,
when hè brought the information of its being a
lake. We supped upon trip'e de roche, and en-
joyed a comfortable fire, having found some pines,

-ocr page 285-
280 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
seven or eight feet high, in a valley near the en-
campment.

The bounty of Providence was most seasonably
manifested to us next morning, in our killing
five small deer out of a herd, which came in
sight as we were on the point of starting. This
unexpected supply re-animated the drooping
spirits of our men, and filled every heart with
gratitude.

The voyagers instantly petitioned for a day's
rest which we were most reluctant to grant,
being aware of the importance of every moment
at this critical period of our journey. But they so
earnestly and strongly pleaded their recent suf-
ferings, and their conviction, that the quiet enjoy-
ment of two substantial meals, after eight days'
famine, would enable them to proceed next day
more vigorously, that we could not resist their
entreaties. The flesh, the skins, and even the
contents of the stomachs of the deer were equally
distributed among the party by Mr. Hood, who
had volunteered, on the departureofMr.Wentzel,
to perform the duty of issuing the provision. This
invidious task hè had all along performed with
great impartiality, but seldom without producing
some grumbling amongst the Canadians ; and,
on the present occasion, the hunters were dis-

-ocr page 286-
OF THE POLA.R SEA. 281
pleased that the heads, and some other parts,
had not been added to their portions. It is pro-
per to remark, that Mr. Hood always took the
smallest portion for his own mess, but this
weighed little with these men, as long as their
own appetites remained unsatisfied. We all suf-
fered much inconvenience from eating animal
food after our long abstinence, but particularly
those men who indulged themselves beyond mo-
deration. The Canadians, with their usual
thoughtlessness, had consumed above a third of
their portions of meat that evening.

We set out early on the 26th, and, after walk-
ing about three miles along the lake, came to the
river, which we at once recognised, from its size,
to be the Copper-Mine. It flowed to the north-
ward, and after winding about five miles, termi-
nated in Point Lake. lts current was swift, and
there were two rapids in this part of its course,
which in a canoe we could have crossed with ease
and safety. These rapids, as well as every other
part of the river, were carefully examined in
search of a ford; but finding none, the expedients
occurred, of attempting to cross on a raft made of
the willows which were growing there, or in a
vessel framed with willows, and covered with
the canvass of the tents ; but both these schemes
were abandoned, through the obstinacy of the

-ocr page 287-
282 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
interpreters and the most experienced voyagers,
who declared that they would prove inadequate
to the conveyance of the party, and that much
time would be lost in the attempt. The men, in
fact, did not believe that this was the Copper-
Mine River, and so little confidence had they in
our reckoning, and so much had they bewildered
themselves on the march, that some of them as-
serted it was Hood's River, and others that it
was the Bethe-tessy, (a river which rises from a
lake to the northward of Rum Lake, and holds a
course to the sea parallel to that of the Copper-
Mine.) In short, their despondency had return-
ed, and they all despaired of seeing Fort Enter-
prise again. However, the steady assurances of
the ofneers,that we were actually on the banks of
the Copper-Mine River, and that the distance to
Fort Enterprise did not exceed forty miles, made
some impression upon them, which was increased
upon our finding some bear-berry plants (arbutus
uva wsi),
which is reported by the Indians not to
grow to the eastward of that river. Then they
deplored their folly and impatience in breaking
the canoe, being all of opinion, that had it not
been so completely demolished on the 23d, it
might have been repaired sufficiently to take the
party over. We again closely interrogated Peltier
and Vaillant as to its state, with the intention of

-ocr page 288-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 283
sending for it; but they persisted in the declara-
tion, that it v/as in a totally unserviceable condi-
tion. St. Germain being again called upon, to
endeavour to construct a canoe frame with willows,
stated that hè was unable to make one sufficiently
large. It became necessary, therefore, to search
for pines of sufficient si ze to form a raft; and
being aware that such trees grow on the borders
of Point Lake, we considered it best to tracé its
shores in search of thetn ; we, therefore, resumed
our march, carefully looking, but in vain, for a
fordable part, and encamped at the east end of
Point Lake.

As there was little danger of our losing the
path of our hunters whilst we coasted the shores
of this lake, I determined on again sending Mr.
Back forward, with the interpreters to hunt. I
had in view, in this arrangement, the further
object of enabling Mr. Back to get across the
lake with two of these men, to convey the earliest
possible account of our situation to the Indians,
Accordingly I instructed him to halt at the first
pines hè should come to, and then préparé a raft;
and if his hunters had killed animals, so that the
party could be supported whilst we were making
our raft, hè was to cross immediately with St.
Germain and Beauparlant, and send the Indians

-ocr page 289-
284 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
to us as quickly as possible with supplies of
meat.

We had this evening the pain of discovering
that two of our men had stolen part of the officers'
provision, which had been allotted to us with
strict impartiality. This conduct was the more
reprehensible, as it was plain that we were suf-
fering, even in a greater degree than themselves,
from the efFects of farnine, owing to our being of
a less robust habit, and less accustomed to priva-
tions. We had no means of punishing this crime,
but by the threat that they should forfeit their
wages, which had now ceased to operate.

Mr. Back and his companions set out at six in
the morning, and we started at seven. As the
snow had entirely disappeared, and there were
no means of distinguishing the footsteps of strag-
glers, I gave strict orders, previously to our set-
ting out, for all the party to keep together: and
especially I desired the two Esquimaux not to
leave us, they having often strayed in search of
the remains of animals. Our people, however,
through despondency, had become careless and
disobedient, and had ceased to dread punish-
ment, or hope for reward. Much time was lost
in halting and uring guns to collect them, but the
labour of walking was so much lightened by the

-ocr page 290-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 3S5
disappearance of the snow, that we advanced
seven or eight miles along the lake before noon,
exclusive of the loss of distance in rounding its
numerous bays. At length we came to an arm,
running away to the north-east, and apparently
connected with the lake which we had coasted on
the 22d, 23d, and 24th, of the month.

The idea of again rounding such an extensive
piece of water and of travelling over so barren a
country was dreadful, and we feared that other
arms, equally large, might obstruct our path, and
that the strength of the party would entirely fail,
long before we could reach the only part where
we were certain of finding wood, distant in a
direct line twenty-five miles. While we halted
to consider of this subject, and to collect the
party, the carcass of a deer was discovered in
the cleft of a rock into which it had fallen in the
spring. It was putrid, but little less acceptable
to us on that account, in our present circum-
stances ; and a fire being kindled, a large portion
of it was devoured on the spot, affording us an
unexpected breakfast, for in order to husband our
small remaining portion of meat, we had agreed
to make only one scanty meal a day. The men,
cheered by this unlooked-for supply, became san-
guine in the hope of being able to cross the
stream on a raft of willows, although they had

-ocr page 291-
28Q JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
before declared such a project impracticable, and
they unanimously entreated us to return back to
the rapid, a request which accorded with our own
opinion, and was therefore acceded to. Crédit
and Junius, however, were missing, and it was
also necessary to send notice of our intention to
Mr. Back and his party. Augustus being pro-
mised a reward, undertook the task, and we
agreed to wait for him at the rapid. It was sup-
posed hè could not fail meeting with the two
stragglers on his way to or from Mr. Back, as it
was likely they would keep on the borders of the
lake. He accordingly set out after Mr. Back,
whilst we returned about a mile towards the
rapid, and encatnped in a deep valley amongst
some large willows. We supped on the remains
of the putrid deer, and the men having gone to
the spot where it was found, scraped together
the contents of its intestines which were scattered
on the rock, and added them to their meal. We
also enjoyed the luxury to-day of eating a large
quantity of excellent blue-berries and cran-ber-
ries (vaccinium uliginosum and v. vitis idcea) which
were laid bare by the melting of the snow, but
nothing could allay our inordinate appetites.

In the night we heard the report of Crédit's
gun in answer to our signal muskets, and hè re-
joined us in the morning, but we got no intelli-

-ocr page 292-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 287
gence of Junius. We set out about an hour after
daybreak, and encamped at two P.M. between
the rapids, where the river was about one hun-
dred and thirty yards wide, being its narrowest
part.

Eight deer were seen by Michel and Crédit,
who loitered behind the rest of the party, but
they could not approach them. A great many
shots were fired by those in the rear at partridges,
but they missed, or at least did not choose to add
what they killed to the common stock. We sub-
sequently learned that the hunters often secreted
the partridges they shot, and ate them unknown
to the officers. Some tripe de roche was collected,
which we boiled for supper, with the moiety of
the remainder of our deer's meat. The men com-
menced cutting the willows for the construction of
the raft. As an excitement to exertion, I pro-
mised a reward of three hundred livres to the
first person who should convey a line across the
river, by which the raft could be managed in
transporting the party.

September 29.—Strong south-east winds with
fog in the morning, more moderate in the even-
ing. Temperature of the rapid 38°. The men
began at an early hour to bind the willows in
fagots for the construction of the raft, and it was
finished by seven; but as the willows were green,

-ocr page 293-
283 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
it proved to be very little buoyant, and was un-
able to support more than one man at a time.
Even on this, however, we hoped the whole party
might be transported, by hauling it from one side
to the other, provided a line could be carried to
the other bank. Several attempts were made by
Belanger and Benoit, the strongest men of the
party, to convey the raft across the stream, but
they failed for want of oars. A pole constructed
by tying the tent poles together, was too short to
reach the bottom at a short distance from the
shore ; and a paddie which had been carried from
the sea-coast by Dr. Richardson, did not possess
sufficient power to move the raft in opposition to
a strong breeze, which blew from the opposite
shore. All the men suffered extremely from the
coldness of the water, in which they were rieces-
sarily immersed up to the waists, in their endea-
vours to aid Belanger and Benoit; and having
witnessed repeated failures, they began to con-
sider the scheme as hopeless. At this time Dr.
Richardson, prompted by a desire of relieving
his sufferingcompanions,proposedto swim across
the stream with a line, and to haul the raft over.
He launched into the stream with the line round
his middle, but when hè had got a short distance
from the bank, his arms became benumbed with
cold, and hè lost the power of moving them ; still

-ocr page 294-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 389
hè persevered, and, turning on his back, had
nearly gained the opposite bank, when his legs
also became powerless, and to our infinite alarm
we beheld him sink. We iastantly hauled upon
the line and hè came again on the surface, and
was gradually drawn ashore in an almost lifeless
state. Being rolled up in blankets, hè was placed
before a good fire of willows, and fortunately was
just able to speak sufficiently to give some slight
directions respecting the manner of treating him.
He recovered strength gradually, and by the bless-
ing of God was enabled in the cour se of a few
hours to converse, and by the evening was suf-
ficiently recovered to remove into the tent. We
then regretted to learn, that. the skin of his whole
left side was deprived of feeling, in consequence
of exposure to too great heat. He did not per-
fectly recover the sensation of that side until the
following summer. I cannot describe what every
one feit at beholding the skeleton which the
Doctor's debilitated frame exhibited. When hè
stripped, the Canadians simultaneously exclaim-
ed, "Ah! que nous sommes maigres !" I shall
best explain his state and that of the party, by
the following extract from his journal: " It may
be worthy of remark that I would have had little
hesitation in any former period of my life, of
plunging into water even below 38° Fahrenheit;

V01. H. U
-ocr page 295-
290 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
but at this time I was reduced almost to skin and
bone, and, like the rest of the party, suffered from
degrees of cold that would have been disregarded
whilst in health and vigour. During the whole
of our march we experienced that no quantity of
clothing could keep us warm whilst we fasted,
but on those occasions on which we were enabled
to go to bed with full stomachs, we passed the
night in a warm and comfortable marnier."

In following the detail of our friend's narrow
escape, I have omitted to mention, that when hè
was about to step into the water, hè put his foot
on a dagger, which cut him to the bone ; but this
misfortune could not stop him from attempting
the execution of his generous undertaking.

In the evening Augustus came in. He had
walked a day and a half beyond the place from
whence we turned back, but had neither seen
Junius nor Mr. Back. Of the former hè had seen
no traces, but hè had followed the tracks of Mr.
Back's party for a considerable distance, until
the hardness of the ground rendered them imper-
ceptible. Junius was well equipped with am-
munition, blankets, knives, a kettle, and other
necessaries ; and it was the opinion of Augustus,
that when hè found hè could not rejoin the party,
hè would endeavour to gain the woods on the
west end of Point Lake, and follöw the river until

-ocr page 296-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 291
hè feil in with the Esquimaux, who frequent its
mouth. The Indians, too, with whom we have
since conversed upon this subject, are confident
that hè would be able to subsist himself during
the winter. Crédit, on his hunting excursion
to-day, found a cap, which our people recognised
to belong to one of the hunters who had left us in
the spring. This eircumstance produced the con-
viction of our being on the banks of the Copper-
Mine River, which all the assertions of the officers
had hilherto failed to do with some of the party;
and it had the happy effect of reviving their
spirits considerably. We consumed the last of
our deer's meat this evening at supper.

Next morning the men went out in search of
dry willows, and collected eight large fagots, with
which they formed a more buoyant raft than the
former, but the wind being still ad ver se and
strong, they delayed attempting to cross until a
more favourable opportunity. Pleased, however,
with the appearance of this raft, they collected
some tripe de roche, and made a cheerful supper.
Dr. Richardson was gaining strength, but his leg
was much swelled and very painful. An obser-
vation for latitude placed the encampment in 65°
00' 00" N., the longitude being 112° 20' 00" W.,
deduced from the last observation.

On the morning of the l st of Oétober, the wind
U2
-ocr page 297-
293 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
was strong, and the weather as unfavourable as
before for crossing on the raft. We were rejoiced
to see Mr. Back and his party in the afternoon.
They had traced the lake about fifteen miles
farther than we did, and found it undoubtedly
connected, as we had supposed, with the lake
we feil upon on the 22nd of September; and
dreading, as we had done, the idea of coasting its
barren shores, they returned to make an attempt
at crossing here. St. Germain now proposed to
make a canoe of the fragments of painted can-
vass in which we wrapped up our bedding.
This scheme appearing practicable, a party
was sent to our encampment of the 24th and
25th last, to collect pitch amongst the small
pines that grew there, to pay over the seams of
the canoe.

In the afternoon we had a heavy fall of snow,
which continued all the night. A small quantity
of tripe de rocke was gathered ; and Crédit, who
had beenhunting, broughtinthe antlers and back
bone of a deer which had been killed in the
.summer. The wolves and birds of prey had
picked them clean, but there still remained a
quantity of the spinal marrow which they had not
been able to extract. This, although putrid, was
esteemed a valuable prize, and the spine being
divided into portions, Avas distributed equally.

-ocr page 298-
OF THE POLAR SEA. ' 293
After eating the marrow, which was so acrid as
to exeoriate the lips, we rendered the bones fri-
able by burning, and ate them also.

On the following morning the ground was co-
vered with snow to the depth of a foot and a half,
and the weather was very stormy. These circum-
stances rendered the men again extremely de-
spondent; a settled gloom hung over their coun-
tenances, and they refused to piek tripe deroche,
choosing rather to go entirely without eating, than
to make any exertion. The party which went
for gum returned early in the morning without
having found any; but St. Germain said hè could
still make the canoe with the willows, covered
with the canvass, and removed with Adam to a
clump of willows for that purpose. Mr. Back
accompanied them to stimulate bis exertion, as
we feared the lowness of his spirits would cause
him to be slow-in his operations. Augustus went
to fish at the rapid,but a largetrout having carried
away his bait, we had nothing to replace it.

The snow-storm continued all the night, and
during the forenoon of the 3d. Having persuaded
the people to gather some tripe de roe hè. I par-
took of a meal with them ; and afterwards set out
with the intention of going to St. Germain to
hasten his operations, but though hè was only
three quarters of a mile distantj I spent three

-ocr page 299-
304 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
hours in a vain attempt to reach him, my strength
being unequal to the labour of wading through
the deep snow ; and I returned quite exhausted,
and much shaken by the numerous falls I had
got. My associates were all in the same debili-
tated state, and poor Hood was reduced to a per-
fect shadow, from the severe bowel complaints
which the tripe de roche never failed to give him.
Back was so feeble as to require the support of
a stick in walking; and Dr. Richardson had
lameness superadded to weakness. The voyagers
were somewhat stronger than ourselves, but more
indisposed to exertion, on account of their despon-
dency. The sensation of hunger was no longer
feit by any of us, yet we were scareely able to
converse upon any other subject than the plea-
sures of eating. We were much indebted to
Hepburn at this crisis. The ofBcers were unable
from weakness to gather tripe de roche themselves,
and Samendrè, who had acted as our cook on
the journey from the coast, sharing in the despair
of the rest of the Canadians, refused to make the
slightest exertion. Hepburn, on the contrary,
animated by a firm reliance on the beneficence
of the Supreme Being, tempered with resigna-
tion to his will, was indefatigable in hts exertions
to serve us, and daily collected all the tripe de
roc&e that was used in the officers' mess. Mr.

-ocr page 300-
OP THE PÖLAR SEA. 895
Hoed could not partake of this miserabl® fare,
and a partridge which had been reserved for
him was, I lament to say, this day stolen by one
of the men.

October 4.—The canoe being finished, it was
brought to the encampment, and the whole party
being assembled in anxious expectation on the
beach, St. Germain embarked, and amidst our
prayers for his success, succeeded in reaching
the opposite shore. The canoe was then drawn
back again, and another person transported, and
in this manner by drawing it backwards and for-
wards, we were all conveyed over without any
serious accident. By these frequent traverses
the canoe was materially injured ; and latterly it
filled each time with water before reaching the
shore, so that all our garments and bedding were
wet, and there was not a sufficiency of willows
upon the side on which we now were, to make a
fire to dry them.

That no time might be lost in procuring relief,
I imrnediately despatched Mr. Back with St.
Germain, Solomon Belanger, and Beauparlant,
to search for the Indians, directing him to go to
Fort Enterprise, where we expected they would
be, or where, at least, a note from Mr. Wentzel
would be found to direct us in our search for
them. If St. Germain should kill any animals on

-ocr page 301-
298 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
his way, a portion of the meat was to be put
up securely for us, and conspicuous marks placed
over ti-
lt is impossible to imagine a more gratifying
change than was produced in our voyagers after
we were all safely landed on the southern banks
of the river. Their spirits immediately revived,
each of them shook the officers cordially by the
hand, and declared they now considered the worst
of their difficulties over, as they did not doubt of
reaching Fort Enterprise in a few days, even in
their feeble condition. We had, indeed, every
reason to be grateful, and our joy would have
been complete had it not been mingled with
sincere regret at the separation of our poor
Esquimaux, the faithful Junius.

The want of tripe de roche caused us to go
supperless to bed. Showers of snow feil fre-
quently during the night. The breeze was light
next morning, the weather cold and clear. We
were all on foot by day-break, but from the frozen
state of our tents and bed-clothes, it was long
before the bundies could be made, and as usual,
the men lingered over a small fire they had
kindled, so that it was eight o'clock before we
started. Our advance, from the depth of the snow,
Avas slow, and about noon, coming to a spot
where there was some tripe de roche, we stopped

-ocr page 302-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 297
to collect it, and breakfasted. Mr. Hood, who
was now very feeble, and Dr. Richardson, who
attached himself to him, walked together at a
gentle pace in the rear of the party. I kept with
the foremost men, to cause them to • halt occa-
sionally, until the stragglers came up. Resuming
our march after breakfast, we followed the track
of Mr. Back's party, and encamped early, as all
of us were much faligued, particularly Crédit,
who having to-day carried the men's tent, it
being his turn to do so, was so exhausted, that
when hè reached the encampment hè was unable
to stand. The tripe de roche disagreed with this
man and with Vaillant, in consequence of which,
they were the first whose strength totally failed.
We had a small quantity of this weed in the
evening, and the rest of our supper was made up
of scraps of roasted leather. The distance walk-
ed to-day was six miles. As Crédit was very
weak in the morning, his load was reduced to
little more than his personal luggage, consisting
of his blanket, shoes, and gun. Previous to
setting out, the whole party ate the remains of
their old shoes, and whatever scraps of leather
they had, to strengthen their stoma chs for the
fatigue of the day's journey. We left the en-
campment at nine, and pursued our route over a

-ocr page 303-
S9S JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
range of bleak huls. The wind having increased
to a strong gale in the course of the morning, be-
came piercingly cold, and the drift rendered it dif-
ficult for those in the rear to follow the track over
the heights, whilst in the valleys, where it was
sufficiently marked, from the depth of the snow,
the labour of walking was proportionably great.
Those in advance made, as usual, frequent halts,
yet being unable from the severity of the wea-
ther to remain long still, they were obliged to
move on before the rear could come up, and the
party, of course, straggled very much.

About noon Samandrè coming up, informed us
that Crédit and Vaillant could advance no fur-
ther. Some wülows being discovered in a valley
near to us, I proposed to halt the party there,
whilst Dr. Richardson went back to visit them.
I hoped too, that when the sufferers received the
information of a fire being kindled at so short a
distance, they would be cheered, and use their
utmost efforts to reach it, but this proved a vain
hope. The Doctor found Vaillant about a mile
and a half in the rear, much exhausted with cold
and fatigue. Having encouraged him to advance
to the fire, after repeated solicitations hè made
the attempt, but feil down amongst the deep snow
at every step. Leaving him in this situation,

-ocr page 304-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 999
the Doctor went about half a mile farther back,
to the spot where Crédit was said to have halted,
and the track being nearly obliterated by the
snow drift, it became unsafe for him to go further.
Returning hè passed Vaillant, who having moved
only a few yards in his absence, had fallen down,
was unable to rise, and could scarcely answer
his questions. Being unable to afford him any
effectual assistance, hè hastened on to inform us
of his situation. When J. B. Belanger had heard
the melancholy account, hè went immediately to
aid Vaillant, and bring up his burden. Re-
specting Crédit, we were informed by Samandrè,
that hè had stopped a short distance behind Vail-
lant, but that his intention was to return to the
encampment of the preceding evening,

When Belanger came back with Vaillant's load,
hè informed us that hè had found him lying on
his back, benumbed with cold, and incapable of
being roused. The stoutest men of the party
Avere now earnestly entreated to bring him to the
fire, but they declared themselves unequal to the
task; and, on the contrary, urged me to allow
them to throw down their loads, and proceed to
Fort Enterprise with the utmost speed. A com-
pliance with their desire would have caused the
loss of the whole party, for the men were totally
ignorant of the course to be taken, and none of

-ocr page 305-
300 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
the offieers, who could have directed the march,
were sufficiently strong to keep üp at the pace
they would then walk ; besides, even supposing
them to have found their way, the strongest men
would certainly have deserted the weak. Some-
thing, however, was absolutely necessary to be
done, to relieve them as much as possible from
their burdens, and the offieers consulted on the
subject. Mr. Hood and Dr. Richardson pro-
posed to remain behind, with a single attendant,
at the first place where sufficient wood and tripe
de roche should be found for ten days' consump-
tion ; and that I should proceed as expeditiously
as possible with the men to the house, and thence
send them immediate relief. They strongly
urged that this arrangement would contribute to
the safety of the rest of the party, by relieving
them from the burden of a tent, and several
other articles ; and that they might afford aid to
Crédit, if hè should unexpectedly come up. I
was distressed beyond description at the thought
of leaving them in such a dangerous situation,
and for a long time combated their proposal ;
but they strenuously urged, that this step afford-
ed the only chance of safety for the party, and I
reluctantly acceded tb it. The ammunition, of
which we had a small barrel, was also to be left
with them, and it was hoped that this deposit
-ocr page 306-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 30)
would ba a strong inducement for the Indians to
venture across the barren grounds to their aid.
We communicated this resolution to the men,
who were cheered at the slightest prospect of
alleviation of their present miseries, and they
promised with great appearance of earnestness
to return to those officers, upon the first supply of
food.

The party then moved on; Vaillant's blanket
and other necessaries were left in the track, at
the request of the Canadians, without any hope,
however, of his being able to reach them. After
marching until dusk without seeing a favourable
place for encamping, night compelled u s to take
shelter under the lee of a hul, amongst some
willows, with which, after many attempts, we at
length made a fire. It was not sufficient, how-
ever, to warm the whole party, much less to thaw
our shoes; and the weather not permitting the
gathering of tripe de roche, we had nothing to
cook. The painful retrospection of the melan-
choly events of the day banished sleep, and we
shuddered as we conternplated the dreadful effects
of this bitterïy cold night on our two companions,
if still living. Some fainthopes were entertained
of Crédit's surviving the storm, as hè was pro-
vided with a good blanket, and had leather to
eat.

-ocr page 307-
302 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
The weather was mild next morning. We
left the encarnpment at nine, and a little before
noon came to a pretty extensive thicket of small
willows, near which there appeared a supply of
Iripe de roche on the face of the rocks. At this
place Dr. Richardson and Mr. Hood determined
to remain, with John Hepburn, who volunteered
to stop with them. The tent was securely
pitched, a few willows collected, and the ammu-
nition and all other articles were deposited, ex-
cept each man's clothing, one tent, a sufficieney
of ammunition for the journey, and the officers'
journals. I had only one blanket, which was
carried for me, and two pair of shoes. The offer
was now made for any of the men, who feit them-
selves too weak to proceed, to remain with the
officers, but none of them accepted it. Michel
alone feit some inclination to do so. After we
had united in thanksgiving and prayers to
Almighty God, l separated from my companions,
deeply afflicted that a train of melancholy cir-
cumstances should have demanded of me the
severe trial of parting from friends in such a con-
dition, who had become endeared to me by their
constant kindness and co-operation, and a parti-
cipation of numerous sufferings. This trial I
could not have been induced to undergo, but for
the reasons they had so strongly urged the day

-ocr page 308-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 303
before, to which my own judgment assented, and
for the sanguine hope I feit of either finding a
supply of provision at Fort Enterprise, or meet-
ing the Indians in the immediate vicinity of that
place, according to my arrangements with Mr.
Wentzel and Akaitcho. Previously to our start-
ing, Peltier and Benoit repeated their promises,
to return to them with provision, if any should be
found at the house, or to guide the Indians to
them, if any were met.

Greatly as Mr. Hood was exhausted, and,
indeed, incapable as hè must have proved, of
encountering the fatigue of our very next day's
journey, so that I feit his resolution to be prudent,
I was sensible that his determination to remain,
was mainly prompted by the disinterested and
generous wish to remove impediments to the pro-
gress of the rest of the party. Dr. Richardson
and Hepburn, who were both in a state of
strength to keep pace with the men, besides this
motive which they shared with him, were in-
fluenced in their resolution to remain; the former
by the desire which had distinguished his cha-
racter, throughout the expedition, of devoting
himself to the succour of the weak, and the latter
by the zealous attachment hè had ever shown
towards his officers.

We set out without waiting to take any of the
-ocr page 309-
S04 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
tripe de roche, and walked at a tolerable pace,
and in an hour arrived at a fine group of pines,
about a mile and a quarter from the tent. We
sincerely regretted not having seen these before
we had separated from our companions, as they
would have been better supplied with fuel here,
and there appeared to be more tripe de roche than
where we had left them.

Descending afterwards into a more level coun-
try, wefound the snow verydeep, and thelabour
of wading through it so fatigued the whole party,
that we were compelled to encamp, after a march
of four miles and a half. Belanger and Michel
were left far behind, and when they arrived at
the encampment appeared quite exhausted. The
former, bursting into tears, declared his inability
to proceed with the party, and begged me to let
him go back next morning to the tent, and shortly
afterwards Michel made the same request. I was
in hopes they might recover a little strength by
the night's rest, and therefore deferred giving any
permission untilthe morning. The sudden failure
in the strength of these men cast a gloom over
the rest, which I tried in vain to remove, by re-
peated assurances that the distance to Fort En-
terprise was short, and that we should, in all
probability, reach it in four days. Not being
able to find any tripe de roche, we drank an in-

-ocr page 310-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 305
fusion of the Labrador tea plant, (ledum palustre),
and ate a few morsels of burnt leather for supper.
We were unable to raise the tent, and found its
weight too great to carry it on; we, therefore,
cut it up, and took a part of the canvass for a
cover. The night was bitterly cold, and though
we lay as close to each other as possible, having
no shelter, we could not keep ourselves suffi-
ciently warm to sleep. A strong gale came on
after midnight, which increased the severity of
the weather. In the morning Belanger and
Michel renewed their request to be permit-
ted to go back to the tent, assuring me
they were still weaker than on the preceding
evening, and less capable of going forward; and
they urged, that the stopping at a place where
there was a supply of tripe de roche was their
only chance of preserving life ; under these cir-
cumstances, I could not do otherwise than yield
to their desire. I wrote a note to Dr. Richardson
and Mr. Hood, informing them of the pines we
had passed, and recommending their removing
thither. Having found that Michel was carrying
a considerable quantity of ammunition, I desired
him to divide it among my party, leaving him
only ten balls and a little shot, to kill any ani-
mals hè might meet on his way to the tent. This
man was very particular in his inquiries respect-

VOL. II. X
-ocr page 311-
SOS JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
ing the direction of the house, and the course we
meant to pursue; hè also said, that if hè should
be able, hè would go and search for Vaillant and
Crédit; and hè requested my permission to take
Vaillant's blanket, if hè should find it, to which
I agreed, and mentioned it in my notes to the
officers.

Scarcely were these arrangements fmished,
before Perrault and Fontano were seized with a
fit of dizziness, and betrayed other symptoms of
extreme debility. Some tea was quickly pre-
pared for them, and after drinking it, and eating
a few morsels of burnt leather, they recovered,
and expressed their desire to go forward; but
the other men, alarmed at what they had just
witnessed, became doubtful of their own strength,
and, giving way to absolute dejection, declared
their own inability to move. I now earnestly
pressed upon them the necessity of continuing our
journey, as the only means of saving their own
lives, as well as those of our friends at the tent;
and, after much entreaty, got them to set out at
ten A.M.: Belanger and Michel were left at the
encampment, and proposed to start shortly after-
wards. By the time we had gone about two hun-
dred yards, Perrault became again dizzy, and
desired us to halt, which we did, until hè, re-
covering, proposed to march on. Ten minutes

-ocr page 312-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 307
more had hardly elapsed before hè again desired.
us to stop, and, bursting into tears, declared hè
was totally exhausted, and unable to accompany
us further. As the encampment was not more
than a quarter of a mile distant, we proposed that
hè should return to it, and rejoin Belanger and
Michel, whom we knew to be still there, from
perceiving the smoke of a fresh fire ; and because
they had not made any preparation for starting
when we left them. He readily acquiesced in
the proposition, and having taken a friendly leave
of each of us, and enjoined us to make all the
haste we could in sending relief, hè turned back,
keeping his gun and ammunition. We watched
him until hè was near to the fire, and then pro-
ceeded. During these detentions, Augustus be-
coming impatient of the delay, had walked on,
and we lost sight of him. The labour we ex-
perienced in wading through the deep snow in-
duced us to cross a moderate sized lake, which
lay in our track, but we found this operation far
more harassing. As the surface of the ice was
perfectly smooth, we slipt at almost every step,
and were frequently blown down by the wind
with such force as to shake our whole frames.

Poor Fontano was completely exhausted by
the labour of making this traverse, and we
made a halt until his strength was recruited, by

X 2
-ocr page 313-
3ÓS JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
which time the party was benumbed with cold.
Proceeding again, hè got on tolerably well for a
little time ; but being again seized with faintness
and dizziness, hè feil often, and at length ex-
claimed that hè could go no further. We im-
mediately stopped, and endeavoured to encourage
him to persevere, until we should find some wil-
lows, to encamp; hè insisted, however, that hè
could not march any longer through this deep
snow ; and said, that if hè should even reach our
encampment this evening, hè must be left there,
provided tript de roche could not be procured to
recruit his strength. The poor man was over-
whelmed with grief, and seemed desirous to re-
main at that spot. We were about two miles
from the place where the other men had been
left, and as the track to it was beaten, we pro-
posed to him to return thither, as we thought it
probable hè would find the men still there;
at any rate, hè would be able to get fuel to
keep him warm during the night; and, on the
next day, hè could follow their track to the
officers' tent; and, should the path be coveredby
the snow, the pin.es we had passed yesterday
would guide him, as they were yet in view.

I cannot describe my anguish on the occasion
of separating from another companion under cir-
cumstances so distressing. There was, however,

-ocr page 314-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 339
no alternative. The extreme debility of the rest
of the party put the carrying him quite out of the
question, as hè himself admitted; and it was
evident that the frequent delays hè must occasion
if hè accompanied us, and did not gain strength,
must have endangered the lives of the whole. By
returning hè had the prospect of getting to the
tent where tripe de roche could be obtained, which
agreed with him better than with any other of the
party, and which hè was always very assiduous
in gathering. After some hesitation hè deter-
mined on returning, and set out, having bid each
of us farewell in the tenderest manner. We
watched him with inexpressible anxiety for some
time, and were rejoiced to find, though hè got
on slowly, that hè kept on his legs better than
before. Antonio Fontano was an Italian, and
had served many years in De Meuron's regiment.
He had spoken to me that very morning, and
after his first attack of dizziness, about his fa-
ther ; and had begged, that should hè survive, I
would take him with me to England, and put him
in the way of reaching home.

The party was now reduced to five persons,
Adam, Peltier, Benoit, Samandrè, and myself.
Continuing the journey, we came, after an hour's
walk, to some willows, and encamped under the

-ocr page 315-
310 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
shelter of a rock, having walked in the whole four
miles and a half. We made an attempt to gather
some tripe de roche, but could not, owing to the
severity of the weather. Our supper, therefore,
consisted of tea and a few morsels of leather.

Augustus did not make his appearance, but
we feit no alarm at his absence, supposing hè
would go to the tent if hè missed our track.
Having fire, we procured a little sleep. Next
morning the breeze was light and the weather
mild, which enabled us to collect some tripe de
roche,
and to enjoy the only meal we had for four
days. We derived great benefit from it, and
walked with considerably more ease than yester-
day. Without the strength it supplied, we should
certainly have been unable to oppose the strong
breeze we had in the afternoon. After walking
about five miles, we came upon the borders of
Marten Lake, and were rejoiced to find it frozen,
so that we could continue our course straight for
Fort Enterprise. We encamped at the first rapid
in Winter River amidst willows and alders ; but
these were so frozen, and the snow feil so thick,
that the men had great difficulty in making a
fire. This proving insufficient to warm us, or
even thaw our shoes, and having no food to pré-
paré, we crept under our blankets. The arrival

-ocr page 316-
OP THE POLAR SE A. 311
in a well-known part raised the spirits of the men
to a high pitch, and we kept up a cheerful con-
versation until sleep overpowered us. The night
was very stormy, and the morning scarcely les s
so; but, being desirous to reach the house to-
day, we commenced our journey very early. We
were gratified by the sight of a large herd of rein -
deer on the side of the hill near the track, but
our only hunter, Adam, was too feeble to pursue
them. Our shoes and garments were stiffened
by the frost, and we walked in great pain until
we arrived at some stunted pines, at which we
halted, made a good fire, and procured the re-
freshment of tea. The weather becoming fine in
the afternoon, we continued our journey, passed
the Dog-rib Rock, and encamped among a clump
of pines of considerable growth, about a mile
further on. Here we enjoyed the comfort of a
large fire for the first time since our departure
from the sea-coast; but this gratification was
purchased at the expense of many severe falls
that we had in crossing a stony valley, to get to
these pines. There was no tripe de roche, and
we drank tea and ate some of our shoes for
supper. Next morning after taking the usual
repast of tea, we proceeded to the house. Musing
on what we were likely to find there, our minds
were agitated between hope and fear, and, con-

-ocr page 317-
313 -JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
trary to the custom we had kept up, of sup-
porting our spirits by conversation, we went si-
lently forward.

At length we reached Fort Enterprise, and to
our infinite disappointment and grief found it a
perfectly desolate habitation. There was no de-
posit of provision, no tracé of the Indians, no
letter from Mr. Wentzel to point out where the
Indians might be found. It would be impossible
for me to describe our sensations after entering
this miserable aböde, and discovering how we
had been neglected : the whole party shed tears,
not so much for .our own fate, as for that of our
friends in the rear, whose lives depended entirely
on our sending immediate relief from this place.

I found a note, however, from Mr. Back, stat-
ing that hè had reached the house two days ago,
and was going in search of the Indians, at a part,
where St. Germain deemed it probable they
might be found. If hè was unsuccessful, hè pur-
posed walking to Fort Providence, and sending
succour from thence. But hè doubted whether
either hè or his party could perform the journey
to that place in their present debilitated state.
It was evident that any supply that could be sent
from Fort Providence would be long in reaching
us, and could not be sufficient to enable us to
afford any assistance to our companions behind,

-ocr page 318-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 313
and that the only relief for them must be procured
from the Indians. I resolved, therefore, on going
also in search of them; but my companions were
absolutely incapable of proceeding, and I thought
by halting two or three days they might gather
a little strength, whilst the delay would afford us
the chance of learning whether Mr, Back had seen
the Indians.

We now looked round for the means of sub-
sistence, and were gratified to find several deer-
skins, which had been thrown away during our
former residence. The bones were gathered from
the heap of ashes; these with the skins, and the
addition of tripe de roche, we considered would
support us tolerably well for a time. As to the
house, the parchment being torn from the win-
dows, the apartment we selected for our abode
was exposed to all the rigour of the season.
We endeavoured to exclude the wind as much as
possible, by placing loose boards against the
apertures. The temperature was now between
15° and 20° below zero. We procured fuel by
pulling up the flooring of the other rooms, and
water for the purpose of cooking, by melting the
snow. Whilst we were seated round the fire,
singeing the deer skin for supper, we were re-
joiced by the unexpected entrance of Augustus.
He had followed quite a different course from

-ocr page 319-
3H JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
our's, and the circumstance of hls having found
hls way through a part of the country hè had
never been in before, must be considered a re-
markable proof of sagacity. The unusual earli-
ness of this winter became manifest to us from
the state of things at this spot. Last year at the
same season, and still later there had been very
little snowon the ground, and we were surrounded
by vast herds of rein-deer; now there were but
few recent tracks of these animals, and the snow
was upwards of two feet deep. Winter River
was then open, now it was frozen two feet
thick.

When I arose the following morning, my body
and limbs were so swollen that I was unable to
walk more than a few yards. Adam was in a
still worse condition, being absolutely incapable
of rising without assistance. My other com-
panions fortunately experienced this inconveni-
ence in a less degree, and went to collect bones,
and some tripe de roche which supplied us with
two meals. The bones were quite acrid, and the
soup extracted from them excoriated the mouth if
taken alone, but it was somewhat milder when
boiled with tripe de roche, and we even thought
the mixture palatable, with the addition of salt,
Of which a cask had been fortunately left here in
the spring. Augustus to-day set two fishinglines

-ocr page 320-
OP THE POLAR SEA. SIS
below the rapid, On his way thither hè saw two
deer, but had not strength to follow them.

On the 13th the wind blew violently from south-
east, and the snow drifted so much that the party
wereconfinedto the house. In the afternoonof the
following day Belanger arrived with a note from
Mr. Back, stating that hè had seen no tracé of
the Indians, and desiring further instructions as
to the course hè should pursue. Belanger's
situation, however, required our first care, as hè
came in almost speechless, and covered with ice,
having fallen into a rapid, and, for the third time
since we left the coast, narrowly escaped drown-
ing. He did not recover sufficiently to answer
our questions, until we had rubbed him for some
time, changed his dress, and given him some
warm soup. My companioiis nursed him with
the greatest kindness, and the desire of re-
storing him to health, seemed to absorb all re-
gard for their own situation. I witnessed with
peculiar pleasure this conduct, so different from
that which they had recently pursued, when every
tender feeling was suspended by the desire of
self-preservation. They now no longer betrayed
impatience or despondency, but were composed
and cheerful, and had entirely given up the prac-
tice of swearing, to which the Canadian voyagers
are so lamentably addicted. Our conversation

-ocr page 321-
316 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
naturally turned upon the prospect of getting
relief, and upon the means which were best
adapted ibr obtaining it. The absence of all
traces of Indians on Winter River, convinced me
that they were at this time on the way to Fort
Providence, and that by proceeding towards that
post we should overtake them, as they move
slowly when they have their families with them.
This route also offered us the prospect of killing
deer, in the vicinity of Rein-Deer Lake, in which
neighbourhood, our men in their journeys to and
fro last winter, had always found them abundant.
Upon these grounds I determined on taking the
route to Fort Providence as soon as possible,
and. wrote to Mr. Back, desiring him to join me
at Rein-Deer Lake, and detailing the occurrences
since we had parted, that our friends might re-
ceive relief, in case of any accident happening
to me.

Belanger did not recover sufficient strength to
leave us before the 18th. His answers as to the
exact part of Round-Rock Lake in which hè had
left Mr. Back, were very unsatisfactory ; and we
could only collect that it was at a considerable
distance, and hè was still going on with the inten-
tion of halting at the place where Akaitcho was
encamped last summer, about thirty miles off.
This distance appeared so great, that I told

-ocr page 322-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 317
Belanger it was very unsafe for him to attempt
it alone, and that hè would be several days in
accomplishing it. He stated, however, that as
the track was beaten, hè should experience little
fatigue, and seemed so confident, that I suffered
him to depart with a supply of singed hide.
Next day I received information which explained
why hè was so unwilling to acquaint us with the
situation of Mr. Back's party. He dreaded that
I should resolve upon joining it, when our num-
bers would be so great as to consume at once
every thing St. Germain might kill, if by accident
hè should be successful in hunting. He even en-
deavoured to entice away our other hunter Adam,
andproposed to himto carryoffthe only kettle we
had, and without which we could not have subsisted
two days. Adam's inability to move, however,
precluded him from agreeing to the proposal,
but hè could assign no reason for not acquainting
me with it previous to Belanger's departure. I
was at first inclined to consider the whole matter
as a fiction of Adam's, but hè persisted in his
story without wavering; and Belanger, when we
met again, confessed that every part of it was
true. It is painful to have to record a fact so
derogatory to human nature, but I have deemed
it proper to mention it, to shew the difficulties we
had to contend with, and the effect which distress

-ocr page 323-
318 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
had in warping the feelings and understanding of
the most diligent and obedient of our party ; for
such Belanger had been always esteemed up to
this time.

In making arrangements for our departure,
Adam disclosed to me, for the first time, that hè
was affected with oedematous swellings in some
parts of the body, to such a degree as to preclude
the slightest attempt at marching ; and upon my
expressing my surprise at his having hitherto
concealed from me the extent of his malady,
among Other explanations the details of the pre-
ceding story came out. It now became neces-
sary to abandon the original intention of proceed-
ing with the whole party towards Fort Providence,
and Peltier and Samandrè having volunteered to
remain with Adam, I determined on setting out
withBenoit and Augustus, intending to send them
relief by the first party of Indians we should
meet. My clothes were so much torn, as to be
quite inadequate to screen me from the wind, and
Peltier and Samandrè fearing that I might suffer
on the journey inconsequence, kindly exchanged
with me parts of their dress, desiring me to send
them skins in return by the Indians. Having
patched up three pair of snow shoes, and singed
a considerable quantity of skin for the journey,
we started on the morning of the 20 th. Previous

-ocr page 324-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 319
to my departure, I packed up the journals of the
officers, the charts, and some other documents,
together with a letter addressed to the Under-
Secretary of State, detailing the occurrences of
the Expedition up to thig period, which package
was given in charge to Peltier and Samandrè,
with direction that it should be brought away by
the Indians who might come to them, I also in-
structed them to forward succour immediately on
its arrival to our companions in the rear, which
they solemnly promised to do, and I left a letter
for my friends, Richardson and Hood, to be sent
at the same time. I thought it necessary to ad-
monish Peltier, Samandrè, and Adam, to eat two
meals every day, in order to keep up their
strength, which they promised me they would do.
No language that I can use could adequately de-
scribe the parting scène. I shall only say there
was far more calmness and resignation to the
Divine will evinced by every one than could have
been expected. We were all cheered by the
hope that the Indians would be found by the one
party, and relief sent to the other. Those who
remained entreated us to make all the haste we
could, and expressed their hope of seeing the In-
dians in ten or twelve days.

At first starting we were so feeble as scarcely
to be able to move forwards, and the descent of

-ocr page 325-
330 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
the bank of the river through the deep snow was
a severe labour. When we came upon the ice,
where the snow was less deep, we got on better,
but after walking six hours we had only gained
four miles, and were then compelled by fatigue
to encamp on the borders of Round-Rock Lake.
Augustus tried for fish here, but without success,
so that our fare was skin and tea. Composing
ourselves to rest, we lay close to each other for
warmth. We found the night bitterly cold, and
the wind pierced through our famished frames.

The next morning was mild and pleasant for
travelling, and we set out after breakfast. We
had not, however, gone many yards before I had
the misfortune to break my snow shoes by falling
between two rocks. This accident prevented me
from keeping pace with Benoit and Augustus, and
in the attempt I became quite exhausted. Being
convinced that their being delayed on my account
might prove of fatal consequence to the rest, I
resolved on returning to the house, and letting
them proceed alone in search of the Indians. I
therefore halted them only whilst I wrote a note
to Mr. Back, stating the reason of my return, and
requesting hè would 0.000000e+000nd meat from Rein-Deer
Lake by these men, if St. Germain should kiïl
any animals there. If Benoit should miss Mr.
Back, I directed him to proceed to Fort Provi-

-ocr page 326-
OF THE POLAB SEA. 381
dence, and furnished him with a letter to the
gentleman in charge of it, requesting that imrne-
diate supplies might be sent to us.

On my arrival at the house, I found Samandrè
very dispirited, and too weak, as hè said, to
render any assistance to Peltier; upon whom the
whole labour of getting wood and collecting the
means of subsistence would have devolved. Con-
scious, too, that his strength would have been
unequal to these tasks, they had determined
upon taking only one meal each day; under these
circumstances I considered my return as particu-
larly fortunate, as I hoped to stimulate Samandrè
to exertion, and at any rate I could contribute
some help to Peltier. I undertook the office of
cooking, and insisted they should eat twice a-day
whenever food could be procured; but as I was
too weak to pound the bones, Peltier agreed to
do that in addition to his more fatiguing task of
getting wood. We had a violent snow storm all
the next day, and this gloomy weather contributed
to the depression of spirits under which Adam
and Samandrè were labouring. Neither of them
would quit their beds, and they scarcely ceased
from shedding tears all day ; in vain did Peltier
and myself endeavour to cheer them. We had
even to use much entreaty before we prevailed
upon them to take the meals we had prepared.
VOL. If.
Y
-ocr page 327-
322 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Our situation was indeed distressing, but in com-
parison with that of our friends in the rear, we
considered it happy. Their condition gave us
ünceasing solicitude, and was the principal sub-
ject of our conversation.

Though the weather was stormy on the 26th,
Samandrè assisted me to gather tripe de roche.
Adam, who was very ill, and could not now be
prevailed upon to eat this weed, subsisted prin-
cipally on bones, though hè also partook of the
soup. The tripe de roche had hitherto afforded
us our chief support, and we naturally feit great
uneasiness at the prospect of being deprived of
it, by its being so frozen as to render it impos-
sible for us to gather it.

We perceived our strength decline every day,
and every exertion began to be irksome ; when
we were once seated the greatest efFort was ne-
cessary in order to rise, and we had frequently to
lift each other from our seats ; but even in this
pitiable condition we conversed cheerfully, being
sanguine as to the speedy arrival of the Indians.
We calculated indeed that if they should be near
the situation where they had remained last win-
ter, our men would have reached them by this
day. Having expended all the wood which we
could procure from our present dwelling, without
endangering its falling, Peltier began this day to

-ocr page 328-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 323
pull down the partitions of the adjoining houses,
Though these were only distant about twenty
yards, yet the increase of labour in carrying the
wood fatigued him so much, that by the evening
hè was exhausted. On the next day his weak-
ness was such, especially in the arms, of which
hè chiefly complained, that hè with difficulty
lifted the hatchet: still hè persevered, Samandrè
and I assisting him in bringing in the wood, but
our united strength could only collect sufficient to
replenish the fire four times in the course of the
day. As the insides of our mouths had become
sore from eating the bone-soup, we relinquished
the use of it, and now boiled our skin, whieh
mode of dressing we found more palatable than
frying it, as we had hitherto done.

On the 29th, Peltier feit his pains more severe,
and could only cut a few pieces of wood. Sa-
mandrè, who was still almost as weak, relieved
him a little time, and I assisted them in carrying
in the wood. We endeavoured to piek some
tripe de roche, but in vain, as it was entirely
frozen. In turning up the snow, in searching for
bones, I found several pieces of bark, which
proved a valuable acquisition, as we were almost
destitute of dry wood proper for kindling the fire.
We saw a herd of rein-deer sporting on the
river, about half a mile from the house; they

Y2
-ocr page 329-
324 JOURKEY TO THE SHORES
remained there a considerable time, but none
of the party feit themselves sufficiently strong to
go after them, nor was there one of us who could
have fired a gun without resting it.

Whilst we were seated round the fire this
evening, discoursing about the anticipated relief,
the conversation was suddenly interrupted by
Peltier's exclaiming with joy, "Ah! Ie monde !"
imagining that hè heard the Indians in the other
room ; immediately afterwards, to his bitter dis-
appointment, Dr. Richardson and Hepburn en-
tered, each carrying his bundie. Peltier, how-
ever, soon recovered himself enough to express
his joy at their safe arrival, and his regret that
their companions were not with them. When I
saw them alone my own mind was instantly filled
with apprehensions respecting my friend Hood,
and our other companions, which were imme-
diately confirmed by the Doctor's melancholy
communication, that Mr. Hood and Michel were
dead. Perrault and Fontano had neither reached
the tent, nor been heard of by them. This intel-
ligence produced a melancholy despondency in
the minds of my party, and on that account the
particulars were deferred until another opportu-
nity. We were all shocked at beholding the
emaciated countenances of the Doctor and Hep-
burn, as they strongly evidenced their extremely

-ocr page 330-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 325
debilitated state. The alteration in our appear-
ance was equally distressing to them, for since
the swellings had subsided we were little more
than skin and bone. The Doctor particularly
remarked the sepulchral tone of our voices, which
hè requested us to make more cheerful if possi-
ble, unconscious that his own partook of the same
key.

Hepburn having shot a partridge, which was
brought to the house, the Doctor tore out the
feathers, and having held it to the fire a few
minutes, divided it into seven portions. Each
piece was ravenously devoured by my com-
panions, as it was the first morsel of flesh any of
us had tasted for thirty-one days, unless indeed
the small gristly particles which we found oc-
casionally adhering to the pounded bones may
be termed flesh. Our spirits were revived by
this small supply, and the Doctor endeavoured to
raise them still higher by the prospect of Hep-
burn's being able to kill a deer next day, as
they had seen, and even fired at, several near
the house. He endeavoured, too, to rouse us to
some attention to the comfort of our apartment,
and particularly to roll up, in the day, our
blankets, which (expressly for the convenience
of Adam and Samandrè,) we had been in the
habit of leaving by the fire where we lay on

-ocr page 331-
326 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
them. The Doctor having brought his prayer-
book and testament, some prayers and psalms,
and portions of scripture, appropriate to our si-
tuation, were read, and we retired to bed.

Next morning the Doctor and Hepburn went
out early in search of deer ; but, though they saw
several herds and fired some shots, they were not
so fortunate as to kill any, being too weak to hold
their guns steadily. The cold compelled the for-
mer to return soon, but Hepburn persisted until
late in the evening.

My occupation was to search for skins under
the snow, it being now our object immediately
to get all that we could, but I had not strength
to drag in more than two of those which were
within twenty yards of the house until the Doctor
came and assisted me. We made up our stock
to twenty-six, but several of them were putrid,
and scarcely eatable, even by men suffering the
extremity of famine. Peltier and Samandrè con-
tinued very weak and dispirited, and they were
unable to cut fire-wood. Hepburn had in con-
sequence that laborious task to perform after hè
came back. The Doctor having scarified the
swelled parts of Adam's body, a large quantity
of water flowed out, and hè obtained some ease,
but still kept his bed.

After our usual supper of singed skin and
-ocr page 332-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 337
bone soup, Dr. Richardson acquainted me with
the afflicting circumstances attending the death
of Mr. Hood and Michel, and detailed the oc-
currerices subsequent to my departure from them,
which I shall give from his journal, in his own
words ; but I must here be permitted to express
the heart-felt sorrow with which I was over-
whelmed at the loss of so many companions ;
especially for that of my friend Mr. Hood, to
whose zealous and able co-operation I had been
indebted for so much invaluable assistance during
the Expedition, whilst the excellent qualities of
his heart engaged my warmest regard. His
scientific observations, together with his maps
and drawings (a small part of which only appear
in this work), evince a variety of talent, which,
had his life been spared, must have rendered
him a distinguished ornament to his profession,
and which will cause his death to be feit as a loss
to the service.

-ocr page 333-
JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Da. RICHARDSON's NARRATIVE.
AFTER Captain Franklin had bidden us fare-
well we remained seated by the fire-side as long
as the willows, the men had cut for us before
they departed, lasted. We had no tripe de roche
that day, but drank an infusion of the country tea-
plant, which was grateful from its warmth, al-
though it afforded no sustenance. We then re-
tired to bed, where we remained all the next
day, as the weather was stormy, and the snow-
drift so heavy, as to destroy every prospect of
success in our endeavours to light a fire with the
green and frozen willows, which were our only
fuel. Through the extreme kindness and fore-
thought of a lady, the party, previous to leaving
London, had been furnished with a small collec-
tion of religious books, of which we still retained
two or three of the most portable, and they proved
of incalculable benefit to us. We read portions
of them to each other as we lay in bed, in addi-
tion to the morning and evening service, and found
that they inspired us on each perusal with so

-ocr page 334-
OF THE POL AR S E A. 329
strong a sense of the omnipresence of a beneficent
God, that our situation, even iri these wild s, ap-
peared no longer destitute; and we conversed,
not only with calmness, but with cheerfulness,
detailing with unrestrained confidence the past
events of our lives, and dwelling with hope on
our future prospects. Had my poor friend been
spared to revisit his native land, I should look
back to this period with unalloyed delight.

On the morning of the 29th, the weather, al-
though still cold, was clear, and I went out in
quest of tripe de roche, leaving Hepburn to cut
willows for a fire, and Mr. Hood in bed. I had
no success, as yesterday's snow-drifl was so
frozen on the surface of the rocks that I could
not collect any of the weed ; but on my return to
the tent, I found that Michel, the Iroquois, had
come with a note from Mr. Franklin, which stated,
that this man, and Jean Baptiste Belanger being
unable to proceed, were about to return to us,
and that a mile beyond our present encampment
there was a clump of pine trees, to which hè re-
commended us to remove the tent. Michel in-
formed us that hè quitted Mr. Franklin's party
yesterday morning, but, that having missed his
way, hè had passed the night on the snow a mile
or two to the northward of us. Belanger, hè said,

-ocr page 335-
330 JOURNEY TO THE SHÖRES
being impatient, had left the fire about two hours
earlier, and, as hè had not arrived, hè supposed
hè had gone astray. It will be seen in the sequel,
that we had more than sufficient reason to doubt
the truth of this story,

Michel now produced a hare and a partridge
which hè had killed in the morning. This unex-
pected supply of provision was received by us
with a deep sense of gratitude to the Almighty
for his goodness, and we looked upon Michel as
the instrument hè had chosen to preserve all our
lives. He complained of cold, and Mr. Hood
offered to share his buffalo robe with him at
night: I gave him one of two shirts which I wore,
whilst Hepburn, in the warmth of his heart, ex-
claimed, " How I shall love this man if I find
that hè does not teil lies like the others." Our
meals being fmished, we arranged that the greatest
part of the things should be carried to the pines
the next day ; and, after reading the eveninf
service, retired to bed full of hope.

Early in the morning Hepburn, Michel, and
myself, carried the ammunition, and most of the
other heavy articles to the pines. Michel was
our guide, and it did not occur to us at the time
that his conducting us perfectly straight was in-
compatible with his story of having gone astray

-ocr page 336-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 331
on his way to us. He now informed us that hè
had, on his way to the tent, left on the hul above
the pines a gun and forty-eight balls, which
Perrault had given to hira when with the rest of
Mr. Franklin's party, hè took leave of him. It
will be seen, on a reference to Mr. Franklin's
journal, that Perrault earried his gun and ammu-
nition with him when they parted from Michel
and Belanger. After we had made a fire, and
drank a little of the country tea, Hepburn and I
returned to the tent, where we arrived in the
evening, much exhausted with our journey.
Michel preferred sleeping where hè was, and re-
quested us to leave him the hatchet, which we
did, after hè had promised to come early in the
morning to assist us in carrying the tent and bed-
ding. Mr. Hood remained in bed all day. See-
ing nothing of Belanger to-day, we gave him up
for lost.

On the llth, after waiting until late in the
morning for Michel, who did not come, Hepburn
and I loaded ourselves with the bedding, and,
accompanied by Mr. Hood, set out for the pines.
Mr. Hood was much affected with dimness of
sight, giddiness, and other symptoms of extreme
debility, which caused us to move very slow, and
to make frequent halts.

On arriving at the pines, we were much
-ocr page 337-
332 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
alarmed to find that Michel was absent. We
feared that hè had lost his way in coming to us
in the morning, although it was not easy to con-
jecture how that could have happened, as our
footsteps of yesterday were very distinct. Hep-
burn went back for the tent, and returned with it
after dusk, completely worn out with the fatigue
of the day. Michel too arrived at the same time,
and relieved our anxiety on his account. He re-
ported that hè had been in chase of some deer
which passed near his sleeping-place in the morn-
ing, and although hè did not come up with them,
yet that hè found a wolf which had been killed
by the stroke of a deer's horn, and had brought
a part of it. We implicitly believed this story
then, but afterwards became convinced from cir-
cumstances, the detail of which may be spared,
that it must have been a portion of the body of
Belanger or Perrault. A question of moment
here presents itself; namely, whether hè actually
murdered these men, or either of them, or whe-
ther hè found the bodies on the snow. Captain
Franklin, who is the best able to judge of this
matter, from knowing their situation when hè
parted from them, suggested the former idea, and
that both Belanger and Perrault had been sacri-
ficed. When Perrault turned back, Captain
Franklin watched him until hè reached a small

-ocr page 338-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 833
group of willows, which was immediately adjoin-
ing to the fire, and concealed it from view, and at
this time the smoke of fresh fuel was distinctly
visible. Captain Franklin conjectures, that
Michel having already destroyed Belanger, com-
pleted his crime by Perrault's death, in order to
screen himself from detection. Although this
opinion is founded only on circumstances, and
is unsupported by direct evidence, it has been
judged proper to mention it, especially as the
subsequent conduct of the man shewed that hè
was capable of committing such a deed. The
circumstances are very strong. It is not easy to
assign any other adequate motive for his conceal-
ing from us that Perrault had turned back, and
his request overnight that we should leave him
the hatchet; and his cumbering himself with it
when hè went out in the morning, unlike a hunter
who makes use only of his knife when hè kills a
deer, seem to indicate that hè took it for the pur-
pose of cutting up something that hè knew to be
frozen. These opinions, however, are the result
of subsequent consideration. We passed this
night in the open air.

On the following morning the tent was pitched,
and Michel went out early, refused my offer to
accompany him, and remained out the whole day.

-ocr page 339-
334 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
He would not sleep in the tent at night, but chose
to lie at the fire-side.

On the 13th there was a heavy gale of wind,
and we passed the day by the fire. Next day,
about two, P.M., the gale abating, Michel set
out as hè said to hunt, but returned unexpectedly
in a very short time. This conduct surprised us,
and his contradictory and evasory answers to our
questions excited some suspicions, but they did
not turn towards the truth.

October 15th.—In the course of this day Michel
expressed much regret that hè had stayed be-
hind Mr. Franklin's party, and declared that
hè would set out for the house at once if hè knew
the way. We endeavoured to soothe him, and to
raise his hopes of the Indians speedily coming to
our relief, but without success. He refused to
assist us in cutting wood, but about noon, after
much solicitation, hè set out to hunt. Hepburn
gathered a kettle of tripe de roche, but froze his
fingers. Both Hepburn and I fatigued ourselves
much to-day in pursuing a flock of partridges
from one part to another of the group of willows,
in which the hunt was situated, but we were too
weak to be able to approach them with sufficient
caution. In the evening Michel returned, having
met with no success.

-ocr page 340-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 335
Next day hè refused either to hunt or cut wood,
spoke in a very surly manner, and threatened to
leave us. Under these circumstances, Mr. Hood
and I deemed it better to promise if hè would
hunt düigently for four days, that then we would
give Hepburn a letter for Mr. Franklin, a com-
pass, inform him what course to pursue, and let
them proceed'together to the fort. The non-
arri val of the Indians to our relief, now led us to
fear that some accident had happened to Mr.
Franklin, and we placed no confidence in the
exertions of the Canadians that accompanied
him, but we had the fullest confidence in Hep-
burn's returning the moment hè could obtain as-
sistance.

On the 17th I wentto conduct Michel to where
Vaillant's blanket was left, and after walking
about three miles, pointed out the hills to him at
a distance, and returned to the hut, having ga-
thered a bagful of tripe de roche on the way. It
was easier to gather this weed on a march than
at the tent, for the exercise of walking produced
a glow of heat, which enabled us to withstand
for a time the cold to which we were exposed in
scraping the frozen surface of the rocks. On the
contrary, when we left the fire, to collect it in the
neighbourhood of the hut, we became chilled at
once, and were obliged to return very quickly.

-ocr page 341-
333 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Michel proposed to remain out all night, and
to hunt next day on his way back. He re-
turned in the afternoon of the 18th, having found
the blanket, together with a bag containing two
pistols, and some other things which had been
left beside it. We had some tripe de roche in
the evening, but Mr. Hood, from the constant
griping it produced, was unable to eat more than
one or two spoonfuls. He was now so weak as
to be scarcely able to sit up at the fire-side, and
complained that the least breeze of wind seemed
to blow through his frame. He also suffered
much from cold during the night. We lay close
to each other, but the heat of the body was no
longer sufficient to thaw the frozen rime formed
by our breaths on the blankets that covered
him.

At this period we avoided as much as possible
conversing upon the hopelessness of our situation,
and generally endeavoured tolead theconversation
towardsour future prospects inlife. Thefactis,that
with the decay of our strength, our minds decayed,
and we were no longer able to bear the contem-
plation of the horrors that surrounded us. Each
of us, if I may be allowed to judge from my
own case, excused himself from so doing by a
desire of not shocking the feelings of the others,
for we were sensible of one another's weaknesa

-ocr page 342-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 337
of intellect though blind to our own. Yet we
were calm and resigned to our fate, not a murmur
escaped us, and we were punctual and fervent in
our addresses to the Supreme Being.

On the 19th Michel refused to hunt, or even to
assist in carrying a log of wood to the fire, which
was too heavy for Hepburn's strength and mine.
Mr. Hood endeavoured to point out to him the
necessity and duty of exertion, and the cruelty
of his quitting us without leaving something for
our support; but the discourse, far from producing
any beneficial effect, seemed only to excite his
anger, and amongst other expressions, hè made
use of the following remarkable one: " It is no
usè hunting, there are no animals, you had better
kill and eat me." At length, however, hè went
out, but returned very soon, with a report that hè
had seen three deer, which hè was; unable to
follow from having wet his foot in a small stream
of water thinly covered with ice, and being con-
sequently obliged to come to the fire. The day
was rather mild, and Hepburn and I gathered a
large kettleful of tripe de roche; Michel slept in-
the tent this night.

Sunday, October 20.—In the morning we again
urged Michel to go a hunting that hè might if pos-
sible leave us some provision, to-morrow being
the day appointed for his quitting us; but hè

VOL. II. Z
-ocr page 343-
833 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
shewed great unwillingness to go out, and lingered
about the fire, under the pretence of cleaning his
gun. After we had read the morning service I
went about noon to gather some tripe de roche,
leaving Mr. Hood sitting before the tent at the
fire-side arguing with Michel; Hepburn was em-
ployed cutting down a tree at a short distance
from the tent, being desirous of accumulating a
quantity of fire wood before hè left us. A short
time after I went out I heard the report of a gun,
and about ten minutes afterwards Hepburn called
to me in a voice of great alarm, to come directly.
When I arrived, I found poor Hoöd lying lifeless
at the fire-side, a ball having apparently entered
his forehead. I was at first horror-struck with
the idea, that in a fit of despondency hè had
hurried himself into the presence of his Almighty
Judge, by an act of his own hand; but the con-
duct of Michel soon gave rise to other thoughts,
and excited suspicions which were confirmed,
when upon examining the body, I discovered that
the shot had entered the back part of the head,
and passed out at the forehead, and that the
muzzle of the gun had been applied so close as
to set fire to the night-cap behind. The gun,
which was of the longest kind supplied to the
Indians, could not have been placed in a position
to inflict such a wound, except by a second per-

-ocr page 344-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 339
son. Upon inquiring of Michel how it happened,
hè replied, that Mr. Hood had sent him into the
tent for the short gun, and that during his absence
the long gun had gone off, hè did not know whe-
ther by accident or not. He held the short gun
in his hand at the time hè was speaking to me.
Hepburn afterwards informed me that previous
to the report of the gun Mr. Hood and Michel
were speaking to each other in an elevated angry
tone; that Mr. Hood being seated at the h're-side,
was hid from him by intervening willows, but that
on hearing the report hè looked up, and saw
Michel rising up from before the tent-door, or just
behind where Mr. Hood was seated, and then
going into the tent. Thinking that the gun had
been discharged for the purpose of cleaning it,
hè did not go to the fire at first; and when Michel
called to him that Mr. Hood was dead, a consider-
able time had elapsed. Although I dared not
openly to evince any suspicion that I thought
Michel guilty of the deed, yet hè repeatedly pro-
tested that hè was incapable of committing such
an act, kept constantly on his guard, and care-
fully avoided leaving Hepburn and me together.
He was evidently afraid of permitting us to con-
verse in private, and whenever Hepburn spoke»
hè inquired if hè accused him of the murder. It
is to be remarked, that hè understood English

Z 2
-ocr page 345-
340 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
very imperfectly, yet sufficiently to render it un-
safe for us to speak on the subject in his presence.
We removed the body into a clump of willows
behind the tent, and, returning to the fire, read
the funeral service in addition to the evening
prayers. The loss of a young officer, of such dis-
tinguished and varied talents and application, may
be feit and duly appreciated by the eminent cha-
racters under whose command hè had served; but
the calmness with which hè contemplated the pro-
bable termination of a life of uncommon promise;
and the patience and fortitude with which hè sus-
tained, I may venture to say, unparalleled bodily
sufferings, can only be known to the companions
of his distresses. Owing to the effect that the
tripe de roche invariably had, when hè ventured
to taste it, hè undoubtedly suffered more than any
of the survivors of the party. Blckersteth's Scrip-
ture Help
was lying open beside the body, as if
it had fallen from his hand, and it is probable,
that hè was reading it at the instant of his death.
We passed the night in the tent together without
rest, every: one being on his guard. Next day,
having determined on going to the Fort, we began
to patch and préparé our clothes for the journey.
We singed the hair off a part of the buffalo
robe that belonged to Mr. Hood, and boiled and
ate it. Michel tried to persuade me to go to the

-ocr page 346-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 34,1
woods on the Copper-Mine River, and hunt for
deer instead of going to the Fort. In the after-
noon a flock of partridges coming near the tent,
hè killed several which hè shared with us.

Thick snowy weather and ahead wind prevent-
ed us from starting the following day, but on the
morning of the 23d we set out, carrying with us
the remainder of the singed robe. Hepburn and
Michel had each a gun, and I carried a small
pistol, which Hepburn had loaded for me. In
the course of the march Michel alarmed us much
by his gestures and conduct, was constantly
muttering to himself, expressed an unwillingness
to go to the Fort, and tried to persuade me to go
to the southward to the woods, where hè said hè
could maintain himself all the winter by killing
deer. In consequence of this behaviour, and the
expression of his countenance, I requested him
to leave us, and to go to the southward by him-
self. This proposal increased his ill-nature, hè
threw out some obscure hints of freeing himself
from all restrainton the morrow; and I overheard
him muttering threats against Hepburn, whom hè
openly accused of having told stories against him.
He also, for the first time, assumed such a tone
of superiorjty in addressing me, as evinced that
hè considered us to be completely in his power,
and hè gave vent to several expressions of hatred

-ocr page 347-
343 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
towards the white people, or as hè termed u s in
the idiom of the voyagers, the French, some of
whom, hè said, had killed and eaten his uncle
and two of his relations. In short, taking every
circumstance of his conduct into consideration, I
came to the conclusion, that hè would attempt to
destroy us on the first opportunity that offered,
and that hè had hitherto abstained from doing so
from his ignorance of the way to the Fort, but
that hè would never suffer us to go thither in com-
pany with him. In the course of the day hè had
several times remarked that we were pursuing the
same course that Mr. Franklin was doing when
hè left him, and that by keeping towards the
setting sun hè could find his way himself. Hep-
burn and I were not in a condition to resist even
an open attack, nor could we by any device escape
from him. Our united strength was far inferior
to his, and, beside his gun, hè was armed with
two pistols, an Indian bayonet and a knife. In
the afternoon, coming to a rock on which there
was some tripe de roche, hè halted, and said hè
would gather it whilst we went on, and that hè
would soon overtake us. Hepburn and I were
now left together for the first time since Mr.
Hood's death, and hè acquainted me with several
material circumstances which hè had observed of
Michel'sbehaviour, and which confirmed me in the

-ocr page 348-
OP THE POL AR SEA. 343
opinion that there was no safety for us except in
his death, and hè offéred to be the instrument of
it. I determined, however, as I was thoroughly
convinced of the necessity of such a dreadful act,
to take the whole responsibility upon myself;
and immediately upon Michel's coming up, I put
an end to his life by shooting him through the
head with a pistol. Had my own life alone been
threatened, I would not have purchased it by
such a measure; but I considered myself as in-
trusted also with the protection of Hepburn's, a
man, who, by his humane attentions and devoted-
ness, had so endeared himself to me, that I feit
more anxiety for his safety than for my own.
Michel had gathered no tripe de roche, and it was
evident to us that hè had halted for the purpose
of putting his gun in order, with the intention of
attacking us, perhaps, whilst we were in the act
of encamping.

I have dwelt in the preceding part of the
narrative up on many circumstances of Michel's
conduct, not for the purpose of aggravating his
crime, but to put the reader in possession of the
reasons that influenced me in depriving a fellow-
creature of life. Up to the period of his return
to the tent, his conduct had been good and re-
spectful to the officers, and in a conversation be-
tween Captain Franklin, Mr. Hood, and myseh>

-ocr page 349-
344 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
at Obstruction Rapid, it had been proposed to
give him a reward upon our arrival at a post.
His principles, however, unsupported by a belief
in the divine truths of Christianity, were unable
to withstand the pressure of severe distress.
His countrymen, the Iroquois, are generally Chris-
tians, but hè was totally uninstructed and igno-
rant of the duties inculcated by Christianity;
and from his long residence in the Indian country,
seems to have imbibed, or retained the rules of
conduct which the southern Indians prescribe to
themselves.
*
On the two following days we had mild but thick
snowy weather, and as the view was too limited
to enable us to preserve a straight course, we
remained encamped amongst a few willows and
dwarf pines, about five miles from the tent. We
found a species of cornicularia, a kind of lichen,
that was good to eat when moistened and toasted
over the fire ; and we had a good many pieces of
singed bufFalo hide remaining.

On the 26th, the weather being clear and ex-
tremely cold, we resumed our march, which was
very painful from the depth of the snow, parti-
cularly on the margins of the small lakes that lay
in our route. We frequently sunk ünder the load
of our blankets, and were obliged to assist each
ether in getting up. After walking about three

-ocr page 350-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 345
miles and a half, hovvever, we were cheered by
the sight of a large herd of rein-deer, and Hep-
burn went in pursuit of them; but hia hand being
unsteady through weakness hè missed. He was
so exhausted by this fruitless attempt that we
were obliged to encamp upon the spot, although
it was a very unfavourable one.

Next day we had fine and clear, but cold,
weather. We set out early, and, in crossing a
hill, found a considerable quantity of tripe de roche.
About noon we feil upon Little Marten Lake,
having walked about two miles. The sight of a
place that we knew, inspired us with fresh vigour,
and there being comparatively little snow on the
ice, we advanced at a pace to which we had
lately been unaccustomed. In the afternoon we
crossed a recent track of a wolverene, which,
from a parallel mark in the snow, appeared to
have deen dragging something. Hepburn traced
it, and upon the borders of the lake found the
spine of a deer, that it had dropped. It was
clean picked, and, at least, one season old ; but
we extracted the spinal marrow from it, which,
even in its frozen state, was so acrid as to ex-
coriate the lips. We encamped within sight of
the Dog-rib Rock, and, from the coldness of the
night and the want of fuel, rested very ill.

On the 28th we rose at day-break, but from the
-ocr page 351-
346 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
want of the small fire, that we usually made in
the mornings to warm our fingers, a vsry long
time was spent in making up our bundies. This
task feil to Hepburn's share, as I suffered so mueh
from the cold as to be unable to take my hands
out of my mittens. We kept a straight course
for the Dog-rib Rock, but, owing to the depth of
the snow in the valleys we had to cross, did not
reach it until late in the afternoon. We would
have encamped, but did not like to pass a second
night without fire; and though scarcely able to
drag our limbs after us, we pushed on to a clump
óf pines, about a mile to the southward of the
rock, and arrived at them in the dusk of the even-
ing. During the last few hundred yards of our
march, our track lay over some large stones,
amongst which I feil down upwards of twenty
times, and became at length so exhausted that I
was unable to stand. If Hepburn had not exerted
himself far beyond his strength, and speedily
made the encampment and kindled a fire, I must
have perished on the spot. This night we had
plenty of dry wood.

On the 29th we had clear and fine weather.
We set out at sunrise, and hurried on in our
anxiety to reach the house, but our progress was
much impeded by the great depth of the snow in
the valleys. Although every spot of ground over

-ocr page 352-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 34t
which we travelled to-day, had been repeatedly
trodden by us, yet we got bewildered in a small
lake. We took it for Marten Lake, which was
three times its size, and fancied that we saw the
rapid and the grounds about the Fort, although
they were still far distant. Our disappointment
when this illusion was dispelled, by our reaching
the end of the lake, so operated on our feeble
minds as to exhaust our strength, and we de-
cided upon encamping; but upon ascending a
small eminence to look for a clump of wood, we
caught a glimpse of the Big-Stone, a well known
rock upon the summit of a hul opposite to the
Fort, and determined upon proceeding. In the
evening we saw several large herds of rein-deer,
but Hepburn, who used to be considered a good
marksman, wasnowunableto hold the gun straight,
and although hè got near them all his efforts
proved fruitless. In passing through a small
clump of pines we saw a flock of partridges,
and hè succeeded in killing one after firing seve-
ral shots. We came in sight of the Fort at dusk,
and it is impossible to describe our sensations,
when on attaining the eminence that overlooks
it, we beheld the smoke issuing from one of the
chimneys. From not having met with any foot-
steps in the snow, as we drew nigh our once
cheerful residence, we had been agitated by

-ocr page 353-
348 JOUKNEY TO THE SHORES
many melancholy forebodings. Upon entering
the now desolate building, we had the satisfac-
tion of embracing Captain Franklin, but no
words can convey an idea of the filth and wretch-
edness that met our eyes on looking around. Our
own misery had stolen upon us by degrees, and
we were accustomed to the contemplation of each
other's emaciated figures, but the ghastly coun-
tenances, dilated eye-balls, and sepulchral voices
of Capt. Franklin and those with him were more
than we could at first bear.

Condusion of Dr. Richardson's Narrative
-ocr page 354-
OF THE POLAK SEA. 349
THE morning of the 31st was very cold, the
wind being strong from the north. Hepburn
went again in quest of deer, and the Doctor
endeavoured to kill some partridges : both weré
unsuccessful. A large herd of deer passed close
to the house, the Doctor fired once at them, but
was unable to pursue them. Adam was easier
this day, and left his bed. Peltier and Semandre
were much weaker, and could not assist in the
labours of the day. Both complained of sore-
ness in the throat, and Semandre suffered much
from cramps in his fingers. The Doctor and
Hepburn began this day to cut the wood, and
also brought it to the house. Being too weak to
aid in these laborious tasks, I was employed in
searching for bones, and cooking, and attending
to our more weakly companions.

In the evening Peltier, complaining much of
cold, requested of me a portion of a blanket to
repair his shirt and drawers. The mending of
these articles occupied him and Semandre until
past one A.M., and their spirits were so much
revived by the employment, that they conversed
even cheerfully the whole time. Adam sat up
with them. The Doctor, Hepburn, and myself,

-ocr page 355-
350 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
went to bed. We were afterwards agreeably
surprised to see Peltier and Semandrè carry three
or four logs of wood across the room to replenish
the fire, which induced us to hope they still pos-
sessed more strength than we had supposed.

November L—This day was fine and mild.
Hepburn went hunting, but was as usual unsuc-
cessful. As his strength was rapidly declining,
we advised him to desist from the pursuit of deer;
and only to go out for a short time, and endea-
vour to kill a few partridges for Peltier and Se-
mandrè. The Doctor obtained a little tripe d»
roche,
but Peltier could not eat any of it, and
Semandrè only a few spoonfuls, owing to the
soreness of their throats. In the afternoon Pel-
tier was so much exhausted, that hè sat up with
difficulty, and looked piteously ; at length hè
slided from his stool upon his bed, as we sup-
posed to sleep, and in this composed state hè
remained upwards of two hours, without our ap-
prehending any danger. We were then alarmed
by hearing a rattling in his throat, and on the
Doctor's examining him, hè was found to be
speechless. He died in the course of the night.
Semandrè sat up the greater part of the day,
and even assisted in pounding some bones ; but
on witnessing the melancholy state of Peltier, hè
became very low, and began to complain of cold

-ocr page 356-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 351
and stiffiiess of the joints. Being unable to keep
up a sufficient fire to warm him, we laid him
down and covered him with several blankets.
He did not, however, appear to get better, and I
deeply lament to add hè also died before day-
light. We removed the bodies of the deceased
into the opposite part of the house, but our United
strength was inadequate to the task of interring
them, or even carrying them down to the river.

It may be worthy of remark that poor Peltier»
from the time of Benoit's departure, had fixed on
the first of November as the time when hè should
cease to expect any relief from the Indians, and
had repeatedly said that if they did not arrive by
that day, hè should not survive.

Peltier had endeared himself to each of us by
his cheerfulness, his unceasing activity, and afFeo
tionate care and attentions, ever since our arrival
at this place. He had nursed Adam with the
tenderest solicitude the whole time. Poor Se-
mandrè was willing to have taken his share in
the labours of the party, had hè not been wholly
incapacitated by his weakness and low spirits.
The severe shock occasioned by the sudden dis-
solution of our two companions rendered us very
melancholy. Adam became low and despondent,
a change which we lamented the more, as we had
perceived hè had been gaining strength and spirits

-ocr page 357-
352 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
for the two preceding days. I was particularly dis-
tressed by the thought that the labour of collecting
wood must now devolve upon Dr. Richardson and
Hepburn, and that my debility would disable me
fromaffordingthemanymaterialassistance; indeed
both of them most kindly urged me not to make
the attempt. They were occupied the whole of
the next day in tearing down the logs of which
the store-house was built, but the mud plastered
between them was so hard frozen that the labour
of separation exceeded their strength, and they
were completely exhausted by bringing in wood
sufficient for less than twelve hours' consumption.

I found it necessary in their absence, to re-
mam constantly near Adam, and to converse with
him, in order to prevent his reflecting on ourcon-
dition, and to keep up his spirits as far as pos-
sible. I also lay by his side at night.

On the 3d the weather was very cold, though
the atmosphere was cloudy. This morning Hep-
burn was aflected with swelling in his limbs, his
strength as well as that of the Doctor, was
rapidly declining; they continued, however, to
be full of hope. Their utmost exertions could
only supply wood, to renew the fire thrice, and
on making it up the last time we went to bed.
Adam was in rather better spirits, but hè could
not bear to be left alone. Our stock of bones

-ocr page 358-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 353
was exhausted by a small quantity of soup we
made this evening. The toil of separating the
hair from the skins, which in fact were our chief
support, had now become so wearisome as to
prevent us from eating as much as we should
otherwise have done.

November 4.—Galm and comparatively mild
weather. The Doctor and Hepburn, exclusive
of their usual occupation, gathered some tripe de
roche. l
went a few yards from the house in
search of bones, and returned qui:e fatigued,
having found but three. The Doctor again made
incisions in Adam's leg, which discharged a con-
siderable quantity of water, and gave him great
relief. We read prayers and a portion of the
New Testament in the morning and evening, as
had been our practice since Dr. Richardson's
arrival; and I may remark that the performance
of these duties always afïorded us the greatest
consolation, serving to reanimate our hope in the
mercy of the Omnipotent, who alone could save
and deliver us.

On the 5th the breezes were light, with dark
cloudy weather, and some snow. The Doctor
and Hepburn were getting much weaker, and
the limbs of the latter were now greatly swelled.
They came into the house frequently in the course
of the day to rest thea,selves, and when once

VOL. II. 2 A
-ocr page 359-
354 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
seated, were unable to rise without the help of
one another, or of a stick. Adam was for the
most part in the same low state as yesterday,
but sometimes hè surprised us by getting up and
walking with an appearance of increased strength.
His looks were now wild and ghastly, and his
conversation was often incoherent.

The next day was fine, but very cold. The
swellings in Adam's limbs having subsided, hè
was free from pain, and arose this morning in
much better spirits, and spoke of cleaning his
gun ready for shooting partridges, or any animals
that might appear near the house, but his tone
entirely changed before the day was half over;
hè became again dejected, and could scarcely be
prevailed upon to eat. The Doctor and Hepburn
were almost exhausted. The cutting of one log
of wood occupied the latter half an hour; and
the other took as much time to drag it into the
house, though the.distance did not exceed thirty
yards. I endeavoured to help the Doctor, but
my assistance was very trifling. Yet it was evi-
dent that, in a day or two, if their strength should
continue to decline at the same rate, I should be
the strongest of the party,

I may here remark that owing to our loss of
flesh, the hardness of the floor, from which we
were only protected by a blanket, produced sore-

-ocr page 360-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 355
ness over the body, and especially those parts on
which the weight rested in lying, yet to turn our-
selves for relief was a matter of toil and difficulty.
However, during this period, and indeed all along
after the acute pains of hunger, which lasted but
three or four days, had subsided, we generally
enjoyed the comfort of a few hours' sleep. The
dreams which for the most part, but not always
accompanied it, were usually (though not inva-
riably,) of a pleasant character, being very often
about the enjoyments of feasting. In the day-
time we feil into the practice of conversing on
common and light subjects, although we some-
times discussed with seriousness and earnestness
topics connected with religion. We generally
avoided speaking directly of our present suffer-
ings, or even of the prospect of relief. I observed,
that in proportion as our strength decayed, our
minds exhibited symptoms of weakness, evinced
by a kind of unreasonable pettishness with each
other. Each of us thought the other weaker in
intellect than himself, and more in need of advice
and assistance. So trifiing a circumstance as a
change of place, recommended by one as being
warmer and more comfortable, and refused by
the other from a dread of motion, frequently
called forth fretful expressions which were no
sooner uttered than atoned for, to be repeated

SAS
-ocr page 361-
356 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
perhaps in the course of a few minutes. The
same thing often occurred when we endeavoured
to assist each other in carrying wood to the fire ;
none of us were willing to receive assistance,
although the task was disproportioned to our
strength. On one of these occasions Hepburn
was so convinced of this waywardness that hè
exclaimed, " Dear me, if we are spared to return
to England, I wonder i f we shall recover our un-
derstandings."

November 7.—Adam had passed a restless
night, being disquieted by gloomy apprehensions
of approaching death, which we tried in vain to
dispel. He was so low in the morning as to be
scarcely able to speak. I remained in bed by
his side to cheer him as much as possible. The
Doctor and Hepburn went to cut wood. They
had hardly begun their labour, when they were
amazed at hearing the report of a musket. They
could scarcely believe that there was really any
one near, until they heard a shout, and imme-
diately espied three Indians close to the house.
Adam and I heard the latter noise, and I was
fearful that a part of the house had fallen upon
one of my companions, a disaster which had in
fact been thought not unlikely. My alarm was
only momentary, Dr. Richardson came in to com-
municate the joyful intelligence that relief had

-ocr page 362-
OP THE POLAR S BA. 35r
arrived. He and myself immediately addressed
thanksgiving to the throne of mercy for this de-
liverance, but poor Adam was in so low a state
that hè could scarcely comprehend the informa-
tion. When the Indians entered, hè attempted
to rise but sank down again. But for this sea-
sonable interposition of Providence, his existence
must have terminated in a few hours, and that of
the rest probably in not many days.

The Indians had left Akaitcho's encampment
on the 5th November, having been sent by Mr.
Back with all possible expedition, after hè had
arrived at their tents. They brought but a small
supply of provision that they might travel quickly.
It consisted of drieddeer's meat, some fat, and a
few tongues. Dr. Richardson, Hepburn, and I,
eagerly devoured the food, which they impru-
dently presented to us, in too great abundance,
and in consequence we suffered dreadfully from
indigestion, and had no rest the whole night.
Adam being unable to feed himself, was more
judiciously treated by them, and suffered less;
his spirits revived hourly. The circumstance of
our eating more food than was proper in our pre-
sent condition, was another striking proof of the
debility of our minds. We were perfectly aware
of the danger, and Dr. Richardson repeatedly
cautioned us to be moderate; but hè was himself

-ocr page 363-
358 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
unable to practise the caution hè so judiciously
recommended.

Boudel-kell, the youngestofthe Indians, after
resting about an hour, returned to Akaitcho with
the intelligence of our situation, and hè conveyed
a note from me to Mr. Back, requesting another
supply of meat as soon as possible. The two
others, " Crooked-Foot and the Rat," remained
to take care of us, until we should be able to
move forward.

The note I received by the Indians from Mr.
Back, communicated a tale of distress, with re-
gard to himself and his party, as painful as that
which we had sufFered; as will be seen hereafter,
by his own narrative.

November 8.—The Indians this morning re-
quested us to remove to an encampment on the
banks of the river, asthey were unwilling to re-
mam in the house in which the bodies of our
deceased companions were lying exposed to view.
We agreed to remove, but the day proved too
stormy, and Dr. Richardson and Hepburn having
dragged the bodies to a short distance, and
covered them with snow, the objections of the
Indians to remain in the house were removed,
and they began to clear our room of the ac-
cumulation of dirt, and fragments of pounded
bones. The improved state of our apartment,

-ocr page 364-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 359
and the large and cheerful fires they kept up, pro-
duced in us a sensation of comfort to which we
had long been strangers. In the evening they
brought in a pile of dried wood, which Avas lying
on the river-side, and on which we had oftencast
a wishful eye, being unable to drag it up the
bank. The Indians set about every thing with
an activity that amazed us. Indeed, contrasted
with our emaciated figures and extreme debility,
their frames appeared to us gigantic, and their
strength supernatural. These kind creatures
next turned their attention to our personal ap-
pearance, and prevailed upon us to shave and
wash ourselves. The beards of the Doctor and
Hepburn had been untouched since they left the
sea-coast, and were become of a hideous length,
and peculiarly ofFensive to the Indians. The
Doctor and I suflfered extremely from distention,
and therefore ate sparingly*. Hepburn was
getting better, and Adam recovered his strength
with aroazing rapidity.

* The first alvine discharges aftcr we received food, were, as
Hearne rcinarks on a similar occasion, attended with excessive pain.
Previous to the arrival of the Indians the urinary secretion was
extremely abundant, and we were obliged to rise from bed in con-
sequence upvvards of ten times in a night. This was an extreme
annoyance in our reduced state. It may, perhaps, be attributed to
the quantity of the country tea that we drank.

-ocr page 365-
360 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
November 9.—This morning was pleasantly
fine. Crooked-Foot caught four large trout in
Winter Lake, which were very much prized,
especially by the Doctor and myself, who had
taken a dislike to meat, in consequence of our
sufferings from repletion, which rendered us
almost incapable of moving. Adam and Hepburn
in a good measure escaped this pain. Though
the night was stormy, and our apartment freely
admitted the wind, we feit no inconvenience, the
Indians were so very careful in covering us up,
and in keeping a good fire; and our plentiful
cheer gave such power of resisting the cold, that
we could scarcely believe otherwise than that the
season had become milder.

On the 13th, the weather was stormy, with
constant snow. The Indians became despond-
ing at the non-arrival of the supply, and would
neither go to hunt nor fish. They frequently ex-
pressed their fears of some misfortune having
befallen Boudel-kell; and, in the evening, went
off suddenly, without apprizing us of their in-
tention, having first given to each of us a handful
of pounded meat, which they had reser ved. Their
departure, at first, gave rise to a suspicion of their
having deserted u s, not meaning to return, espe-
cially as the explanations of Adam, who appear-

-ocr page 366-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 361
ed to be in their secret, were very unsatisfactory.
At length, by interrogations, we got from him the
information, that they designed to march night
and day, until they should reach Akaitcho's en-
campment, whence they would send us aid. As
we had combated their fears about Boudel-kell,
they,perhaps, apprehended that we should oppose
their determination, and therefore concealed it.'
We were now left a second time without food,
and with appetites recovered, and strongly ex-
cited by recent indulgence.

On the following day the Doctor and Hepburn
resumed their former occupation of collecting
wood, and I was able to assist a little in bringing
it into the house. Adam, whose expectation of
the arrival of the Indians had been raised by the
fineness of the weather, became, towards night,
very desponding, and refused to eat the singed
skin. The night was stormy, and there was a
heavy fall of snow. The next day hè became
still more dejected. About elevenHepburn, who
had gone out for wood, came in with the intelli-
gence that a party appeared upon the river.
The room was instantly swept, and, in compliance
with the prejudices of the Indians, every scrap of
skin was carefully removed out of sight; for these
simple people imagine, that burning deer-skin
renders them unsuccessful in hunting. The party

-ocr page 367-
368 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
proved to be Crooked-Foot, Thooee-yorre, and
the Fop, with the wives of the two latter dragging
provisions. They were accompanied by Benoit,
one of our own men.

We were rejoiced to learn, by a note from Mr.
Back, dated November 11, that hè and his com-
panions had so recruited their strength that they
were preparing to proceed to Fort Providence.
Adam recovered his spirits on the arrival of the
Indians, and even walked about the room with
an appearance of strength and activity that sur-
prised us all. As it was of consequence to get
amongst the rein-deer before our present supply
should fail, we made preparations for quitting
Fort Enterprise the next day ; and, accordingly,
at an early hour, on the 16th, having united in
thanksgiving and prayer, the whole party left the
house after breakfast. Our feelings on quitting
the Fort, where we had formerly enjoyed much
comfort, if not happiness, and, latterly, experienced
a degree of misery scarcely to be paralleled, may
be more easily conceived than described. The
Indians treated us with the utmost tenderness,
gave us their snow-shoes, and walked without
themselves, keeping by our sides, that they might
lift us when we feil. We descended Winter
Biver, and, about noon, crossed the head of
Round-Rock Lake, distant about three miles

-ocr page 368-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 333
from the house where we were obliged to halt, as
Dr. Richardson was unable to proceed. The
swellings in h is limbs rendered him by much the
weakest of the party. The Indians prepared our
encampment, cooked for us, and fed us as if we
had been children; evincing humanity that would
have done honour to the most civilized people.
The night was mild, and fatigue made us sleep
soundly.

From this period to the 26th of November we
gradually continued to improve, under the kind-
ness and attention of our Indians. On this day
we arrived in safety at the abode of our chief
and companion Akaitcho. We were received by
the party assembled in the leader's tent, with
looks ofcompassion, andproföund silence, which
lasted about a quarter of an hour, and by which
they meant to express their condolence for our
sufferings. The conversation did not begin until
we had tasted food. The Chief, Akaitcho, shew-
ed us the most friendly hospitality, and all sorts
of personal attention, even to cooking for us with
his own hands, an office which hè never performs
for himself. Annoethai-yazzeh and Humpy, the
Chief's two brothers, and several of our hunters,
with their families, were encamped here, together
with a number of old men and women. In the
course of the day we were visited by every per-

-ocr page 369-
364 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
son of the band, not merely from curiosity, I con-
ceive, but rather from a desire to evince their ten-
der sympathy in our late distress. We learned
that Mr. Back, with St. Germain and Belanger,
had gone to Fort Providence ; and that, previous
to his departure, hè had left a letter in a cache
of pounded meat, which we had missed two days
ago. As we supposed that this letter might ac-
quaint us with his intentions more fully than we
could gather from the Indians, through our imper-
fect knowledge of their language, Augustus, the
Esquimaux, whom we found here in perfect
health, and an Indian lad, were despatched to
bring it.

We found several of the Indian families in
great affliction, for the loss of three of their re-
latives, who had been drowned in the August
preceding, by the upsettiag of a canoe near to
Fort Enterprise. They bewailed the melancholy
accident every morning and evening, by repeat-
ing the names of the persons in a loud singing
tone, which was frequently interrupted by bursts
of tears. One woman was so affected by the
loss of her only son, that she seemed deprived of
reason, and wandered about the tents the whole
day, crying and singing out his name.
. On the Ist of December we removed with the
Indians to the southward.

-ocr page 370-
OF THE POLAR SEA. SS5
On the 4th, we again set off after the Indians
about noon, and soon overtook them, as they had
halted, to drag frorn the water, and cut up and
share, a moose-deer, that had been drowned in
a rapid part of the river, partially covered with
ice. These operations detained us a long time,
which was the more disagreeable, as the weather
was extremely unpleasant from cold low fogs.
We were all much fatigued at the hour of encamp-
ment, which was after dark, though the day's
journey did not exceed four miles. At every
halt the elderly men of the tribe used to make
holes in the ice and put in their lines. One of
them shared the produce of his fishery with us this
evening.

In the afternoon of the 6th, Belanger, and
another Canadian, arrived from Fort Providence,
sent by Mr. Weeks with two trains of dogs, some
spirits and tobacco for the Indians, a change of
dress fbr ourselves, and a little tea and sugar.
They also brought letters for us from England,
and from Mr. Back and Mr. Wentzel. By the
former we received the gratifying intelligence of
the successful termination of Captain Parry's
voyage; and were informed of the promotion of
myself and Mr. Back, and of poor Hood, our grief
for whose loss was renewed by this intelligence.
The gratification, which it would otherwise have

-ocr page 371-
356 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
afforded, was materially damped by our sincere
regret that hè had not lived to receive this just
reward of his merit and services. The letter
from Mr. Back stated, that the rival Companies
in the fur trade had united; but that, owing to
some cause which had not been explained to him,
the goods intended as rewards to Akaitcho and
his band, which we had demanded in the spring
from the North-West Company, were not sent.
There wére, however, some stores lying for us at
Moose-deer Island, which had been ordered for
the equipment of our voyagers ; and Mr. Back
had gone across to that establishment, to make a
selection of the articles we could spare for a tem-
porary present to the Indians. The disappoint-
ment at the non-arrival of the goods was seriously
feit by us, as we had looked forward with plea-
sure to the time wheri we should be enabled to
recompense our kind Indian friends, for their
tender sympathy in our distresses, and the assist-
ance they had so cheerfully and promptly ren-
dered. I now regretted to find, that Mr. Wentzel
and his party, in their return from the sea, had
suffered severely on their march along the Copper-
Mine River, having on one occasion, as hè men-
tioned, had no food but tripe de roclie for eleven
days.

All the Indians flocked to our encampment to
-ocr page 372-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 36?
learn the news, and to receive the articles brought
for them. Having got some spirits and tobacco,
they withdrew to the tent of the Chief, and
passed the greater part of the night in singing.
We had now the indescribable gratification of
changing our linen, which had been worn ever
since our departure from the sea-coast.

December 8.—After a long conference with
Akaitcho, we took leave of him and his kind com-
panions, and set out with two sledges, heavily
laden with provision and bedding, drawn by the
dogs, and conducted by Belanger and the Cana-
dian sent by Mr. Weeks. Hepburn and Augustus
jointly dragged a smaller sledge, laden principally
with their own bedding. Adam and Benoit were
left to follow with the Indians. We encamped
on the Grassy-Lake Portage, having walked
about nine miles, principally on the Yellow-
Knife River. It was open at the rapids, and in
these places we had to ascend its banks, and
walk through the woods for some distance, which
was very fatiguing, especially to Dr. Richardson,
whose feet were severely galled in consequence
of some defect in his snow-shoes.
. On the llth, however, we arrived at the Fort;
it was still under the charge of Mr. Weeks. He
welcomed us in the most kind marmer, immedi-

-ocr page 373-
368 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
ately gave us changes of dress, and did every
thing in his power to make us comfortable.

Our sensations, on being once more in a com-
fortable dweiling, after the series of hardships
and miseries we had experienced, will be much
better imagined than any language of mine can
describe them. Our first act was again to return
our grateful praises to the Almighty for the mani-
fold instances of his mercy towards us. Having
found here some articles, which Mr. Back had
sent across from Moose-deer Island, I determined
on awaiting the arrival of Akaitcho and his party,
in order to present these to them, and to assure
them of the promised reward, as soon as it could
possibly be procured.

In the afternoon of the 14th, Akaitcho, with
his whole band came to the Fort. He smoked
his customary pipe, and made an address to Mr.
Weeks in the hall, previous to his coming into
the room in which Dr. Richardson and I were.
We discovered at the commencement of his
speech to us, that hè had been informed that our
expected supplies had not come. He spoke of
this circumstance as a disappointment, indeed,
sufficiently severe to himself, to whom his band
looked up for the protection of their interests, but
without attaching any blame to us. " The world

-ocr page 374-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 389
goes badly," hè said, " all are poor, you are poor,
the traders appear to be poor, I and my party
are poor likewise ; and since the goods have not
come in, we cannot have them. I do not regret
having supplied you with provisions, for a Copper
Indian can never permit white men to suffer from
want of food on his lands, without flying to their
aid. I trust, however, that we shall, as you say,
receive what is due next autumn; and at all
events," hè added, in a tone of good-humour,
" it is the first time that the white people have
been indebted to the Copper Indians." We
assured him the supplies should certainly be sent
to him by the autumn, if not before. He then
cheerfully received the small present we made to
himself; and, although, we could give a few
things only to those who had been most active in
our service, the others, who, perhaps, thought
themselves equally deserving, did not murmur at
being left out in the distribution. Akaitcho after-
wards expressed a strong desire, that we should
represent the character of his nation in a favour-
able light to our countrymen. " I know," hè
said, " you write down every occurrence in your
books; but probably you have only noticed the
bad things we have said and done, and have
omitted to mention the good." In the course of
thedesultory conversation which ensued, hè said.

VOL. II. 2 B
-ocr page 375-
370 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
that hè had been always told by us, to consider
the traders in the same light as ourselves; and
that, for his part, hè looked upon both as equally
respectable. This assurance, made in the pre-
sence of Mr. Weeks, was particularly gratifying
to us, as it completely disproved the defence that
had been set up, respecting the injurious reports
that had been circulated against us amongst the
Indians in the spring; namely, that they were in
retaliation for our endeavours to lower the traders
in the eyes of the Indians. I take this oppor-
tunity of stating my opinion, that Mr. Weeks, in
spreading these reports, was actuated by a mis-
taken idea that hè was serving the interest of his
employers. On the present occasion, we feit
indebted to him for the sympathy hè displayed
for our distresses, and the kindness with which
hè administered to our personal wants. After
this conference, such Indians as were indebted
to the Company were paid for the provision they
had given us, by deducting a corresponding sum
from their debts 5 in the same way we gave a
reward of sixtecn skins of beaver to each of the
persons who had come to our relief at Fort Enter-
prise. As the debts of Akaitcho and his hunters
had been effaced at the time of his engagement
with us, we placed a sum equal to the amount of
.provision they had recently supplicd, to their

-ocr page 376-
OF THE POLAR SEA, 871
credit on the Company's books. These things
being, through the moderation of the Indians, ad-
justed with an unexpected facility, we gave them
a keg of mixed liquors, (five parts water,) and
distributed among them several fathoms of to-
bacco, and they retired to their tents to spend the
night in merriment.
\(
Adam, our interpreter, being desirous of uniting
himself with the Copper Indians, applied to me
for his discharge, which I granted, and gave him
a bill on the Hudson's Bay Company for the
amount of his wages. These arrangements being
completed, we prepared to cross the lake.

Mr. Weeks provided Dr. Richardson and me
with a cariole each, and we set out at eleven A.M.,
on the löth, for Moose-deer Island. Our party
consisted of Belanger, who had charge of a sledge
laden with the bedding, and drawn by two dogs,
our two cariole men, Benoit, and Augustus.
Previous to our departure, we had another con->
ference with Akaitcho, who, as well as the rest
of his party, bade us farewell, with a warmth of
marnier rare among the Indians.

The badness of Belanger's dogs, and the
roughness of the ice, impeded our progress very
much, and obliged us to encamp early. We had
a good fire made of the drift wood, which lines

2B2
-ocr page 377-
372 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
the shores of this lake in great quantities. The
next day was very cold. We began the journey
at nine A.M., and encamped at the Big Cape,
having made another short march, in consequence
of the roughness of the ice.

On the 17th, we encamped on the most southerly
of the Rein-deer Islands. This night was very
stormy, but the wind abating in the morning, we
proceeded, and by sun-set reached the fishing-
huts of the Company at Stony Point. Here we
found Mr. Andrews, a clerk of the Hudson's Bay
Company, who regaled us with a supper of excel-
lent white fish, for which this part of Slave Lake
is particularly celebrated. Two men with sledges
arrived soon afterwards, sent by Mr. M'Vicar,
who expected us about this time. We set off
in the morning before day-break, with several
companions, and arrived at Moose-deer Island
about one P.M. Here we were received with
the utmost hospitality by Mr. M'Vicar, the chief
trader of the Hudson's Bay Company in this dis-
trict, as well as by his assistant Mr. M'Auley.
We had also the happiness of joining our friend,
Mr. Back; our feelings on this occasion can be
well imagined, we were deeply impressed with
gratitude to him for his exertions in sending the
supply of food to Fort Enterprise, to which, under

-ocr page 378-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 373
Divine Providence, we feit the preservation of
our lives to be owing. He gave us an affecting
detail of the proceedings of his party since our
separation; the substance of which I shall con-
vey to the reader, by the following extracts from
his Jouraal.

-ocr page 379-
JOURNEY TO THE SHÖRES
Mn. BACK's NARRATIVE.
1821. CAPTAIN FRANKLIN having directed me
October 4. to pr0ceed with St. Germain, Belanger,
and Beauparlant, to Fort Enterprise, in the hope
of obtaining relief for the party, I took leave of
my companions, and set out on my journey,
through a very swampy country, which, with the
cloudy state of the weather and a keen north-east
wind, accompanied by frequent snow showers,
retarded us so much, that we scarcely got more
than four miles when we halted for the night, and
made a meal of tripe de roche and some old
leather.

On the 5th, we set out early, amidst extremely
deep snow, sinking frequently in it up to the
thighs, a labour in our enfeebled and almost worn
out state, that nothing but the cheering hopes of
reaching the house, and affording relief to our
friends, could have enabled us to support. As
we advanced, we found to our mortification, that
the tripe de roche, hitherto our sole dependence,
began to be scarce, so that we could only collect
sufficient to make half a kettleful, which, with the
addition of a partridge each, that St. Germain
had killed, made us a tolerable meal; during this

-ocr page 380-
OP THE POLAR SEA, 3?«
day I feit very weak and sore in the joints, par-
ticularly between the shoulders. At eight we
encamped among a small clump of willows.

On the 6th we set out at an early hour, pursu-
ing our route over a range of hills, at the foot of
one of which we saw several large pines, and a
great quantity of willows ; a sight that encourag-
ed us to quicken our pace, as we were now certain
we could not be far from the woods. Indeed we
were making considerable progress, when Be-
langer unfortunately brok e through the ice, and
sunk up to the hips. The weather being cold, hè
was in danger of freezing, but some brushwood
on the borders of the lake enabled us to make a
fire to dry him. At the same time we took the
opportunity of refreshing ourselves with a kettle
of swamp tea.

My increasing debility had for some time
obliged me to use a stick for the purpose of ex-
tending my arms; the pain in my shoulders being
so acute, that I could not bear them to remain in
the usual position for two minutes together. We
halted at five among some small brushwood, and
made a sorry meal of an old pair of leather
trowsers, and some swamp tea.

The night was cold with a hard frost, and
though two persons slept together, yet we could
not by any means keep ourselves warm, but re-

-ocr page 381-
378 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
mained trembling the whole time. The following
morning we crossed several lakes, occasionally
seeing the recent tracks of deer, and at noon we
feil upon Marten Lake ; and it happened to be
the exact spot where we had been the last year
with the canoes, and though I immediately recog-
nised the place, the men would not believe it to
be the same ; at length, by pointing out several
marks, and relating circumstances connected with
them, they recovered their memory, and a simul-
taneous expression of " Mon Dieu, nous sommes
sauvés," broke out from the whole. Contrary to
our expectations the lake was frozen sufficiently
to bear us, so that we were excused from making
the tours of the different bays. This circum-
stance seemed to add fresh vigour to us, and we
walked as fast as the extreme smoothness of the
ice would permit, intending to reach the Slave
Rock that night; but an unforeseen and almost
fatal accident prevented the prosecution of our
plan: Belanger (who seemed the victim of mis-
fortune) again broke through the ice, in a deep
part near the head of the rapid, but was timely
saved, by fastening our worsted belts together,
and pulling him out. By urging him forwards
as quick as his icy garments would admit of, to
prevent his freezing, we reached a few pines, and
kindled a lire; but it was late before hè even feit

-ocr page 382-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 377
warm, though hè was so near the flame as to
burn his hair twice, and to add to our distress,
since we could not pursue them, three wolves
crossed the lake close to us.

The night of the 7th was extremely stormy,
and about ten the following morning, on attempt-
ing to go on, we found it totally impossible, being
too feeble to oppose the wind and drift, which
frequently blew us over, and on attempting to
cross a small lake that lay in our way, drove
us faster backwards than, with every effort, we
could get forwards; we therefore encamped
under the shelter of a smaiï clump of pines, secure
from the south-west storm that was raging around
us. In the evening, from there being no tripe de
roche,
we were compelled to satisfy, or rather
allay, the cravings of hunger, by eating a gun
cover and a pair of old shoes ; at this time I had
scarcely strength to get on my legs.

The wind did not in the least abate during the
night, but in the morning of the 9th i t changed
to north-east, and became moderate. We took
advantage of this circumstance, and rising with
great difficulty, set out, though had it not been
for the hope of reaching the house I am certain,
from the excessive faintness which almost over-
powered me, that I must have remained where I
was. We passed the Slave Rock, and making
frequent halts, arrived within a short distance of

-ocr page 383-
SS-8 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Fort Enterprise; but, as we perceived neither
any marks of Indians, nor even of animals, the
men began absolutely to despair: on a nearer
approach, however, the tracks of large herds of
deer, which had only passed a few hours, tended
a little to revive their spirits, and shortly after we
crossed the ruinous threshold of the long-sought-
for spot; but what was our surprise, what our
sensations, at beholding every thing in the most
desolate and neglected state; the doors and
windows of that room in which we expected to
find provision, had been thrown down, and care-
lessly left so ; and the wild animals of the woods
had resorted there as to a place of shelter and
retreat. Mr. Wentzel had taken away the trunks
and papers, but had left no note to guide us to
the Indians. This was to us the most grievous
disappointment: without the assistance of the
Indians, bereft of every resource, we feit our-
selves reduced to the most miserable state, which
was rendered still worse, from the recollection
that our friends in the rear were as miserable as
ourselves. For the moment, however, hunger
prevailed, and each began to gnaw the scraps of
putrid and frozen meat that were laying about,
without waitiug to préparé them. A fire, how-
ever, was made, and the neck and bones of a
deer, found lying in the house, were boiled and
devourecl

-ocr page 384-
OF THE PÖLAR SËA. §fy
l determined to remain a day here to repose
ourselves, and then to go in search of the Indians,
and in the event of missing them, to proceed to
the first trading establishment, which was distant
about one hundred and thirty miles, and from
thence to send succour to my companions. This
indeed I should have done immediately, as the
most certain marnier of executing my purpose,
had there been any probability of the river and
lakcs being frozen to the southward, or had we
possessed sufficient strength to have clambered
over the rocks and mountains which impeded the
direct way; but as we were aware of our inability
to do so, I listened to St. Germain's proposal,
which was, to follow the deer into the woods,
(so long as they did not lead us out of our route
to the Indians,) and if possible to eollect suffi-
cient food to carry us to Fort Providence. We
now set about making mittens and snoAV shoes,
whilst Belanger searched under the snow, and
collected a mass of old bones, which when burned
and used with a little salt we found palatable
enough, and made a tolerable meal. At night
St. Germain rcturned, having seen plenty of
tracks, but no animals; the day was cloudy, with
fresh breezes, and the river was frozen at the
borders.

On the llth we prepared for our journey,
-ocr page 385-
380 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
having first colleeted a few old skins of deer, to
serve us as food, and written a note to be left
for our commander, to apprize him of our in-
tentions. We pursued the cour se of the river to
the lower lake, when St. Germain feil in, which
obliged us to encamp directly to prevent his being
frozen; indeed we were all glad of stopping, for
in our meagre and reduced state it was impos-
sible to resist the weather, which at any other
time would have been thought fine; my toes were
frozen, and although wrapped up in blanket I
could not keep my hands warm.

The 12th was excessively cold with fresh
breezes. Our meal at night consisted of scraps of
old deer skins and swamp tea, and the men com-
plaüied greatly of their increasing debility. The
following morning I sent St. Germain to hunt, in-
tending to go some distance down the lake, but
the weather becoming exceedingly thick with
snow storms, we were prevented from moving.
He returned without success, not having seen any
animals. We had nothing to eat.

In the morning of the 14th the part of the lake
before us was quite frozen. There was so much
uncertainty in St. Germain's answers as to the
chance of any Indians being in the direction we
were then going, (although hè had previously
said that the leader had told him hè should be

-ocr page 386-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 3S1
there,) and hè gave me so much dissatisfaction in
his hunting excursions, that I was induced to
send a note to the Commander, whom I supposed
to be by this time at Fort Enterprise, to inform
him of our situation; not that I imagined for a
moment hè could better it, but that by all return-
ing to the fort we might, perhaps, have better
success in hunting ; with this view I despatched
Belanger, much against his inclination, and told
him to return as quick as possible to a place about
four miles further on, where we intended to fish,
and to await his arrival. The men were so weak
this day, that I could get neither of them to move
from the encampment; and it was only necessity
that compelled them to cut wood for fuel, in per-
forming which operation Beauparlant's face be-
came so dreadfully swelled that hè could scarcely
see ; I myself lost my temper on the most trivial
circumstances, and was become very peevish;
the day was fine but cold, with a freezing north-
east wind. We had nothing to eat.

October 15.—The night was calm and clear,
but it was not before two in the afternoon that
we set out; and the one was so weak, and the
other so full of complaints, that we did not get
more than three-quarters of a mile from our last
encampment, before we were obliged to put up ;
but in this distance we were fortunate enough to

-ocr page 387-
382 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
kill a partridge, the bones of which were eaten,
and the remainder reserved for baits to fish with,
We were fortunate, however, in collecting sufficient
tripederoche to make a meal; and I nowanxiously
awaited Belanger's return, to know what course
to take. I was now so much reduced, that my
shoulders were as if they would fall from my body,
my legs seemed unable to support me, and in
the disposition in which I then found myself, had
it not been for the remembrance of my friends
behind, who relied on me for relief, as well as
the persons of whom I had charge, I certainly
should have preferred remaining where I was, to
the miserable pain of attempting to move.

October 16.—We waited until two in the after-
noon for Belanger; but not seeing any thing of
him on the lake, we set out, purposing to encamp
at the Narrows, the place which was said to be
so good for fishing, and wherc, according to
St. Germain's account, the Indians never failed to
catch plenty ; its distance at most could not be
more than two miles. We had not proceeded far
before Beauparlant began to complain of increas-
ing weakness. This was so usual with us that
no particular notice was taken of it, for in fact
there was little dirTerence, all being alike feeble:
among other things, hè said whilst we were rest-
ing, that hè should never get beyond the next

-ocr page 388-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 383
encampment, for his strength had quite failed him.
I endeavoured to encourage him by explaining
the mercy of the Supreme Being, who ever beholds
with an eye of pity those that seek his aid. This
passed as common discourse, when hè inquired
where we were to put up; St. Germain pointed
to a small clump of pines near us, the only place
indeed that offered for fuel. " Well," replied the
poor man, " take your axe, Mr. Back, and I will
follow at my leisure, I shall join you by the time
the encampment is made." This is a usual prac-
tice of the country, and St. Germain and myself
went on towards the spot; it was five o'clock and
not very cold, but rather milder than we had ex-
perienced it for some time, when, on leaving the
ice, we saw a number of crows perched on the
top of some high pines near us. St. Germain
immediately said there must be some dead
animal thereabouts, and proceeded to search,
when we saw several heads of deer half buried
in the snpw and ice, without eyes or tongues.
The previous severity of the weather only having
obliged the wolves and other animals to abandon
them. An expression of " Oh merciful God! we
are saved," broke from us both ; and with feel-
ings more easily imagined than described, we
shook hands, not knowing what to say for joy.
It was twilight, and a fog was rapidly darkening

-ocr page 389-
384, JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
the surface of the lake, when St. Germain com-
menced making the encampment; the task was
too laborious for me to render him any assistance,
and had we not thus providentially found pro-
vision, I feel convinced that the next twenty-four
hours would have terminated my existence. But
this good fortune, in some measure renovated
me for the moment, and putting out my whole
strength, I contrived to collect a few heads, and
with incredible difficulty carried them singly
about thirty paces to the fire.

Darkness stole on us apace, and I became
extremely anxious about Beauparlant; several
guns were fired, to each of which hè answered.
We then called out, and again heard his re-
sponses though faintly, when I told St. Germain
to go and look for him, as I had not strength my-
self, being quite exhausted. He said, that hè
had already placed a pine branch on the ice, and
hè could then scarcely find his way back, but if
hè went now hè should certainly be lost. In this
situation I could only hope that as Bea.uparlant
had my blanket, and every thing requisite to light
a fire, hè might have encamped at a little distance
from us.

October 17.—The night was cold and clear,
but we could not sleep at all, from the pains of
having eaten. We suffered the most excruciating

-ocr page 390-
OF THE POLAH SEA. 385
torments, though I in particular did not eat a
quarter of what would have satisfied me ; it might
have been from using a quantity of raw or frozen
sinews of the legs of deer, which neither of us
could avoid doing, so great was our hunger. In
the morning, being much agitated for the safety
of Beauparlant, I desired St. Germain to go in
search of him, and to return with him as quick as
possible, when I would have something prepared
for them to eat.

It was, however, late when hè arrived, with a
small bundie which Beauparlant was accustomed
to carry, and with tears in his eyes, told me that
hè had found our poor companion dead. Dead !
I could not believe him. " It is so, Sir," said
St. Germain; " after hallooing and calling his
name to no purpose, I went towards our last en-
campment, about three quarters of a mile, and
found him stretched upon his back on a sand
bank frozen to death, his limbs all extended and
swelled enormously, and as hard as the ice that
was near him ; his bundie was behind him, as if
it had rolled away when hè feil, and the blanket
which hè wore around his neck and shoulders
thrown on one side. Seeing that there was no
longer life in him, I threw your covering over
him, and placed his snow shoes on the top of it."

I had not even thought of so serious an occur-
Vot. H. 2 C
-ocr page 391-
886 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
rence in our little party, and for a short time was
obliged to give vent to my grief. Left with one
person and both of us weak, no appearance of
Belanger, a likelihood that great calamity had
taken place amongst our other companions, and
upwards of seventeen days' march from the
nearest Establishment, and myself unable to
carry a burden, all these things pressed heavy
on me ; and how to get to the Indians or to the
fort I did not know; but that I might not depress
St. Germain's spirits, I suppressed the feelings
to which these thoughts gave rise, and made
some arrangements for the journey to Fort Pro-
vidence.

October 18.—While we were this day occupied
in scraping together the remains of some deer's
meat, we observed Belanger coming round a point
apparently scarcely moving. I went to meet him,
and made immediate inquiries about my friends.
Five, with the Captain, hè said, were at the house,
the rest were left near the river, unable to pro-
ceed ; but hè was too weak to relate the whole. He
was conducted to fiie encampment, and paid every
attention to, and by degrees we heard the re-
mainder of his tragic tale, at which the inter-
preter could not avoid crying. He then gave me
a letter from my friend the Commander, which
indeed was truly afflicting. The simple story of

-ocr page 392-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 387
Belanger I could hear, but when I read it in
another language, mingled with the pious resig-
nation of a good man, I could not sustain it any
longer. The poor man was much affected at the
death of our lamented companion, but his appe-
tite prevailed over every other feeling ; and, had
I permitted it, hè would have done himself an
injury; for after two hours' eating, principally
skin and sinews, hè complained of hunger. The
day was cloudy, with snow and fresh breezes
from the north-east by east.

The last evening, as well as this morning, the
19th, I mentioned my wishes to the men, that we
should proceed towards Rein-Deer Lake, but this
proposal met with a direct refusal. Belanger
stated his inability to move, and St. Germain
used similar language; adding, for the first time,
that hè did not know the route, and that it was
of no use to go in the direction I mentioned,
which was the one agreed upon between the
Commander and myself. I then insisted that we
should go by the known route, and join the Com-
mander, but they would not hear of it; they
would remain where they were until they had
regained their strength; they said I wanted to
exposé them again to death (faire perirj. In.
vain did I use every argument to the contrary,
for they were equally heedless to all. Thus

2C 2
-ocr page 393-
3SS JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
situated, I was compelled to remain; and fronl
this time to the 25th we employed ourselves in
looking about for the remnants of the deer and
pieces of skin, which even the wolves had left;
and by pounding the bones, we were enabled to
make a sort of soup, which strengthened us
greatiy, though each still complained ofweak-
ness. It was not without the greatest difficulty
that I could restrain the men from eating every
scrap they found, though they were well aware of
the necessity there was of being economical in
our present situation, and to save whatever they
could for our journey ; yet they could not resist
the temptation, and directly my back was turned
they seldom failed to snatch at the nearest piece
to them, whether cooked or raw it made no
difference.

We had set fishing-lines, but without any suc-
cess; and we often saw large herds of deer
crossing the lake at Ml speed, and wolves pur-
suing them.

The night of the 25th was cold, with hard
frost. Early the next morning I sent the men to
cover the body of our departed companion Beau-
parlant with the trunks and branches of trees,
which they did ; and shortly after their return I
opened his bundie, and found it contained two
papers of vermilion, several strings of beads,

-ocr page 394-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 389
some fire-steels, flints, awls, fish-hooks, rings,
linen, and the glass of an artificial horizon. My
two men began to recover a little as well as my-
self, though I was by far the weakest of the three ;
the soles of my feet were cracked all over, and
the other parts were as hard as horn, from con-
stant walking. I again urged the necessity of
advancing to join the Commander's party, but
they said they were not yet sufficiently strong.

On the 27th we discovered the remains of a
deer, on which we feasted. The night was un-
usually cold, and ice formed in a pint-pot within
two feet of a fire. The coruscations of the Aurora
were beautifully brilliant; they served to shew
us eight wolves, which we had some trouble to
frighten away from our collection of deer's bones ;
and, with their howling, and the constant crack -
ing of the ice, we did not get much rest.

Having collected with great care, and by self-
denial, two small packets of dried meat or sinews,
sufficient (for men who knew what it was to fast)
to last for eight days at the rate of one indifferent
meal per day, we prepared to set out on the 30th.
I calculated that we should be about fourteen
days in reaching Fort Providence ; and, allowing
that we neither killed deer nor found Indians, we
could but be unprovided with food six days, and
this we heeded not whilst the prospect of obtain-

-ocr page 395-
390 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
ing f uil reliëf was before us. Accordingly we set
out against a keen north-east wind, in order to
gain the known route to Fort Providence. We
saw a number of wolves and some crows on the
middle of the lake, and supposing such an assem-
bly was not met idly, we made for them, and
came in for a share of a deer, which they had
killed a short time before, and thus added a
couple of meals to our stock. By four P.M. we
gained the head of the lake, or the direct road to
Fort Providence, and some dry wood being at
hand, we encamped; by accident it was the same
place where the Commander's party had slept on
the 19th, the day on which I supposed they had
left Fort Enterprise; but the encampment was
so small, that we feared great mortality had taken
place amongst them ; and I am sorry to say the
stubborn resolution of my men, not to go to the
house, prevented me from determining this most
anxious point, so that I now almost dreaded pass-
ing their encampments, lest I should see some of
our unfortunate friends dead at each spot. Our
fire was hardly kindled when a fine herd of deer
passed close to us. St. Germain pursued them
a short distance, but with his usual want of suc-
cess, so that we made a meal off the muscles and
sinews we had dried, though they were so tough
that we could scarcely cut them. My hands were

-ocr page 396-
OP THE POLA.R SEA. 391
benumbed throughout the march, and we were
all stifF and fatigued. The marching of two days
weakened us all very much, and the more so on
account of our exertion to follow the tracks of
our Commander's party; but we lost them, and
concluded that they were not before us. Though
the weather was not cold, I was frozen in the
face, and was so reduced and affected by these
constant calamities, as well in mind as in body,
that I found much difficulty in proceeding even
with the advantages I had enjoyed.

November 3.—We set out before day, though,
in fact, we were all much fitter to remain, from
the excessive pain which we suffered in our
joints, and proceeded till one P.M., without halt-
ing, when Belanger, who was before, stopped,
and cried out, " Footsteps of Indians." It is
needless to mention the joy that brightened the
countenances of each at this unlooked-for sight;
we knew relief must be at hand, and considered
our sufferings at an end. St. Germain inspected
the tracks, and said that three persons had passed
the day before ; and that hè knew the remainder
must be advancing to the southward, as was cus-
tomary with these Indians, when they sent to the
trading establishment on the first ice. On this
information we encamped, and, being too weak
to walk myself, I sent St. Germain to follow the

-ocr page 397-
392 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
tracks, with instructions to the Chief of the Iri-
dians to provide immediate assistance for such of
our friends as might be at Fort Enterprise, as
well as for ourselves, and to lose no time in
returning to me. I was now so exhausted, that
had we not seen the tracks this day, I must
have remained at the next encampment, until
the men could have sent aid from Fort Pro-
vidence. We had finished our small portion of
sinews, and were preparing for rest, when an
Indian boy made his appearance with meat. St.
Germain had arrived before sunset at the tents
of Akaitcho, whom hè found at the spot where
hè had wintered last year; but imagine my sur-
prise, when hè gave me a note from the Com-
mander, and said, that Benoit and Augustus, two
of the men, had just joined them. The note was
so confused, by the pencil marks being partly
rubbed out, that I could not decipher it clearly;
but it informed me, that hè had attempted to come
with the two men, but finding his strength in-
adequate to the task, hè relinquished his design,
and returned to Fort Enterprise, to await relief
with the others. There was another note for the
gentleman in charge of Fort Providence, desiring
him to send meat, blankets, shoes and tobacco.
Akaitcho wished me to join him on the ensuing
day, at a place which the boy knew, where they

-ocr page 398-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 393
were going to fish; and I was the more anxious
to do so, on account of my companions: but par-
ticularly that I might hear a full relation of what
had happened, and of the Commander's true situ-
ation, which I suspected to be much worse than
hè had described.

In the afternoon I joined the Indians, and re-
peated to Akaitcho what St. Germain had told
him; hè seemed much affected, and said, hè
would have sent relief directly, though I had not
been there; indeed, his conduct was generous
and humane. The next morning, at an early
hour, three Indians, \vithloaded sledges of meat,
skins, shoes, and a blanket, set out for Fort En-
terprise ; one of them was to return directly with
an answer from Captain Franklin, to whom I
wrote ; but in the event of his death, hè was to
bring away all the papers hè could find ; and hè
promised to travel with such haste, as to be able
to return to us on the fourth day. I was now
somewhat at more ease, having done ail in my
power to succour my unfortunate companions;
but was very anxious for the return of the mes-
senger. The Indians brought me meat in small
quantities, though sufficient for our daily con-
sumption; and, as we had a little ammunition,
many were paid on the spot for what they gave.

On the 9th I had the satisfaction of seeing the
-ocr page 399-
394 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
Indian arrive from Fort Enterprise. At first hè
said they were all dead, but shortly after hè gave
me a note, which was from the Commander, and
then I learned all the fatal particulars which had
befallen them. I now proposed that the Chief
should immediately send three sledges, loaded
with meat, to Fort Enterprise, to make a cache
of provision at our present encampment, and
also, that hè should here await the arrival of the
Commander. By noon two large trains, laden
with meat, were sent off for Fort Enterprise.
The next day we proceeded on our journey,
and arrived at Fort Providence on the 21 st of
November.

Conclusion of Mr. Back's Narrative.
-ocr page 400-
OF THE POLA.R SEA. 39$
.
I HAVE little now to add to the melancholy de-
tail into which I feit it proper to enter; "but I
cannot omit to state, that the unremitting care
and attentions of our kind friends, Mr. M'Vicar
and Mr. M'Auley, together with the improvement
of our diet, materially contributed to the restora-
tion of our health; so that, by the end of Fe-
bruary, the swellings of our limbs, which had
returned upon us, had entirely subsided, and we
were able to walk to any part of the island. Our
appetites gradually moderated, and we nearly
regained our ordinary state of body before the
spring. Hepburn alone sufFered from a severe
attack of rheumatism, which confined him to his
bed for some weeks. The usual symptoms of
spring having appeared, on the 25th of May we
prepared to embark for Fort Chipewyan. Fortu-
nately, on the following morning, a canoe arrived
from that place with the whole of the stores which
we required for the payment of Akaitcho and the
hunters. It was extremely gratifying to us to
be thus enabled, previous to our departure, to
make arrangements respecting the payment of
our late Indian companions ; and the more so, as
we had recently discovered that Akaitcho, and
the whole of the tribe, in consequence of the
death of the leader's mother, and the wife of our

-ocr page 401-
396 JOUllNEY TO THE SHORES
old guide Keskarrah, had broken and destroyed
every useful article belonging to them, and that
they were in the greatest> distress. It was an
additional pleasure to find our stock of ammuni-
tion was more than suflicient to pay them what
was due, and that we could make a considerable
present of this most essential article to every
individual that had been attached to the Expe-
dition.

We quitted Moose-deer Island at five P.M., on
the 26th, accompanied by Mr. M'Vicar, and Mr,
M'Auley, and nearly all the voyagers at the estab-
lishment, having resided there about five months,
not a day of which had passed without our having
cause of gratitude, for the kind and unvaried
attentions of Mr. M'Vicar and Mr. M'Auley.
These gentlemen accompanied us as far as Fort
Chipewyan, where we arrived on the 2d of June ;
here we met Mr. Wentzel, and the four men, who
had been sent with him from the mouth of the
Gopper-Mine River; and I think it due to that
gentleman, to give his own explanation of the
unfortunate circumstances which prevented him
from fulfilling my last instructions, respecting the
provisions to have been left for us at Fort
Enterprise*.

* " After you sent me back froul the mouth of the Copper-Miue
River, and I had overtaken the Leader, Guides, and Hunters, on

-ocr page 402-
OF THE POLAR SEA. 337
In a subsequent conversation hè stated to me,
that the two Indians, who were actually with him

the fifth day, leaving the sea-coast, as well as our journey up the
River, they always expressed the same desire of fulfilling their pro-
mises, although somewhat dissatisfied at being exposed to privation
while on our return, from a scarcity of animals ; for, as I have
already stated in my first communication frorn Moose-Deer Island,
we had been eleven days with no other food but tripe de roche. In
the eourse of this time an Indian, with his wife and child, who were
travelling in company with us, were left in the rear, and are since
supposed to have perished thrqugh want, as no intelligence had been
received of them at Fort Providence in December last. On the
seventh day after I had joined the Leader, 6,-c. &;c., and journey ing
on together, all the Indians, excepting Petit Pied and Bald-Head,
left me to seek their families, and crossed Point Lake at the Crovv's
Nest, where Humpy had promised to meet his brother Ekehcho '
with the families, but did not fulfil, nor did any of my party of In-
diaiis know where to fmd thern ; for we had frequently made fires to
apprize them of our approach, yet none appeared in return as an-
swers. This disappointmer.1, as might be cxpected, served to
increase the ill-humour of the Leader and party, the brooding of
which (agreeably to Indian custom) was liberally discharged on me,
in bitter reproach for having led them from their families, and ex-
poaed them to dangers and hardships, which but for my influenee,
they said, they might have spared themselves. Nevertheless, they
still continued to profcss the sincerest desire of meeting your wishes
in making caches of provisions, and remaining until a late season on
the road that leads from Fort Enterprise to Fort Providence,
through which the Expedition-men had travelled so often the year
before—remarking, however, at the same time, that they had not
the least hopcs of ever seeing one person return from the Expe-
dition. These alarming fears I never could persuade them to
dismiss from their minds ; they alvvays sneered at what they called
'my credulity.'—•' If.' said the Gros Pied3, ' the Great Chief
(meaning Captain Franklin), ov any of his party, should pass at my
tents, hè or they shall be welcome to all my provisions, or any
thing else that I may have.' And I atu sincerely happy t;> under-

1 Akaitcho the Leader. "* Also Akaitcho.
-ocr page 403-
398 JOURNEY TO THE SHORES
at Fort Enterprise, whilst hè remained there
altering his canoe, were prevented from hunting;

stand, by your cotninunication, that in this hè had kept his word—
in sending you with such promptitude and liberality the assistance
your tmly dreadful situation required. But the party of Indians,
on whoin I had placed the utmost confidence and dependance, was
Humpy and the White Capot Guide, with their sons, and several of
the discharged hunters from the Expedition. This party was well-
disposed, and readily promised to collect provisions for the possible
return of the Expedition, provided they could gct a supply of amrau-
nition from Fort Providence ; for when I came up with them they
were actually starving, and converting old axes into hall, having no
other substitute—this was unlucky. Yet they were well inclined,
and I expected to find means at Fort Providence to send them a sup-
ply, in which I was, however, disappointed, for I found that esta-
blishment quite destitute of necesgaries; and then, shortly after
I had left them, they had the rnisfortune of losing three of their
hunters, who were drowned in Marten Lake: this accident was, of
all others, the most fatal that could have happened—a truth which
no one, who Ims the least knowledge of the Indian character, will
deny ; and as they were nearly connected by relationship to the
Leader, Humpy, and White Capot Guide, the three leading men of
this pait of the Copper Indian Tribe, it had the effect of unhinging
(if I may use the expression) the minds ot' all these families, and
rinally destroying all the fond hopes I had so sanguinely conceived
of their assisting the Expedition, should it come back by the Anna-
dessé River, of which they were not certain.

" Asto my not leaving a letter at Fort Enterprise, it was because,
by some mischance, you had forgot to give me paper when we
parted >.

" I, however, wrote this news on a plank, in pencil, and placed it
in the top of your tonner bedstead, vvhere I left it. Since it has not
been found there, some Indians must have gone to the house after my
departure, and destroyed it. These details, Sir, I have been in-
duced to enter into (rather unexpectedly) in justification of myself,
and hope it will be satisfactory."

• I ccrtainly offered Mr. Wentzel some paper when hè quitted us,
hut hè declined it, haring then a note-book; and Mr. Back gave
him a pencil.

-ocr page 404-
OP THE POLAR SEA. 399
one by an accidental lameness, the other by the
fear of meeting alone some of the Dog-Rib
Indians.

We were here furnished with a canoe by Mr.
Smith, and a bowman, to act as our guide; and
having left FortChipewyan on the 5th, we arrived,
on the 4th of July, at Norway House. Finding
at this place, that canoes were about to go down
to Montreal, I gave all our Canadian voyagers
their discharges, and sent them by those vessels,
furnishing them with orders on the Agent of the
Hudson's Bay Company, for the amount of their
wages. We carried Augustus down to York
Factory, where we arrived on the 14th of July,
and were received with every mark of attention
and kindness by Mr. Simpson, the Governor,
Mr. M'Tavish, and, indeed, by all the officers of
the United Companies. And thus terminated our
long, fatiguing, and disastrous travels in North
America, having journeyed by water and by
land (including our navigation of the Polar Sea,)
five thousand five hundred and fifty miles.

THE END.
-ocr page 405-

LONDON:"
l'RINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES
Norlhumberland-court.